Loading...
6832 EXECUTED CONTRACT Motorola Docusign City Council Transmittal Coversheet File Name Purchasing Contact City Council Target Date Piggy Back Option Contract Expiration Ordinance DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola 6832FILE Not Applicable Rebecca Hunter 8/21/2018 August 21, 2024 18-1231 The design, technical, pricing, and other information (“Information”) furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola Solutions”) and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2016 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. 89 CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS JULY 20, 2018 CITY OF DENTON SIMULCAST CELL AND DISPATCH UPGRADE DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1  System Description ............................................................................................................................ 1-1  1.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 1-1  1.2 Proposed Site Locations .................................................................................................... 1-1  1.3 Infrastructure System Description ...................................................................................... 1-2  1.3.1 ASTRO 25 IP Simulcast Subsystem .............................................................................. 1-2  1.3.2 IP Simulcast Prime Site .................................................................................................. 1-2  1.3.3 McKenna Tower Simulcast Remote RF Site .................................................................. 1-3  1.3.4 EOC Tower Simulcast Remote RF Site ......................................................................... 1-3  1.4 Dispatch Center ................................................................................................................. 1-4  1.4.1 City of Denton MCC 7500 Dispatch Console ................................................................. 1-4  1.4.2 Police Department Dispatch Site .................................................................................... 1-5  1.4.3 Operations Dispatch Site ................................................................................................ 1-5  1.5 Network Transport .............................................................................................................. 1-6  1.6 Spares ................................................................................................................................ 1-6  1.6.1 Prime/RF Site Spares ..................................................................................................... 1-6  1.6.2 MCC 7500 Console Spares ............................................................................................ 1-6  1.7 ASTRO 25 IP ..................................................................................................................... 1-7  1.7.1 System/Network Management ....................................................................................... 1-7  1.7.1.1 Unified Event Manager ...........................................................................................1-8  1.7.1.2 Unified Event Manager Enhanced Navigation ......................................................1-10  1.7.1.3 Unified Network Configurator ...............................................................................1-10  1.7.1.4 Radio Control Manager ........................................................................................1-11  1.7.1.5 Provisioning Manager ...........................................................................................1-12  1.7.1.6 ZoneWatch ...........................................................................................................1-13  1.7.1.7 Computer Aided Dispatch Interface (CADI) ..........................................................1-13  1.8 MCC7500 Components Description ................................................................................. 1-14  1.8.1 MCC 7500 System Features ........................................................................................ 1-15  1.8.2 Proven Graphical User Interface .................................................................................. 1-15  1.8.3 Centralized Network Configuration and Fault Management ......................................... 1-16  1.9 Dispatch Console Hardware ............................................................................................ 1-16  1.9.1 Operator Position Components .................................................................................... 1-17  1.9.2 Remote Site Router ...................................................................................................... 1-19  1.9.3 Site LAN Switch ............................................................................................................ 1-19  1.9.4 APX 7500 Consolette ................................................................................................... 1-20  1.10 ASTRO 25 Simulcast ....................................................................................................... 1-21  1.10.1 Simulcast Sites ......................................................................................................... 1-21  1.11 RF Site Components ........................................................................................................ 1-22  1.11.1 GCP 8000 Site Controller ......................................................................................... 1-22  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 1.11.2 GCM 8000 Comparator ............................................................................................ 1-22  1.11.3 GTR 8000 Station ..................................................................................................... 1-22  1.11.4 Remote Site Router .................................................................................................. 1-23  1.11.5 Site LAN Switch ........................................................................................................ 1-23  1.11.6 GGM 8000 Gateway ................................................................................................. 1-23  1.11.7 Frequency Reference ............................................................................................... 1-25  1.11.8 GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem ................................................................... 1-25  1.12 Intelligent Middleware (IMW) Solution .............................................................................. 1-26  1.13 Enhanced Data ................................................................................................................ 1 - 2 7   1.14 Archiving Interface Server (AIS) ....................................................................................... 1-27  1.15 APX Radio Management and Programming .................................................................... 1-27  1.16 Wave Solution .................................................................................................................. 1-28  1.16.1 WAVE 5000 Components ........................................................................................ 1-29  1.17 HVAC and Power Requirements ...................................................................................... 1-31  1.17.1 McKenna Tower – Prime Site ................................................................................... 1-31  1.17.2 McKenna Tower – RF Site ....................................................................................... 1-31  1.17.3 EOC Tower – RF Site ............................................................................................... 1-32  1.17.4 Police Dispatch Backroom ....................................................................................... 1-32  1.17.5 Operations Dispatch Backroom ................................................................................ 1-33  1.18 Coverage Maps ................................................................................................................ 1 - 3 4   Section 2  Coverage Acceptance Test Plan ..................................................................................................... 2-35  2.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 2-35  2.2 CATP Definitions .............................................................................................................. 2-35  2.2.1 Defined Test Area ........................................................................................................ 2-35  2.2.2 Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) ......................................................................... 2-36  2.2.3 Reliability ...................................................................................................................... 2-36  2.2.4 Equipment Configurations ............................................................................................ 2-36  2.2.5 Outdoor Only Coverage ............................................................................................... 2-37  2.2.6 CPC Pass/Fail Criterion for a Test Tile ........................................................................ 2-37  2.2.7 Required Number of Test Tiles in the Defined Test Area ............................................. 2-38  2.2.8 Accessibility to Test Tiles ............................................................................................. 2-38  2.2.9 Random Selection of a Test Location in Each Tile ....................................................... 2-39  2.2.10 CPC Measurements in Each Tile ............................................................................. 2-39  2.3 Responsibilities and Preparation ...................................................................................... 2-39  2.4 CATP Procedures ............................................................................................................ 2-39  2.4.1 City of Denton Baseline Coverage Testing .................................................................. 2-40  2.5 CATP Documentation and Coverage Acceptance ........................................................... 2-41  Section 3  Statement of Work ............................................................................................................................. 3-1  3.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 3-1  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 3.2 Assumptions ....................................................................................................................... 3-1  3.3 Contract .............................................................................................................................. 3-3  3.3.1 Contract Award (Milestone) ............................................................................................ 3-3  3.3.2 Contract Administration .................................................................................................. 3-3  3.3.3 Project Kickoff ................................................................................................................ 3-3  3.4 Contract Design Review ..................................................................................................... 3-4  3.4.1 Review Contract Design ................................................................................................. 3-4  3.4.2 Design Approval (Milestone) .......................................................................................... 3-5  3.5 Order Processing ............................................................................................................... 3-5  3.5.1 Process Equipment List .................................................................................................. 3-5  3.6 Manufacturing and Staging ................................................................................................ 3-6  3.6.1 Manufacture Motorola Solutions Fixed Network Equipment .......................................... 3-6  3.6.2 Manufacture Non-Motorola Solutions Equipment ........................................................... 3-6  3.6.3 Ship to Staging (Milestone) ............................................................................................ 3-6  3.6.4 Stage System ................................................................................................................. 3 - 6   3.6.5 Perform Staging Acceptance Test Procedures .............................................................. 3-7  3.6.6 Ship Equipment to Field ................................................................................................. 3-7  3.6.7 CCSi Ship Acceptance (Milestone) ................................................................................ 3-7  3.7 Civil Work ........................................................................................................................... 3-7  3.7.1 Site Development at McKenna Park Site and Denton EOC sites .................................. 3-7  3.8 System Installation ........................................................................................................... 3-10  3.8.1 Install Fixed Network Equipment .................................................................................. 3-10  3.8.2 Fixed Network Equipment Installation Complete .......................................................... 3-11  3.8.3 Console Installation ...................................................................................................... 3-11  3.8.4 Console Installation Complete ...................................................................................... 3-11  3.8.5 System Installation Acceptance (Milestone) ................................................................. 3-11  3.9 System Optimization ........................................................................................................ 3-11  3.9.1 Optimize System FNE .................................................................................................. 3-11  3.9.2 Link Verification ............................................................................................................ 3 - 1 2   3.9.3 Completion Criteria: ...................................................................................................... 3-12  3.9.4 Optimization Complete ................................................................................................. 3-12  3.10 Audit and Acceptance Testing ......................................................................................... 3-12  3.10.1 Perform R56 Installation Audit .................................................................................. 3-12  3.10.2 Perform Equipment Testing ...................................................................................... 3-13  3.10.3 Perform Functional Testing ...................................................................................... 3-13  3.10.4 System Acceptance Test Procedures (Milestone) ................................................... 3-13  3.11 Finalize ............................................................................................................................. 3-14  3.11.1 Cutover ..................................................................................................................... 3-14  3.11.2 Resolve Punchlist ..................................................................................................... 3-14  3.11.3 Transition to Service/Project Transition Certificate................................................... 3-14  3.11.4 Finalize Documentation ............................................................................................ 3-15  3.11.5 Final Acceptance (Milestone) ................................................................................... 3-15  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 3.12 Project Administration ...................................................................................................... 3-15  3.12.1 Project Status Meetings ........................................................................................... 3-15  3.12.2 Progress Milestone Submittal ................................................................................... 3-16  3.12.3 Change Order Process ............................................................................................. 3-16  Section 4  Advanced Plus Services .................................................................................................................. 4-17  4.1 Advanced Plus Services Overview................................................................................... 4-17  4.2 Advanced Plus Services Description................................................................................ 4-17  4.2.1 Centralized Service Delivery ........................................................................................ 4-17  4.2.2 Field Service Delivery ................................................................................................... 4-18  4.2.3 Network Hardware Repair ............................................................................................ 4-18  4.2.4 Security Management Operations ................................................................................ 4-19  4.2.5 Network Updates .......................................................................................................... 4-19  4.3 Motorola’s Service Capabilities ........................................................................................ 4-19  4.3.1 On-Call Support through the Solutions Support Center (SSC) .................................... 4-19  4.3.2 Onsite Service through a Field Service Team .............................................................. 4-19  4.3.3 Centralized Repair Management through Motorola’s Repair Depot ............................. 4-20  4.3.4 Direct Access to System Information through MyView Portal ...................................... 4-20  Section 5  Pricing .............................................................................................................................................. 5-22  Section 6  Contractual Documentation ............................................................................................................. 6-24  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-1 SECTION 1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.1 INTRODUCTION City of Denton currently operates on a SmartNet Analog Trunking System with a two-site, 14- channel simulcast cell to provide radio communications for police, fire, and electric department users throughout the city. The City of Denton has requested pricing to upgrade 14 existing channels to TDMA Phase 2 at both sites and connect them to the Denton County P25 master site. The proposed RF site locations are McKenna Park and EOC. Each site will house three GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem (ESS) racks with six channels in the first rack, four channels in the second rack and four channels in the third rack (6/4/4 configuration). This will effectively create a two site 14-channel simulcast cell on the Denton County system. Additionally, new antenna systems are proposed for each site which includes new antennas, coaxial cable, receiver multicouplers, and combiners. A new simulcast prime site is proposed at the McKenna Park site. The existing JungleMux fiber network ring will be leveraged to route radio traffic to the Denton County system. The City of Denton currently operates 14 Gold Elite consoles; six at police dispatch, seven at operations and one at backup police dispatch. These consoles will be replaced and upgraded to Motorola Solutions’ latest IP based MCC7500 dispatch consoles. In an event that connectivity is lost from the dispatch sites to the master site, Conventional Channel Gateways and APX 7500 consolettes are proposed at Police Dispatch to allow dispatchers to continue to communicate with users in the field as well as interoperate with neighboring agencies. The existing 7/800 XTL 2500 radios at Operations Dispatch will be replaced with new APX 4500 mobiles and will reuse the existing antenna farm. Each simulcast remote site will have 13 Phase II TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) channels, providing a total of 26 simultaneous talkpaths. One channel shall be used as the control channel. New subscribers are proposed which include 319 APX 4000 portables, 121 Dash Mount APX 4500 mobiles and 324 Flash Kits to add Enhanced Data to the existing Fire and Police APX 6000 portables in the field. The proposed system also includes licenses to account for the site and radio users being added to the City of Denton system. 1.2 PROPOSED SITE LOCATIONS The proposed two RF remote site locations are listed below with corresponding site information: McKenna Tower Site  Latitude: 33° 13’ 13.00” N, Longitude: 97° 09’ 34.0” W.  Tower Height: 161 ft.  Proposed Antenna Heights: TX1/TX2: 145ft, RX1/RX2: 161ft. EOC Tower Site  Latitude: 33° 07' 51.6" N, Longitude: 97° 06' 04.6" W.  Tower Height: 450 ft.  Proposed Antenna Heights: TX1/TX2: 435ft, RX1/RX2: 450ft. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-2 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 1.3 INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The proposed two site, 14-channel simulcast system will tie into the existing Denton County system which will be system release 7.16. The frequency band will be 800 MHz. Also included is a seven position MCC 7500 dispatch site for the operations department, a six position MC 7500 dispatch site for the police department and one for backup. 1.3.1 ASTRO 25 IP Simulcast Subsystem A simulcast land mobile radio system provides continuous coverage over a large geographic region using a single set of frequencies. The proposed system has one Simulcast Subsystem made up of two transmitter locations. They are the McKenna Tower Site and the EOC Tower Site. Each transmitter site will have six 800 MHz radio channels on the first rack, four on the second rack and four on the third rack for a total of 14 radio channels. One radio channel at each site is allocated to the control channel. The remaining 13 radio channels are used for voice calls. Each voice channel can support two radio calls simultaneously for a total of 26 simultaneous radio calls throughout the Simulcast Subsystem. Trunked simulcast was developed by Motorola Solutions to meet the needs of users who were outgrowing their single-site radio systems. Simulcast offers the following advantages:  Improved Coverage––One radio site may not provide the coverage necessary for the application in question. Simulcast expands the coverage area by expanding the number of radio sites without adding additional frequencies.  Efficient Use of Frequencies—Addition of sites typically requires more frequencies. In a simulcast system, the same frequencies are used at every site in the system. This makes very efficient use of the available spectrum.  Simplified Radio Operations—Due to the fact that the simulcast architecture operates like a single-site system, operations are simplified and radios are easy to use. 1.3.2 IP Simulcast Prime Site The simulcast prime site acts as a control and digitized audio center for the Simulcast Subsystem. Audio is routed to the Prime Site from each Simulcast RF Remote Site. To ensure that the best audio from the simulcast receivers is used, a voting comparator processes the received signals from each RF Site and selects the best signal for retransmission. The Simulcast Prime will be located at the McKenna Tower Site. The equipment will be installed in the existing shelter. Proposed components for the Simulcast Prime Site:  Two GCP 8000 Simulcast Prime Site Controllers.  Fourteen GCM 8000 Simulcast Comparator, two Comparators per GCM 8000 Chassis.  Two GGM 8000 Prime Site Gateways.  Two GGM 8000 Site Access Gateways.  Two HP2620 Prime Site LAN Switches.  Two HP2620 Prime Backhaul LAN Switches.  One GPS TRAK Device  Two 7.5’ Open Face Racks. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-3 1.3.3 McKenna Tower Simulcast Remote RF Site An ASTRO 25 IP simulcast remote RF site will be located at the McKenna Tower Site where the existing legacy RF equipment is currently located. This location has an existing 161’ tower and shelter that will be reused. The proposed radio equipment will be installed in the shelter underneath the tower and will house three 7.5’ racks worth of radio equipment. Two new 20kVA/18kW Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) are proposed to replace the existing UPS that currently provides backup power to the RF equipment; an additional 7.5’ rack is proposed to hold the UPS equipment. Unused OP820 surge suppression devices were noted during a recent site walk which will be reused for the radio equipment racks. Proposed components for the Simulcast RF Site:  Two GGM 8000 Gateways.  Two Remote Site LAN Switches.  TX Antenna System:  One Omni Antenna.  One 1 ¼” Transmit Transmission Line.  Additional TX Antenna System (for 3rd rack):  One Omni Antenna.  One 1 ¼” Transmit Transmission Line.  RX Antenna System:  One Omni Antenna.  One 7/8" Receive Transmission Line.  Additional RX Antenna System for Receive Diversity:  One Omni Antenna.  One 7/8" Receive Transmission Line.  Two Receive Multicoupler RMC (Receive Diversity) System.  One 12-Channel Transmit Combiner System (1st and 2nd Racks).  One 6-Channel Transmit Combiner System (3rd Rack).  One Dual Diversity Tower Top Amplifier.  One 6-Channel GTR Expandable Site Subsystem.  One 4-Channel GTR Expandable Site Subsystem.  One 4-Channel GTR Expandable Site Subsystem  Three 7.5’ Open Face Racks. 1.3.4 EOC Tower Simulcast Remote RF Site An ASTRO 25 IP simulcast remote RF Site will be located at the EOC Tower Site location where the existing legacy RF equipment is currently located. This location has an existing 450’ tower and a shelter that will be reused. The proposed radio equipment will be installed in the shelter underneath the tower and will house three 7.5’ racks of radio equipment. Proposed components for the Simulcast RF Site:  Two GGM 8000 Gateways.  Two Remote Site LAN Switches.  TX Antenna System:  One Omni Antenna.  One 1 ¼” Transmit Transmission Line.  Additional TX Antenna System (for 3rd rack): DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-4 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted  One Omni Antenna.  One 1 ¼” Transmit Transmission Line.  RX Antenna System:  One Omni Antenna.  One 7/8" Receive Transmission Line.  Additional RX Antenna System for Receive Diversity:  One Omni Antenna.  One 7/8" Receive Transmission Line.  Two Receive Multicoupler RMC (Receive Diversity) System  One 12-Channel Transmit Combiner System (1st and 2nd Racks).  One 6-Channel Transmit Combiner System (3rd Rack).  One Dual Diversity Tower Top Amplifier.  One 6-Channel GTR Expandable Site Subsystem.  One 4-Channel GTR Expandable Site Subsystem.  One 4-Channel GTR Expandable Site Subsystem  Three 7.5’ Open Face Racks. 1.4 DISPATCH CENTER A dispatch center is considered the relay point for emergency and non-emergency communications from citizens, to public safety agencies and personnel, which includes Police, Fire and Emergency Medical Teams. The Motorola Solutions’ MCC 7500 Dispatch Console is Motorola Solutions’ mission critical IP high-tier radio dispatch console system. The MCC 7500 Dispatch Console features an intuitive, easy- to-use Graphical User Interface that runs under a Microsoft Windows® operating system, utilizing the industry standard PC platform. 1.4.1 City of Denton MCC 7500 Dispatch Console Motorola Solutions has included 14 MCC 7500 console positions in this proposal. Motorola Solutions understands there are two total dispatch sites: one at the resources department with seven existing consoles and the other at the police department dispatch with six existing consoles along with a co- located backup. One 7.5’ rack of dispatch network equipment is proposed in the equipment room at the police dispatch site. Each console will require two CAT 5 Ethernet cables to the dispatch equipment rack. These cables should not exceed 100 meters in length. The demarcation point within the dispatch console room shall be two wall jacks in RJ45 form factor at each operator position. City of Denton shall be responsible for the provision and installation of CAT 5 Ethernet cables from each dispatch position to the equipment room to allow for connections to the dispatch LAN switch. Similarly, the proposed seven MCC7500 dispatch consoles at the resources dispatch site will also require two CAT 5 Ethernet cables to the backroom electronics room. As previously stated, cables should not exceed 100 meters in length. Motorola Solutions understands that there is fiber connectivity between the resources dispatch site and the police department dispatch site. This connectivity will be leveraged to deploy a layer 2 network between both dispatch sites. Seven 7/800 APX 7500 consolettes are included for the Police Dispatch site location to allow for backup communications in an event that the dispatch site loses connectivity to the master site. Additionally one UHF APX 7500 consolette is included, which will offer radio interoperability with other local agencies. Two enhanced conventional channel gateways (ECCGW) are proposed to interface the APX 7500 consolettes into the system and make available as resources on the MCC7500 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-5 dispatch console. New antenna systems are included for the APX 7500 consolettes including control station combiners to reduce the quantity of antennas to be installed. The APX 7500 consolettes and associated antenna systems will be located in the Police Dispatch equipment room along with the ECCGW’s. The existing 7/800 XTL 2500 mobiles currently sitting at each dispatch position will be replaced with APX 4500 mobiles. Motorola understands that a 7/800 antenna farm exists therefore it will be reused. The proposed APX 4500 mobiles will allows dispatchers to continue radio communications with field users in case of a dispatch console outage or connection to the master site is lost. 1.4.2 Police Department Dispatch Site The following equipment is included for the police department dispatch location:  Two KVL 4000 Key Loader.  Two HP 2620, 24 Port LAN Switches.  Two GGM 8000 Gateways.  One GCP8000 Conventional Site Controller.  Seven MCC 7500 console positions (includes one additional for backup), each of which includes:  One Motorola Solutions-certified workstation hosting the MCC 7500 Graphical User Interface.  One Voice Processing Module (VPM).  Two Desktop Speakers.  Two Headset Jacks.  One Gooseneck Microphone.  One Dual Pedal Footswitch.  One Dual Instant Recall Recorder.  Two Enhanced Conventional Channel Gateways (ECCGW).  Seven APX 7500 (7/800) Consolettes with antenna system and 8-CH control station combiner  One APX 7500 UHF R2 Consolette with dedicated UHF antenna system  One Network Management terminal.  One Archiving Interface Server (AIS) and VPM to interface the existing Higher Ground Logger  One LAN Switch, Router and Firewall (CEN)  One 7.5’ Open Face Racks. 1.4.3 Operations Dispatch Site The following equipment is included for the operations dispatch location:  Two HP 2620, 24 Port LAN Switches.  Two GGM 8000 Gateways.  One GCP8000 Conventional Site Controller  Seven MCC 7500 console positions, each of which includes:  One Motorola Solutions-certified workstation hosting the MCC 7500 Graphical User Interface.  One Voice Processing Module (VPM).  Two Desktop Speakers.  Two Headset Jacks.  One Gooseneck Microphone.  One Dual Pedal Footswitch.  One Dual Instant Recall Recorder. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-6 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted  One 7.5’ Open Face Rack. 1.5 NETWORK TRANSPORT The proposed two site 14-channel simulcast cell with prime site, the MCC 7500 consoles, and network manager terminal will tie into the Denton County master site using Ethernet. Motorola Solutions understands that City of Denton currently uses a JungleMUX fiber ring that includes the operations, police department, McKenna, EOC and other sites on the ring. This fiber ring will be reused to transport radio traffic from the sites to the Denton County master site. Connection points to the JungleMUX will be within 100 meters to Motorola Solutions provided networking hardware to allow the use of CAT5e cable. Fiber optic cable connections will be required should connection points exceed 100 meters in length. Motorola Solutions also understands that City of Denton plans on adding an additional node to the JungleMUX fiber ring to include the Denton County master site location. It is assumed that this connectivity or other Ethernet backhaul options to the Denton County master site will be provided by City of Denton. Each console position requires two Ethernet connections to the MCC 7500 network equipment rack located in the equipment room of each dispatch site. The MCC 7500 network equipment rack in turn will require one Ethernet connection into the JungleMUX to get traffic through the EOC radio site and to the Denton County master site. As with the other connections, the console connections must also be 100 meters or less in length. Fiber optic cables will be required should the actual lengths prove to be over 100 meters. Equipment changes will also be required. Similarly, the prime site and two RF sites, McKenna and EOC, will leverage the JungleMUX fiber ring network to transport radio traffic to the Denton County master site. 1.6 SPARES One set of Spares have been included for the entire system, comprised of the recommended spares for RF, Prime and Dispatch Site: 1.6.1 Prime/RF Site Spares  One GGM 8000 Gateway.  One GCP 8000/GCM 8000 FRU.  One DDM Module for TRAK Unit.  One 7/800 XCVR.  One 7/800 PA.  One GCP 8000/GCM 8000 Power Supply. 1.6.2 MCC 7500 Console Spares  One MCC 7500 series speaker.  One MCC 7500 gooseneck microphone.  One MCC 7500 headset jack.  One MCC 7500 VPM FRU.  One HP Z440 PC workstation. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-7 1.7 ASTRO 25 IP Motorola Solutions’ proposed solution for City of Denton is our ASTRO 25 Project 25 platform, the foundation of the MOTOA4 Mission Critical Portfolio. This platform offers a Project 25 standards- based Internet Protocol (IP) modular solution, providing your first responders with:  Interoperability–Compliant with APCO Project 25 standards, offering seamless interoperability with other compliant systems and radios, putting the highest level of interoperability in the end- users’ hands, without the need of gateways or console patches.  Reliability–Pre-release software and upgrade testing, 3rd party hardware and software certification process, fault tolerant architecture with multiple fall back modes, multiple levels of redundancy, and real-time network and security monitoring provide Mission Critical reliability.  Enhanced productivity––Easy and intuitive interfaces to critical real-time information is delivered to the user when and where they need it.  Flexibility––Scalable, flexible design allows ASTRO 25 to dynamically adapt to the operational demands of any size organization - the IP-based design supports a unique mix of voice, data, and geographical requirements, permitting easy system enhancements as the users’ needs evolve. 1.7.1 System/Network Management The Network Management System (NMS) can be viewed as a set of software applications or tools used to manage the wide area trunked radio system and its constituent components. The NMS supports the following services:  Network Monitoring–Applications are included for monitoring the status of the transport network and the individual infrastructure components; displaying status information; forwarding alert information; and performing diagnostic procedures.  Configuration Management–Facilities are provided for entering and maintaining the operational parameters of the infrastructure components and user devices (i.e., the mobile and portable radios).  Performance Management–Standard and optional applications are available for monitoring, reporting, controlling, and optimizing the use of system resources.  Security Management–NMS includes features for setting user privileges and controlling the access to view and/or modify information contained in the configuration databases. The Network Manager terminal is a Windows-based client/server architecture, which allows the client PCs to be partitioned to run any or all of the applications hosted by the NMS hardware located at the Master Site. Network Management Terminals The NMS Windows-based client/server architecture distributes most of the user application processing to the client PC workstations. The following included applications are accessed from the proposed Network Management Terminal:  Unified Event Manager.  Unified Event Manager Enhanced Navigation.  Unified Network Configurator.  Radio Control Manager (RCM).  Provisioning Manager.  ZoneWatch.  CADI. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-8 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 1.7.1.1 Unified Event Manager The Unified Event Manager (UEM) application allows system management personnel to manage LMR system devices from a single screen. Historical and real-time traffic screens give users access to radio events, radio status, and any device alarms. Other features include:  Graphical views/maps  Active alarms and summary views  External notification flexibility  Remote site control  Fault reporting capabilities  Device inventory  External notification  Customized views  Role-based access The UEM provides a customized discovery process for optimization and deep discovery of subcomponents reported on by a device. The application also allows for automatic registration of the devices without pre-configuration. Interpreting and displaying events in an easy-to-understand and meaningful format—along with a topology of the network and devices tailored for the ASTRO 25 network—will ease navigation and present the network in a manner that is intuitive to a system operator. Health of services is provided in addition to device-based alarms, including rules for determining the overall status of services in a separate service view (e.g., redundant controller is down – service is still up; we represent both views). Rules have been developed for calculating alarms based on interpreting incoming events. Security procedures are in place to roll SNMPv3 keys and maintain the ability to receive SNMP inform requests through the key role of an entire network. Device commands are presented in a manner specific to each device type. During discovery, a complete device inventory with specific rules to identify service and proxied components is accomplished for all individual devices. Table 1-1 outlines features and benefits of the UEM. Table 1-1: Unified Event Manager (UEM) Features and Benefits Feature Benefit Optimized Discovery Based on System Design UEM supports subnet discovery of the IP addresses which are designated for radio system devices. This translates to an efficient device discovery process. Discovery of Fault Managed Devices Based on the device type the UEM has pre-determined rules for discovery of the custom entities supported on the device. Additional rules are used for event translation and alarm generation. Fault Manager Registration Procedures in place to register the manager’s IP address as a trap/inform destination. Centralized View of the Communications Network System Managers can view the ASTRO 25 system status and quickly isolate problems to the board level. Intuitive Graphical User Interface (GUI) System Managers are quickly notified of failures on the system and can diagnose device problems. Summary and Detail maps provide a graphical display of site status in their geographical location within the system. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-9 Feature Benefit Active Alarms View and Alarm Summary Persistent single view of all failure conditions (“What’s Inoperable”) in the network and a quick reference summary of alarms by severity, allowing users to quickly pinpoint the highest priority failures. Secure Device Access SNMPv3 protocol with SHA and AES 128-bit encryption to prevent security breach attempts. Role-Based Access Control Assignment of user privileges for access to views and operational capabilities. Email Notifications User-specified event notifications are sent via secure email or forwarded to a portable mobile device, which allows System Managers to work away from the System Management Terminal but remain aware of system events. Fault Reporting Capabilities Event history data is auto-archived and exported for further analysis and reporting. Remote Command Operation Remote state change capability helps to service remote devices and avoid unnecessary trips to the sites for troubleshooting. Network Inventory Tabular view of the devices and their associated status. Audit Trail and Job Status Traceability and status for commands and actions executed. The UEM is optimized to quickly discover the devices in our network—making installation and setup quick and error-free. The UEM has a built-in capability to identify the type of device it is discovering; it will activate the pre-determined rules for discovery of the devices, which results in faster event translation and alarm generation in the manager. Each device, via its various entities (i.e., fan, power supply, etc.), will quickly inform the manager what it needs to monitor. Procedures built into the UEM will configure the IP address in the device to give the correct path for sending its information during operation. Quick and accurate interpretation of the system activity is crucial in effective management of the devices. The UEM translates the events into intuitive information, which will inform the user of either the severity of the failure or implication of the event. UEM translates the events into active alarms, which make the user aware which events require immediate attention versus more minor events/alarms. The alarm view dynamically updates based on the condition of the reported device (i.e., the alarm will be cleared from the alarm view when a device sends a clear event to the UEM). The Reliable Communication design in the UEM provides Supervision and Synchronization services:  Supervision – Provides periodic SNMP Polling to ensure communication is established with each device on the network. The UEM generates communication failure alarms/events when communication between the agent and the manager fails.  Synchronization – Used to ensure the accuracy of the state that the device is reporting. If the connection between the UEM and the device is lost, the device will queue up the missed fault events and re-send when the connection is re-established. These Motorola-defined procedures were put in place to enhance the reliability of basic SNMPv3 trap messaging. These procedures manage the re-synchronization of missed failures. The UEM utilizes SNMPv3 informs to enable the device to detect whether the connection has been interrupted.  Northbound Interface (NBI) – A real-time event stream using a standard industry protocol that can escalate events to a higher-level management application for added flexibility. NBI is provided for customers who prefer to manage their network with existing tools. The UEM DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-10 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted handles the custom/proprietary interfaces to the network elements. The NBI provides a published fault event API to the customer’s manager, which allows them to manage both Motorola and non- Motorola devices. The NBI agent supports SNMPv3 and uses a SNMPv3 User-based Security Model (USM) for secure communications with the UEM. The Fault Management Services provided with NBI are: Quick Synchronization – MOM requests more recent activity to update on health; File-Based Synchronization – Request to generate a file for missed information; and UEM-NMS Communication Link Supervision to notify of any interruption. 1.7.1.2 Unified Event Manager Enhanced Navigation UEM Enhanced Navigation feature provides end user with new interactive maps that provide a high level system view with the ability to drill down to get device specific status. The new UEM also adds support for device metering, environmental inputs and digital controls. This feature now services the needs of both high level system operators and detailed IT professionals. Enhanced Navigation provides all the information that you need to keep your system operating at peak performance 1.7.1.3 Unified Network Configurator The Unified Network Configurator (UNC) is a network change and configuration management tool that enables users to efficiently manage the configurations of networks and devices in an ASTRO 25 system. The UNC is built on VoyenceControl, which is an automated compliance, change, and configuration management system. The UNC provides a single application for the configuration of all radio system and transport devices. Some of the key features that the UNC provides include:  Efficient, role-based user setup  Auto discovery of devices/configurations, reducing configuration errors and initial configuration time by providing minimal data entry Historical configuration information is easily accessible, along with forensic information and the ability to roll back to previous versions. A valuable tool that the application provides is the ability to create a configuration and not implement it immediately. The UNC allows another user to approve and implement changes, which can help distribute those changes during off hours when system loading is minimal. The UNC application allows system management personnel to see planned and current configurations simultaneously for quick comparison. This application offers easy editing screens and configuration “wizards” to reduce data entry. Benefits of the UNC are outlined in Table 1-2 Sample UNC Screen DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-11 Table 1-2: UNC Benefits Feature Benefit Built-in Network Tool kit to enable features Tools provide a methodical process to enable features in the system with minimal labor and chance of error. Examples of these are: turning on authentication on a set of protocols within the Gateways; locking Ethernet switch ports; setting delay; and jitter alarm thresholds. Auto Discovery of Devices Components are automatically discovered, and their configurations are added to the database without the need for any manual entry of data. Scheduled Distribution Users can determine the time of day when they would like configurations to be sent to the devices, or delay the distribution of a configuration change until approved. Distribution Monitoring Allows users to view the status of configuration changes, such as whether the change is in progress, has successfully completed, or has failed. Change Logging/Audit Trail Maintains a log of various user interactions with the configuration system that can be used to help diagnose issues. Configuration Versioning Constantly tracks and logs versions that have changed and provides the ability to view or compare versions. Management of Credentials SSH and SNMP passwords can be managed. Automated mechanism allows seamless password and passphrase rolling, which can be performed automatically if desired. Wizards for Common Operations Radio system administrators can perform common operations using a simple web-based interface specifically developed for ASTRO 25 users. Provides an intuitive guide to assist in easy-to-follow setup procedures. Rollback to Previous Version Immediately reverts the device configuration to a previously created version. 1.7.1.4 Radio Control Manager The Radio Control Manager (RCM) is used primarily by dispatchers to monitor and manage radio events, issue and monitor commands, and make informational queries of the system database. The RCM runs on a local PC client and, depending upon the configuration in the User Configuration Manager (UCM), can access multiple zones. Table 1-3: Radio Control Manager Features and Benefits Feature Benefit Radio Commands  Regroup  Cancel Regroup  Selector Lock  Cancel Lock  Regroup and Lock  Cancel Regroup and Lock  Selective Inhibit  Cancel Inhibit  Storm Plan DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-12 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Feature Benefit Status Commands  Radio check  Snapshot  Zone Status Events  Emergency Alarms  ChangeMe Requests  Status Events Reports The RCM Reports tool is used to create, view, print, schedule, and export standard reports from RCM. These reports use a common format so the data can be used in spreadsheets. The report information reflects the actual RCM server database information, except the Emergency Alarms. RCM Reports enables you to present and analyze data showing RCM activity on the system. 1.7.1.5 Provisioning Manager The Provisioning Manager (PM) is a centralized interface for all user and system configuration. The PM provides the following:  Configure system-level parameters for call capability.  Configure system-level parameters for the master site, such as the parameters for home zone mapping and sub-band restricted ID mapping.  Configure Console Users, Radios, Talkgroups, Multi-Groups, Agency Groups, and Broadcast Data Agencies.  Configure access control for users in the PM.  Configure ZoneWatch windows.  Configure and manage the attributes relating to a zone such as MGEG Application Platform, Aux I/O Configuration, and Consoles.  Ability to export some configuration data from the PM.  Ability to import some configuration data to the PM.  Optional API available to interface to the PM. Features and benefits for the PM are outlined in Table 1-4. Table 1-4: Provisioning Manager Features and Benefits Feature Benefit Central Point for All User Configuration Information Minimizes configuration conflicts created by multiple entry points. Enables simplified control and consistency for subscriber provisioning. Radio User Capabilities Efficient configuration capabilities across multiple agencies and system. Reuse Configuration information Using Profiles Minimize configuration data re-entry through the creation of profiles that are shared across several radio users and talkgroups. Intuitive Navigation Provides a tree-based navigation with objects arranged logically, allowing users to navigate to their required tasks. Fleet Management Allows the user to easily create talkgroup and agency group mapping. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-13 Feature Benefit Agency Partitioning Offers the ability to create security groups to partition system management resources among various agencies and users. Concurrent User Access Enables distributed configuration management from multiple users. MCC7500 Console Information Synchronization MCC 7500 consoles are automatically synchronized with radio user configuration information from the system, minimizing data entry and allowing for a cohesive view of configuration information. Manage Configuration Data Distribution Provides users with control over the distribution of configuration information to the various network devices in the system. 1.7.1.6 ZoneWatch ZoneWatch is a performance management tool that has customizable displays and grids to monitor real-time communications activity in a single zone (1). The information displayed can help system managers become proactive in making better resource planning decisions, such as when additional channels need to be added. Figure 1-1: Sample ZoneWatch Screen ZoneWatch also receives fault information relating to repeater sites, console sites, and the zone controller from the UEM. ZoneWatch is used to monitor call traffic and allows the system manager to organize displayed information using various criteria. Benefits of the ZoneWatch real-time display are provided in Table 1-5. Table 1-5: ZoneWatch Features and Benefits Feature Benefit Real-Time Display Single Site View, Channel View, and Multisite view display all important radio call information. This provides the manager with insight about radio call activity, channel usage activity, and busy activity, to more efficiently manage the radio system. 1.7.1.7 Computer Aided Dispatch Interface (CADI) Computer Aided Dispatch Interface (CADI) is an Application Programming Interface (API) for use by third-party CAD applications, permitting customers to work with third-party vendors to create DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-14 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted software that specifically meets their dispatch needs on Motorola ASTRO 25 systems. The API gives CADI direct access to the commands and events used by the radio system and its network management applications. The CADI supports the following commands from the CAD host to the radio system:  Affiliation Download Request—Triggers the download of the subscribers affiliation database.  Configuration Information—Provides information about the last CADI server configuration database update.  Individual Radio Unit Dynamic Regroup/Un-Regroup—Changes a talkgroup on a radio.  Selective Radio Inhibit/Cancel Inhibit—Disables/enables an individual subscriber in the radio system.  Selector Lock/Unlock—Disables/enables the talkgroup selector switch on an individual SU.  Radio Check—Requests talkgroup affiliation information from a subscriber.  Status Acknowledge—Confirms receiving subscriber status.  Snapshot—Requests group and site affiliation information from a subscriber.  Zone Controller Check—Requests the status of a zone controller (active/standby, zone/wide trunking). The CADI supports the following events from the radio system to the CAD host:  Affiliation/De-Affiliation—CAD clients can display a list of affiliated subscribers. CAD clients can also allow system administrators to request information for individual subscribers using an ID. The CADI server notifies the CAD client when a subscriber affiliates with the system, changes talkgroup affiliation, or affiliates with a different zone.  Affiliation Download Status—Provides information about affiliation database download progress.  Call Alerts—Allows a dispatcher to page a radio.  Configuration Information—Provides information about the last database update.  Emergency Alarms—The CADI interface currently supports Emergency Alarm notification to CAD clients. System administrators also have the ability to respond to emergency alarms using their CAD terminal itself.  Group, Private, Interconnect, and Emergency Calls—Indicates what type of call type the user is initiating.  Status—The CADI interface allows the CAD client to send Acknowledgements for Status Update events. Additionally, the CADI interface provides 16 status capabilities. To source acknowledgments from CADI, the operator needs to designate, via network management, which subsystem Radio Control Manager, console, or CAD client will provide the Acknowledgements. 1.8 MCC7500 COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION The new MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console provides for efficient trunked and conventional dispatch. The Motorola Solutions MCC 7500 Dispatch Console is Motorola Solutions’ high-tier, mission- critical IP Radio Dispatch Console System. Operation is supported by the same IP network and switching that will manage the ASTRO 25 P25 IP Digital Trunked Simulcast Network. The MCC 7500 IP console equipment will connect directly into the Denton County master site. It uses the IP packet protocols for passing call control data and call audio through the system. The MCC 7500 IP console operates under the latest certified Microsoft Windows platform which is Windows 7. The screen layout is simple and uses valuable space efficiently. Key information and critical functions are clearly identified with easy to understand icons. Dispatchers can quickly recognize these icons instead of reading text, hence maximizing productivity. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-15 Designed for effective, flexible dispatch communications, the MCC 7500 Dispatch Console provides a range of valuable features:  Seamless integration with ASTRO 25 Trunking Systems.  IP Network–The MCC 7500 supports the IP protocols of the ASTRO 25 System’s transport network.  Centralized System Management–The MCC 7500 Console System is configured and managed by the ASTRO 25 System’s configuration manager, fault manager, and performance reporting applications. This provides the Cities with a single point for configuring and managing the entire radio system, including the console equipment. This information can also be accessed from multiple remote locations, giving the Cities convenient access while enjoying the benefits of centralized system management.  User Friendly–MCC 7500’s environment features the familiar standards used by other Windows programs worldwide featuring easy to understand screen layout, menus, and icons that are quickly recognizable by users.  Customization–Each dispatcher’s configuration can be customized via the Admin application.  Point-and-Click–Dispatch GUI uses a simple point-and-click response. The dispatcher has the choice of using a mouse, trackball, or optional touch screen, and the keyboard is not required for day-to-day operations.  Agency Partitioning–Allows multiple agencies to use a common system while maintaining control over their console resources via the security partitioning feature of network management. 1.8.1 MCC 7500 System Features MCC 7500 is a feature-rich, modular platform that has been configured to maximize the utility of the system to your unique needs. The following sections provide discussion of the key MCC 7500 Dispatch IP Console Features to include:  Integrated with ASTRO 25 Network.  Proven Graphical User Interface.  End to End Encryption.  Agency Partitioning.  Centralized Network Configuration and Fault Management.  Mission Critical Audio and Tones.  Reliability and Availability.  Bandwidth Management.  Centralized Time Base. 1.8.2 Proven Graphical User Interface The MCC 7500’s intuitive graphical user interface (GUI) optimizes user efficiency. The MCC 7500 user interface is an enhanced version of Motorola Solutions’ proven dispatch GUI. For existing Gold Elite users, the GUI allows a smooth transition and minimal training for radio dispatchers. For new users, the graphical icons and unsurpassed flexibility make the MCC 7500 IP console GUI easy to learn and operate. The MCC 7500 GUI is highly configurable and customizable by agency or user to meet dynamic needs and requirements. The MCC 7500 GUI makes the most use of monitor space, maximizing the number of resources a dispatcher is able to easily view and control. Features include:  Twenty screen configurations (folders) for added resource capacity, for shift changes, or for differing dispatch scenarios and/or responsibilities.  16 different radio patch configurations per MCC 7500 Console. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-16 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted  Call history log for up 1000 calls.  Elite Admin Application–The manner in which resources and audio are presented to the dispatch console user on the MCC 7500 dispatch console is managed by the Elite Admin application. The look and feel of the Elite Dispatch GUI, as well as how received audio is routed on the dispatch console, can be optimized to meet your needs. 1.8.3 Centralized Network Configuration and Fault Management Centralized configuration is a unique MCC 7500 IP Console feature that speeds console set up, enhancement, or expansion efforts and makes the most efficient use of resources.  Configuration of the MCC 7500 IP Console positions is accomplished via the Provisioning Manager (PM).  There is no need to separately maintain or manage configuration databases solely for the dispatch equipment.  Redundancy and potential errors from entering radio IDs and other data at multiple locations are eliminated.  Console configuration changes are immediately and automatically distributed to dispatch positions.  Call traffic and performance reports for each console can be generated from the Network Manager.  Historical reports can assist in making informed decisions regarding dispatch changes for optimal effectiveness and efficiency.  Centralized fault management allows reduced service times, and quicker resolution of issues. MCC 7500 IP console is designed to continuously monitor its application software and important hardware elements (PC, voice card, secure card, VPM) to make sure it is operating efficiently at all times. Network connections and control paths between the consoles and various elements are also monitored to make sure they are operating efficiently. If configuration, fault management, or report generating ability is desired at individual console sites, remote network management clients can be employed. This is beneficial for users who are sharing a system but have limited access to the Network Manager, or for users who desire expanded console management capabilities at console sites. 1.9 DISPATCH CONSOLE HARDWARE An MCC 7500 Dispatch IP Console consists of an operator position computer, Voice Processing Module (VPM), Auxiliary Input/Outputs, Logging equipment, Network Equipment and Conventional Channel Interface Equipment, Figure 1-2. This section discusses the various components that make up the Proposed System. The MCC 7500’s flexible IP architecture enables interfaces and components to be distributed where they are needed. Logging components can be centrally located at the zone core or distributed at console sites. Conventional Channel Gateways (CCGWs) can be located at conventional-only RF Sites, or they can be located at Trunking RF Sites, the Master Site, or at console sites if that is where the conventional stations will reside. Aux I/O Servers are placed anywhere in the zone, closest to where they are needed. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-17 Figure 1-2: Motorola MCC 7500 Dispatch Console Hardware Architecture 1.9.1 Operator Position Components The MCC 7500 IP Dispatch Console, shown in Figure 1-3, consists of a computer, a Voice Processing Module (VPM), one select speaker, up to three unselect speakers, a desktop gooseneck microphone, headset jack box with in-line PTT amplifier, and dual footswitch. Figure 1-3: MCC 7500 Operator Position Voice Processing Module (VPM) The VPM connects to the console site LAN switch and communicates with the dispatch console PC via Ethernet. While there is no direct physical connection between the VPM and the PC, there is a one-to-one relationship between the VPM and the PC. Each dispatch position has its own PC and its own VPM. Console Site Link (WAN) Desktop Speakers Desktop Microphone Headset Jacks VPM Analog Analog Footswitch Local Logging Recorder Instant Recall Recorder External Paging Encoder External Telephone System Monitor Ethernet Cable Ethernet Cable 2 Ethernet Cables per Dispatch Console DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-18 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted The VPM provides the vocoding and audio processing services for the dispatch console. The optional secure card provides the encryption and decryption services for the dispatch console. It is capable of supporting multiple, simultaneous encryption/decryption sessions using multiple algorithms and multiple secure keys. The VPM is designed so it can be mounted in furniture, placed on top of a writing surface or mounted in an EIA 19 inch rack. It is also capable of supporting monitors weighing up to 80 pounds (36 kg) standing on top of it. The VPM has connectors, as a standard configuration, for the following devices:  One desktop microphone.  Two headset jacks.  Eight desktop speakers.  One logging recorder.  One radio instant recall recorder.  One external telephone set.  One external paging encoder.  One footswitch.  One generic transmit audio input. While the connectors are designed into the VPM, not all connectors are currently functional. Some of the connectors listed above may be used to provide audio inputs and outputs for connecting other types of dispatch consoles to the Motorola Solutions radio system in conjunction with the Motorola Solutions MCC 7500 Dispatch APIs. The VPM uses an external power supply (similar to the power supplies used with laptop computers) which must be connected to an AC power source. Personal Computer (PC) The dispatch console uses a Motorola Solutions-certified PC running the Microsoft Windows 7 operating system. The Voice Processor Module (VPM) combines the functions of a voice card, encryption card, and a general purpose input/output module in a MCC 7500 Subsystem. The VPM provides the necessary interfaces to connect analog devices to the MCC 7500 Digital Console and is responsible for audio routing between the dispatch operator, peripherals and the local network. It contains both digital and analog (audio) circuits to support clear voice processing. The PCs used in ASTRO 25 Systems have a mini-tower form factor. Headset Jack Each dispatch console is capable of supporting up to two headset jacks. A headset jack allows a dispatch console user to use a headset while operating the dispatch console. The headset jack supports headsets which use either PJ7 (6-wire) or PJ327 (4-wire) long-frame connectors (6-wire headsets have a PTT button while 4-wire headsets do not have a PTT button). The headset jack contains two volume controls: one for adjusting the level of received radio audio and one for adjusting the level of received telephone audio. A small dimple is molded into the headset jack housing near the telephone volume control so the dispatch console user can tell them apart without having to look at them. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-19 Desktop Speaker Each dispatch console is supplied multiple speakers through which audio are presented to a dispatch console user. Each speaker on a dispatch console contains unique audio; that is, an audio source cannot appear in multiple speakers at a single dispatch console. The speaker is a self-contained unit that may be placed on a desktop, mounted in a rack/furniture, mounted on a wall, or mounted on a computer monitor. It contains an amplifier that provides a maximum of 2 Watts of power output. Input power for the speaker is obtained from the VPM via the interconnect cable. A mounting bracket is included with the speaker. Footswitch Each dispatch console can utilize a dual pedal footswitch. Telephone/Headset Port The telephone/headset port allows an external telephone set to be connected to the dispatch console. The dispatch console’s headset can then be used to communicate on both the radio system and the telephone set. When the dispatch console senses a dry closure on the Off Hook input buffer, it removes the selected radio audio from the headset earpiece and puts it back in the appropriate speaker(s). It then routes any audio appearing at the telephone/headset port’s audio input to the headset earpiece. It also routes headset microphone audio to the telephone/headset port’s audio output. This allows the dispatch console user to communicate hands-free on the telephone set. When the dispatch console senses a dry closure on the Auxiliary Jack Sense input buffer, it ignores any closures on the Off Hook input buffer. This causes the headset to work with the radio system instead of the external telephone system. This allows the dispatch console headset to be used for radio operations when another person is staffing the telephone set. If the dispatch console user transmits on any radio resources while the Off Hook signal is active, the headset microphone is re-routed to the radio system for the duration of the transmission. When the transmission ends, the headset microphone is routed back to the telephone headset port’s audio output. The headset earpiece audio routing is not changed during the transmission, so the dispatch console user can still hear the telephone’s received audio. The telephone/headset port allows a dispatch console user to use a single headset to communicate on both the radio system and a telephone system (e.g., a 911 system). 1.9.2 Remote Site Router The Site Router provides an interface that handles all of the IP Network Management traffic between the Master Site and the MCC 7500 Dispatch center(s). The Site Router provides the following:  Media conversion–the router converts Ethernet to the selected transport medium.  Traffic prioritization–the router applies a prioritization marking to the packets leaving the site.  Fragmentation–the router fragments large IP packets per industry standards. 1.9.3 Site LAN Switch The site LAN Switch provides a LAN interface for dispatch site equipment and a LAN port for the site router. Through the switch, the service technicians gain access to service the site, and also access the system’s Graphical User Interface. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-20 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 1.9.4 APX 7500 Consolette The Motorola Solutions APX™ 7500 Multi-Band Consolette is the next generation Consolette design that incorporates the APX 7500 mobile transceiver and the O5 control head to complement Motorola’s APCO PHASE II dual-band product line. The Consolette will continue to be a key device in many Motorola Solutions voice systems offering a low cost RF control station solution to customers that are within a communication system and want a wireless dispatch solution. The Consolette is also used as an emergency backup station when the infrastructure is off-line, as a low cost dispatch center for federal, state and local agencies, and as a fire station alerting system. The APX 7500 Consolette is available in the 7/800MHz, VHF, UHF R1, and UHF R2 bands (mid power models only). Configurations include both the limited front panel and the full featured front panel (contains the O5 control head). Rear panel interfaces include: Tone Remote Control (TRC), ACIM, and E&M (Ear and Mouth) for interfacing to remote consoles and desksets such as the MC2000, the MCC 5500, Gold Series Elite Console, and the MCC 7500. A future offering expected is support of an IP interface to a new Digital Deskset. All models are equipped with an internal AC-to-DC power supply and support Battery Revert operation. Additionally there is an auxiliary display with corresponding soft menus and status indications for support of a VU Meter and Clock. Some key APX 7500 Consolette features include:  Up to 1250 Channels.  Available in Multiple-Band (Dual-Band) Operation.  Trunking Standards supported:  Clear or digital encrypted ASTRO® 25 Trunked Operation.  Capable of SmartZone®, SmartZone Omnilink, SMARTNET®.  Narrow and wide bandwidth digital receiver (6.25kHz/12.5kHz/25kHz).  Analog MDC-1200 and Digital APCO P25 Conventional System Configurations.  Embedded digital signaling (ASTRO and ASTRO 25).  Seamless wideband scan.  Intelligent lighting on Full Feature Front Panel with 05 Control Head Display.  Radio profiles.  Unified Call List.  Utilizes Windows XP and Vista Customer Programming Software (CPS).  Supports USB Communications.  Built in FLASHport™ support.  Standard Advanced Digital Privacy.  Voice Announcements. In addition to the above mentioned functionality, the APX 7500 Consolette supports the following functionality via its rear panel:  TRC with Wireline.  E&M with Wireline.  ACIM with Wireline.  APCO Interface.  Crosspatch Interface.  Crossmute Interface.  Recorder Interface. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-21  Auxiliary Audio Jack.  Auxiliary External Mobile speaker.  Headset Interface (2).  General Purpose Inputs/Outputs.  Emergency Footswitch.  Interface for connection of an external PA. 1.10 ASTRO 25 SIMULCAST A simulcast land mobile radio system provides continuous coverage over a large geographic region using a single set of frequencies. Simulcast stands for the SIMULtaneous broadCAST of identical information on the same carrier frequency from multiple, and geographically separated sites. One of the important benefits of a simulcast solution is to extend a system’s RF coverage, especially in areas where available frequencies are scarce, and in areas where physical barriers (for example, mountains and buildings) can cause deficiencies in signal coverage. Simulcast is bandwidth efficient and enhances coverage. The ASTRO 25 Simulcast infrastructure consists of a central Simulcast Prime Site and up to 15 distributed simulcast Remote Sites. The Prime Site acts as a control and digitized audio center for the simulcast subsystem. Audio is routed to the Prime Site from each simulcast Remote Site. To ensure that the best audio from the simulcast receivers is processed, a voting comparator compares and selects the best signal. The Prime Site contains redundant Prime Site Simulcast Controllers, GCM 8000 Comparators, and networking equipment to interface to the remote simulcast sites. The simulcast RF transmitters and receivers are located at the Simulcast Remote Sites. These sites simultaneously transmit identical information from each site to the subscribers. The receivers at these sites receive the audio from the user radios, and pass the audio back to the Prime Site for audio voting. Audio and site control comes from the Prime and Master Sites. Equipment at a Simulcast Site includes GTR 8000 Simulcast Base Radios, fault management equipment, and networking equipment to interface to the Prime Site. 1.10.1 Simulcast Sites The IP Simulcast infrastructure consists of a central Simulcast Prime Site and up to 15 distributed Simulcast Remote Sites, each with up to 30 channels. The Prime Site acts as a control and digitized audio center for the Simulcast Subsystem. Audio is routed to the Prime Site from each simulcast Remote Site. To ensure that the best audio from the simulcast receivers is processed, a voting comparator selects the best signal. The Prime Site contains redundant Prime Site Simulcast Controllers, simulcast comparators, and networking equipment to interface to the Remote Simulcast Sites. The simulcast RF transmitters and receivers are located at the Simulcast Remote Sites. These sites simultaneously transmit identical information from each site to the radios. The receivers at these sites receive the audio from the user radios, and pass the audio back to the Prime Site for voting. Audio and site control comes from the Prime and Master Sites. Equipment at a Simulcast Remote Site includes a simulcast base radios, fault management equipment, and networking equipment to interface to the Prime Site. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-22 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 1.11 RF SITE COMPONENTS 1.11.1 GCP 8000 Site Controller The GCP 8000 Site Controller (GCP 8000) is the control interface between the transmitter/receiver subsystem and the Zone Controller. The GCP 8000 Site Controller comprises redundant site controller modules; one site controller module acts as the active module, and the second module as standby. The redundancy minimizes the possibility of a single point of failure at the site. The GCP 8000 provides the following functions:  Manages the channels to maximize throughput and channel availability.  Administers registration and context activation requests.  Provides redundant site control.  Enables redundant site link routing for patch redundancy.  Enables site with upgradeability to TDMA.  Enables site with upgradeability to Dynamic Dual Mode (DDM) allowing the site to adapt for use with both FDMA and TDMA mobile and portable radios. Additionally, the GCP 8000 provides the following functions at the simulcast site:  Provides a time and frequency reference signal to the base stations maximizing frequency stability and allowing for further site separation in a simulcast configuration.  Provides IP simulcast capability, enabling true end-to-end IP connectivity in a simulcast configuration. 1.11.2 GCM 8000 Comparator The GCM 8000 Comparator ensures the broadcast of the best possible voice signal by combining the best parts of a single signal that has been received by multiple sites in a Multi-site (simulcast) system. The comparator features a state-of-the-art digital voting methodology: Frame Diversity Reception. The comparator selects the data frame or signals with the lowest BER and forwards it. By using the best pieces of each input signal, the result is the best possible composite signal. 1.11.3 GTR 8000 Station The GTR 8000 Base Radio is Motorola Solutions’ Next Generation platform, in which Motorola Solutions has incorporated benefits such as:  Software-definable station allows for flexibility in implementation for Multi-site configuration, simulcast configuration, or HPD configuration.  A common hardware platform requires fewer Field Replaceable Units (FRU).  Innovative design allows for upgrades within systems via hardware and/or software to avoid total infrastructure replacement.  Enables site with upgradeability to Dynamic Dual Mode (DDM) allowing the site to adapt for use with both FDMA and TDMA mobile and portable radios. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-23 The GTR 8000 is available in several different configurations:  GTR 8000 Base Radio (shown in Figure 1-4).  GTR 8000 Site Subsystem (available only in HPD systems).  GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem (available only in Site Repeater and HPD). Figure 1-4: GTR 8000 Base Radio 1.11.4 Remote Site Router The Site Router provides an interface that handles all of the IP Network Management traffic between the Master Site and the Remote Site. The Site Router provides the following:  Media conversion–the router converts Ethernet to the selected transport medium.  Traffic prioritization–the router applies a prioritization marking to the packets leaving the site.  Fragmentation–the router fragments large IP packets per industry standards. 1.11.5 Site LAN Switch The site LAN Switch provides a LAN interface for site equipment and a LAN port for the site router. Through the switch, the service technicians gain access to service the site, and also access the system’s Graphical User Interface. 1.11.6 GGM 8000 Gateway Flexibility The GGM 8000’s modular design provides maximum flexibility, allowing you to create your radio communications network today and meet future radio system requirements tomorrow. The GGM 8000 incorporates two I/O slots for WAN and LAN connectivity and one slot for analog connectivity and supports a variety of system applications in Dimetra® and ASTRO®25® Systems. Customer specific configurations are constructed by adding optional I/O modules to the base system. The base system provides the motherboard, a power supply, two T1/E1 ports and four 10/100M/1Gbps Ethernet interface. The GGM 8000 can be loaded with a combination of certified configurations of the following optional I/O modules to tailor configuration to your specific radio communications network:  ANALOG/V.24 INTERFACE KIT.  E&M DSP Module––consists of an E&M module and a DSP SIMM; provides four 4-wire audio with E&M relay interfaces to analog conventional base stations.  V.24––provides two V.24 serial modules with a total of 4 ports which connect either directly to a base station or to a modem to support conventional channel gateway (CCGW) digital conventional operation. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-24 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Versatility The GGM 8000 Gateway supports both dispatch and RF Site configurations in analog and digital voice systems. GGM 8000 Product Configurations Two product level configurations of the GGM 8000 platform are currently available. They are:  Base Platform.  Analog/Digital Conventional Gateway. Base Platform Configuration The base product configuration of the GGM 8000 platform is composed of three separate subsystem modules:  Enclosure.  Power Subsystem.  Base Module. The base platform configuration has the following I/O port interfaces:  Console Management Port (9 Pin).  USB-A Port (Not currently supported).  Four 10/100/1000 BaseT Ethernet Ports.  Two T1/E1 WAN Telecommunication Ports. Conventional Channel Gateway Configuration The Conventional Channel Gateway (CCGW) makes it possible to interconnect legacy Motorola public safety equipment with the latest Motorola public safety network systems: Thus providing a far simpler and much more cost-effective means of extending and updating the capabilities of many older Motorola public safety networks that are still in service. The CCGW product configuration of the GGM 8000 Platform is composed of 4 separate subsystem modules:  Enclosure.  Power Subsystem.  Base Module.  CCGW Port Expansion Module. The CCGW port expansion module is installed in a dedicated enclosure slot located at the front of the unit, next to the base module. The CCGW product configuration is a functional superset of the base platform. It has all of the I/O port interfaces that are in the base configuration, plus the additional port interfaces on the CCGW port expansion module:  Console Management Port (9 Pin).  USB-A Port (Not currently supported).  Four 10/100/1000 BaseT Ethernet Ports.  Two T1/E1 WAN Telecommunication Ports.  Four Analog (E&M) CCGW Ports.  Four Digital (V.24) CCGW Ports. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-25 1.11.7 Frequency Reference The prime site will utilize the TRAK 9100 Unit for GPS-based frequency and time reference. The TRAK frequency reference provides the Simulcast System 1 PPS (Pulse per Second), 5 MPPS, and 1 PPS + 5 MPPS composite signals. These signals are used to synchronize the transmission of a Simulcast System to improve overall performance and coverage. This unit provides a high level redundancy including redundant GPS receivers, backup rubidium standard, and redundant power supplies. Similarly, the GPS frequency standard for the GTR 8000 base radios at both remote sites will utilize the internal GPB 8000 RDM’s which use redundant highly stable ovenized crystal oscillators. 1.11.8 GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem The GTR 8000 Expandable Site SubsystemError! Reference source not found. is used in ASTRO 25 Simulcast Remote Site configurations operating in the VHF, UHF 435–524 MHz, 700 MHz, and 800 MHz frequency bands. It forwards digital voice and data from the comparator to the transmitter and forwards digital voice and data from the receiver to the comparator GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem. A unique configuration with G-series product components in one self-contained rack: A unique configuration with G-series product components in one self-contained rack:  Supports Motorola Solutions’ ASTRO 25 with X2-TDMA and Dynamic Dual Mode operation.  Supports Motorola Solutions’ Integrated Voice & Data Systems and 25 kHz High Performance Data (HPD) Systems.  Space-efficient modular design integrates up to six GTR 8000 Base Radios, redundant GCP 8000 Site Controllers, and a new site reference distribution interface into one rack or cabinet.  Radio Frequency Distribution System (RFDS) including cavity combiners, Tx filters, duplexers/diplexers, site preselector, and receiver multicouplers for the transmit (Tx) and receive (Rx) paths can also be integrated into the prepackaged system for 700/800 MHz and UHF (435- 524 MHz).  Supports one to five GTR 8000 Base Radios for HPD.  Supports one to six GTR 8000 Base Radios for IV&D.  Junction Panel wiring interface simplifies installation and future site expansion or service. Figure 1-5: GTR 8000 ESS (700/800 MHz) DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-26 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 1.12 INTELLIGENT MIDDLEWARE (IMW) SOLUTION The Intelligent Middleware (IMW) solution is a suite of network services across different types of radio networks with a common Application Programming Interface (API). Third-party applications that use this API can transparently track and communicate with wireless devices regardless of access network protocols and device types. The IMW API is a restricted and licensed interface. Only third-party applications developed by licensed application developers may gain access to the interface. The IMW framework enables interoperability between third-party applications, such as mapping applications, and Radio Access Networks (RANs), including ASTRO® 25 systems, and Public Safety Long-Term Evolution (PS LTE) systems. IMW APIs provide uniform access to network-level information across multiple RANs, using the following API standards in order to help maintain a set of uniform interfaces for applications to use across IMW provided services. The industry standard 3GPP Parlay X Web Services specifications uses generally accepted Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP)-based web services technologies. The IMW interfaces are based on these standards, but also provide proprietary extensions to these interfaces. IMW Parlay X APIs provide query and subscription access to presence data and location data over HTTP or HTTPS. Requests and responses are encoded using the eXtensible Markup Language (XML) format. The industry standard Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) REST specifications provide APIs similar to those defined by the 3GPP Parlay X standard, but uses generally accepted RESTful API specifications. The IMW interfaces are based on these standards, but also provide proprietary extensions to these interfaces. IMW REST and WebSocket APIs provide query access to presence and location data, group management, and messaging over HTTP or HTTPS; subscription access to presence data, location data, group data, and context data is provided over WebSockets or Secure WebSockets. Requests and responses are encoded using the JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) format. Specifically included with the IMW solution is as follows:  IMW Server and Software  1000 Location Licenses  1000 Presence Licenses CEN Equipment Including LAN Switch, Border Router and Fortinet Firewall DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-27 1.13 ENHANCED DATA Motorola is proposing Enhanced data to support Outdoor Location using proposed GPS enabled Motorola portables. Motorola understands that currently Denton County utilizes an Automatic Vehicle Location (AVL) solution that is mapped on their existing CAD which will be phased out with a replacement CAD solution soon. Motorola assumes that the replacement CAD solution will utilize a common Application Programming Interface (API) to interface into the proposed City of Denton Intelligent Middleware (IMW) solution. Only third-party applications developed by licensed application developers may gain access to the interface. The design will use the proposed IMW that will be located on the Customer Enterprise Network (CEN). Enhanced Data is a software based solution that provides a highly reliable, cost effective data solution for transporting GPS & telemetry applications leveraging the ASTRO mission critical radio system. Enhanced Data significantly increases the inbound data performance above the P25 standard IV&D capability meeting the need for GPS, telemetry, biometrics, and machine-to-machine applications. Next generation of ASTRO 25 Integrated data benefits will provide the following benefits  Provide outdoor location data for all of the users with a faster polling rate.  Increased AVL and telemetry capacity as compared to Classic P25 Integrated Data (IV&D).  Ability to have dedicated, data only, Enhanced Data channels.  Ability to prioritize data over non Emergency voice calls on Enhanced Data channels.  Support encrypted data capability 1.14 ARCHIVING INTERFACE SERVER (AIS) The proposed Archiving Interface Servers (AIS) will provide the interface required between the radio system and the existing Higher Ground logging recorder. This allows calls on the radio system to be recorded together with information associated with the calls. Certain non-voice radio system events (e.g., emergency alarms, changing tactical/normal selection on a talkgroup, changing frequencies on multi-frequency conventional stations, etc.) can also be recorded. The user can configure the logging recorder to monitor and record a set of radio system resources (trunked or conventional). The AIS monitors those identified resources, passes call-control information to the logging sub-system via an API, and redirects audio for those monitored channels to the logging sub-system via the LAN. The logging recorder then records this information to its storage media. 1.15 APX RADIO MANAGEMENT AND PROGRAMMING Motorola Solutions’ Radio Management is solution unique to Motorola Solutions APX subscriber radios and Motorola Solutions ASTRO 25 infrastructure that comprehensively manages radio configuration and subscriber radios, and will dramatically reduce the Total Cost of Ownership. Key Radio Management Features include:  Radio Inventory  Centralized Radio Configuration and Codeplug Management  Automated Radio Updates of BOTH Codeplugs and Software Flash Versions DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-28 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted  Only Motorola Solutions Infrastructure can Batch Program Motorola Solutions APX Radios Over a P25 System  No Missed Calls with OTAP due to Voice Priority with Motorola Solutions’ Infrastructure Motorola Solutions’ Radio Management tool simplifies the configuration and management of radios. With an order of a Motorola Solutions radio, an electronic order with the serial number is generated. The serial numbers from the electronic order can then be entered into the Radio Management application. The radios associated with the serial number can then be assigned a codeplug template in the Radio Management Application, and a job can be scheduled to program the radios. Once the radios arrive, a gang of radios (up to 16 radios simultaneously) can be programmed at one time. Radio Manager will track which radios have been successfully programmed. Motorola has included 1300 licenses for the City of Denton 1000 licenses for Denton County. All the radios will be read by the City of Denton into the radio management database as part of their radio programming responsibilities. 1.16 WAVE SOLUTION WAVE provides secure, high-performance push-to-talk (PTT) services that extend the coverage of the ASTRO 25 radio system by enabling connectivity to broadband networks. WAVE allows users to communicate and collaborate regardless of the device they are using, their network connection, or their geographic location. Even when not in range of the ASTRO 25 system, command personnel and administrators will be able to monitor events and stay in touch with their colleagues via their broadband devices. WAVE also enables communication for users within large buildings that are too dense for the radio coverage to penetrate, and provides a method for users who typically are not everyday users of the radio system to communicate during an emergency or major event. WAVE can connect your ASTRO P25 system to other radio networks to provide true interoperability to address the most complex communications challenges and requirements. Motorola understands that Denton County currently has a WAVE Server which will be leveraged. The server includes several software modules that provide the interface to the ASTRO P25 system and integrate WAVE Mobile Communicators and PC clients to the WAVE system. Mobile Communicators are available for Apple devices (iPhone, iPad) and Android phones and tablets, along with custom devices like the Motorola LEX L10. PC clients include the WAVE Web Communicator (also available for Microsoft Lync and SharePoint), Desktop Communicator and Advanced Desktop Communicator. These clients provide increasingly sophisticated features and functionality to manage PTT and telephony communications, group text messaging, and user status, presence and location that can satisfy a wide range of command & control dispatch-like functions. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-29 Figure 1-6: WAVE integrates radio networks and broadband networks to enable interoperable communications The proposed solution includes the following equipment at a high level:  (100) WAVE Mobile Communicator Licenses The existing Denton County WAVE server will be leveraged. The above licenses will be added to the existing WAVE solution to accommodate the additional Mobile communicator users that will talk on the radio system. 1.16.1 WAVE 5000 Components WAVE Server The WAVE platform is comprised of a WAVE Server and the various WAVE Communicators (mobile and PC applications) that workers use to communicate with one another. The WAVE Server is a combination of system software modules (“servers”) that includes the WAVE Proxy, Media, and Management servers. The WAVE Server supports PTT communications using commercially available Android and iOS smart devices running over 3G/4G/LTE public/private carrier networks and public/private WiFi networks, and PC clients connecting over WAN/LAN networks. The single WAVE Server to be provided as part of this proposal will host the Management, Media and Proxy server modules required for system operation. The WAVE Server provides the following main communications functionality:  Group Call: Users can make group calls with each other using any of the WAVE applications. Talkgroup participants can include both ASTRO P25 and WAVE users, WAVE-only users, and ASTRO-only users. Users select the talkgroup they wish to use and PTT just like a radio. All users on a talkgroup hear the speaker’s transmission and can reply. Talkgroups and their assigned participants are created and managed by the WAVE Management server module (see below). DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-30 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted  Individual Private Call (One-to-One): Individual private calls can be made between two WAVE users using the Mobile Communicator and/or the Desktop and Advanced Desktop applications (private calls are not yet available between WAVE and ASTRO users). A user selects the person they wish to call from a contact list available within the application. Users communicate back and forth with one another by pressing and releasing the PTT button in their application. When they are finished they can press a hang-up button or just wait for the call to time-out and disconnect.  Text Messaging: WAVE users on the Mobile, Desktop and Advanced Desktop Communicators can send and receive group text messages with other WAVE users on a talkgroup.  Status, Presence & Location: WAVE users can see the current status, presence & location of other WAVE users using any of the WAVE Communicators. Whether a user shares their location data with other users is configurable in the applications.  Call History: call history for group and private calls is available in the Mobile, Desktop and Advanced Desktop Communicators.  System Management: the WAVE Management server module provides the interface to create and manage users and talkgroups and turn on/off the ability to make private calls on an individual basis. WAVE Mobile Communicator (Android / iOS Mobile App) The WAVE Mobile Communicator augments and extends critical communications by enabling smartphones (Android, iPhone, and BlackBerry 10 Phones, Pads, or Tablets) and other specialty devices to securely communicate with any other communication system with‐in the WAVE environment. With the WAVE Mobile Communicator, smartphone users can simply and inexpensively communicate securely with individuals or groups on other smartphones, with mobile workers on LMR networks and with users in their office environment. When equipped with the WAVE Mobile Communicator, a smartphone acts like a multi‐channel radio handset that sends and receives secure audio. Audio processing, management and distribution are managed by WAVE servers residing in an enterprise data center, in a cloud environment or, if needed, on an individual PC. The WAVE Mobile Communicator architecture minimizes any security risks as no audio data or significant application content is resident on the device. If a device falls into the wrong hands there is no opportunity for reverse engineering of the application to produce a security threat to the user or system. Data network independence ensures almost global PTT coverage, allowing users to securely communicate from any location; off‐device audio processing optimizes battery life, allowing full‐shift operation for mobile workers. GPS location coordinates are available from WAVE devices, and radios with GPS feature active. You can download the WAVE Mobile Communicator from the Apple and Android app stores. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-31 1.17 HVAC AND POWER REQUIREMENTS 1.17.1 McKenna Tower – Prime Site DESCRIPTION  MAX  AC Watts  MAX  BTU  GCP 8000 01 180 615  GCP 8000 02 180 615  GCM CH 1B & 2B 180 615  GCM CH 3B & 4B 180 615  GCM CH 5B & 6B 180 615  GCM CH 7B & 8B 180 615  GCM CH 9B & 10B 180 615  GCM CH 11B & 12B 180 615  GCM CH 13B & 14B 180 615  PRIME LANSW 01 24 82  PRIME LANSW 02 24 82  PRIME BKHL SW 01 24 82  PRIME BKHL SW 02 24 82  PRIME GTWY 01 39 134  PRIME GTWY 02 39 134  SITE ACCSGTWY 02 39 134  SITE ACCSGTWY 04 39 134  TRAK 01 120 410  SDM 3000 01 20 68  ACX 1100 RTR 01 23 80  ACX 1100 RTR 02 23 80   2061 7037  1.17.2 McKenna Tower – RF Site DESCRIPTION  MAX  AC Watts  MAX  BTU/hr  GTR 8000 01 ESS 3100 10583  GTR 8000 02 ESS 3100 10583  GTR 8000 03 ESS 3100 10583  SITE GTWY 01 39 134  SITE GTWY 02 39 134  ACX 1100 RTR 01 23 80  ACX 1100 RTR 02 23 80  SDM 3000 01 20 68  20KVA/18KW UPS 01 ~ 7965  20KVA/18KW UPS 02 ~ 7965  *Max Load 9445 48176  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-32 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 1.17.3 EOC Tower – RF Site DESCRIPTION  MAX  AC Watts  MAX  BTU/hr  GTR 8000 01 ESS 3100 10583  GTR 8000 02 ESS 3100 10583  GTR 8000 03 ESS 3100 10583  SITE GTWY 01 39 134  SITE GTWY 02 39 134  SDM 3000 01 20 68  ACX 1100 RTR 01 23 80  ACX 1100 RTR 02 23 80   9445 32246  1.17.4 Police Dispatch Backroom DESCRIPTION  MAX  AC Watts  MAX  BTU/hr  APX VHF CONSOLETTE 267 912  APX 7/800 CONSOLETTE 01 267 912  APX 7/800 CONSOLETTE 02 267 912  APX 7/800 CONSOLETTE 03 267 912  APX 7/800 CONSOLETTE 04 267 912  APX 7/800 CONSOLETTE 05 267 912  APX 7/800 CONSOLETTE 06 267 912  APX 7/800 CONSOLETTE 07 267 912  GCP 8000 01 180 615  ECCGW 01 39 134  ECCGW 02 39 134  DISPATCH LANSW 01 24 82  DISPATCH LANSW 01 24 82  DISPATCH GTWY 01 39 134  DISPATCH GTWY 02 39 134  7500_OP AIS 01 475 1,620  7500_OP AIS VPM 01 120 410  CEN LANSW 01 24 82  CEN GTWY 01 39 134  FIREWALL 01 63 215  IMW SRVR 01 750 2559  ACX 1100 RTR 01 23 80  ACX 1100 RTR 02 23 80   4039 13787  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted System Description 1-33 1.17.5 Operations Dispatch Backroom DESCRIPTION  MAX  AC Watts  MAX  BTU/hr  GCP 8000 01 180 615  DISPATCH LANSW 01 24 82  DISPATCH LANSW 01 24 82  DISPATCH GTWY 01 39 134  DISPATCH GTWY 02 39 134  ACX 1100 RTR 01 23 80  ACX 1100 RTR 02 23 80   354 1207  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 1-34 System Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 1.18 COVERAGE MAPS DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Scale 1 : 352532Tiles © ArcGIS 9-Site, 3-Cell 800 MHz P25 Phase 2 Simulcast System City of Denton, Denton County and Lewisville Simulcast Cells Portable Config: APX 6000, 3 W Tx/Rx at hip, swivel case with RSM Portable antenna: Quarter Wave Legend 95% Area round_trip Subjective 805m APX 6000 POS System version: 20180508, N/A, 2.2.1 Solution: City of Denton Hydra Coverage Workspace: City of Denton Hydra Coverage Job ID: 5693526042.1.Design 37 D36, All RMC off Printed: 6/05/2018 Design: Design 37 D36, All RMC This map represents the 95% guaranteed coverage footprint within the City of Denton ETJ. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 #0 #0 EOC Tower McKenna Park Tower Sources: Esri, HERE, DeLorme, USGS, Intermap, INCREMENT P, NRCan, EsriJapan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri Korea, Esri (Thailand), MapmyIndia,NGCC, © OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS User Community Hydra Stratus 2.2.0 Denton, TX 0 4 82 Miles 1 in = 5 miles This map is a coverage estimate based upon the information provided and should be used for informational purposes only. City of Denton Hydra CoverageCity of Denton Hydra CoverageBJH376CCDTLAB-303 Portable On Street Round-Trip 2-Site 800 MHz P25 Phase 2 Simulcast SystemShaded Area Represents 95% Covered Area Reliability at DAQ 3.4 Design 3304/27/2018 Portable Config: APX 6000, 3 WTx/Rx at hip, swivel case with RSMPortable antenna: Quarter Wave DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 #0 #0 EOC Tower McKenna Park Tower Sources: Esri, HERE, DeLorme, USGS, Intermap, INCREMENT P, NRCan, EsriJapan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri Korea, Esri (Thailand), MapmyIndia,NGCC, © OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS User Community Hydra Stratus 2.2.0 Denton, TX 0 4 82 Miles 1 in = 5 miles This map is a coverage estimate based upon the informationprovided and should be used for informational purposes only. City of Denton Hydra CoverageCity of Denton Hydra CoverageBJH376CCDTLAB-303 Portable On Street Inbound 2-Site 800 MHz P25 Phase 2 Simulcast SystemShaded Area Represents 95% Covered Area Reliability at DAQ 3.4 Design 3304/27/2018 Portable Config: APX 6000, 3 WTx/Rx at hip, swivel case with RSMPortable antenna: Quarter Wave DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 #0 #0 EOC Tower McKenna Park Tower Sources: Esri, HERE, DeLorme, USGS, Intermap, INCREMENT P, NRCan, EsriJapan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri Korea, Esri (Thailand), MapmyIndia,NGCC, © OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS User Community Hydra Stratus 2.2.0 Denton, TX 0 4 82 Miles 1 in = 5 miles This map is a coverage estimate based upon the informationprovided and should be used for informational purposes only. City of Denton Hydra CoverageCity of Denton Hydra CoverageBJH376CCDTLAB-303 Portable On Street Outbound 2-Site 800 MHz P25 Phase 2 Simulcast SystemShaded Area Represents 95% Covered Area Reliability at DAQ 3.4 Design 3304/27/2018 Portable Config: APX 6000, 3 WTx/Rx at hip, swivel case with RSMPortable antenna: Quarter Wave DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Scale 1 : 337669© OpenStreetMap contributors. City of Denton - 2-Site 800 MHz P25 Phase 2 Simulcast System 10dB Loss Legend 95% Area round_trip BER 402m APX 7000 10 dB System version: 20180418, N/A, 2.2.0 Solution: City of Denton Hydra Coverage Workspace: City of Denton Hydra Coverage Job ID: 7285881585.1.Design 29 D25, ETJ only Printed: 4/27/2018 Design: Design 29 D25, ETJ only DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 #0 #0 EOC Tower McKenna Park Tower Sources: Esri, HERE, DeLorme, USGS, Intermap, INCREMENT P, NRCan, EsriJapan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri Korea, Esri (Thailand), MapmyIndia,NGCC, © OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS User Community Hydra Stratus 2.2.0 Denton, TX 0 4 82 Miles 1 in = 5 miles This map is a coverage estimate based upon the informationprovided and should be used for informational purposes only. City of Denton Hydra CoverageCity of Denton Hydra CoverageBJH376CCDTLAB-303 Mobile Round-Trip 2-Site 800 MHz P25 Phase 2 Simulcast SystemShaded Area Represents 95% Covered Area Reliability at DAQ 3.4 Design 3304/27/2018 Mobile Config: APX 6500, 35 WTx/Rx at roof centerMobile antenna: Quarter Wave DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 #0 #0 EOC Tower McKenna Park Tower Sources: Esri, HERE, DeLorme, USGS, Intermap, INCREMENT P, NRCan, EsriJapan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri Korea, Esri (Thailand), MapmyIndia,NGCC, © OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS User Community Hydra Stratus 2.2.0 Denton, TX 0 4 82 Miles 1 in = 5 miles This map is a coverage estimate based upon the informationprovided and should be used for informational purposes only. City of Denton Hydra CoverageCity of Denton Hydra CoverageBJH376CCDTLAB-303 Mobile Inbound 2-Site 800 MHz P25 Phase 2 Simulcast SystemShaded Area Represents 95% Covered Area Reliability at DAQ 3.4 Design 3304/27/2018 Mobile Config: APX 6500, 35 WTx/Rx at roof centerMobile antenna: Quarter Wave DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 #0 #0 EOC Tower McKenna Park Tower Sources: Esri, HERE, DeLorme, USGS, Intermap, INCREMENT P, NRCan, EsriJapan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri Korea, Esri (Thailand), MapmyIndia,NGCC, © OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS User Community Hydra Stratus 2.2.0 Denton, TX 0 4 82 Miles 1 in = 5 miles This map is a coverage estimate based upon the informationprovided and should be used for informational purposes only. City of Denton Hydra CoverageCity of Denton Hydra CoverageBJH376CCDTLAB-303 Mobile Outbound 2-Site 800 MHz P25 Phase 2 Simulcast SystemShaded Area Represents 95% Covered Area Reliability at DAQ 3.4 Design 3304/27/2018 Mobile Config: APX 6500, 35 WTx/Rx at roof centerMobile antenna: Quarter Wave DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 #0 #0 #0#0 #0 #0 #0 #0 #0 Kealy Tower Austin Ranch Valley Parkway DCSO Aubrey Rockledge Northlake EOC Tower McKenna Park Tower Sources: Esri, HERE, DeLorme, USGS, Intermap, INCREMENT P, NRCan, EsriJapan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri Korea, Esri (Thailand), MapmyIndia,NGCC, © OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS User Community Hydra Stratus 2.2.1 Denton, TX 0 3.5 71.75 Miles 1 in = 4 miles This map is a coverage estimate based upon the informationprovided and should be used for informational purposes only. City of Denton Hydra CoverageCity of Denton Hydra CoverageBJH376CCDTLAB-303 #0 Denton City Cell #0 Denton_County_Cell #0 Lewisville_Cell Portable Subjective On Street Round-TripOn-Roads Covered Area Test Grids(Modified) 9-Site, 3-Cell 800 MHz P25 Phase 2 Simulcast SystemOn-Roads Covered Area CATP Grid Design 3706/05/2018 Portable Config: APX 6000, 3 WTx/Rx at hip, swivel case with RSMPortable antenna: Quarter Wave DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Coverage Acceptance Test Plan 2-35 SECTION 2 COVERAGE ACCEPTANCE TEST PLAN 2.1 OVERVIEW This Coverage Acceptance Test Plan (CATP) is designed to verify that the voice radio system implemented by Motorola for the City of Denton meets or exceeds the required reliability as shown on Motorola’s coverage maps. The CATP defines the coverage testing method and procedure, the coverage acceptance criterion, the test documentation, and the responsibilities of both Motorola and the City of Denton. Coverage Acceptance Testing is based upon a coverage prediction that accurately represents the implemented infrastructure and parameters that are consistent with the contract agreements. To characterize system performance accurately, the actual user APX equipment radio series deployed for the City of Denton will be used to conduct the coverage test. Subsequent sections define the coverage acceptance test configuration(s) and test criteria. 2.2 CATP DEFINITIONS Several definitions are needed to accurately describe the coverage acceptance test method and criteria. Where cited, these terms or methods are defined in TIA TSB-88.1-C1 or TSB-88.3-C2. 2.2.1 Defined Test Area The defined test area is the geographical area in which communications will be provided that meet or exceed the specified Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) at the specified reliability for the specified equipment configuration(s). The defined test area(s) are listed in Table 2-2 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary, along with names of the corresponding Motorola map(s) which show the defined test areas. Please see Exhibit 1 for the portable map. For some defined test areas (identified in Table 2-2 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary), the coverage reliability commitment is only on-roads. The roads included in the on-road commitment are defined by the US Census Bureau TIGER 2016 streets that are accessible by 2-wheel drive vehicles. For coverage testing, each defined test area will be divided into a grid pattern by Motorola to produce at least the number of uniformly sized test locations (or tiles) required by the Estimate of Proportions formula. {TSB-88.3-C-1, §5.2.1, equation 2} The minimum number of test tiles required varies, from 1 Wireless Communications Systems --- Performance in Noise- and Interference-Limited Situations --- Part 1: Recommended Methods for Technology Independent Performance Modeling Technical Service Bulletin TSB-88.1-C, Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), Arlington VA, 2008. 2 Wireless Communications Systems --- Performance in Noise- and Interference-Limited Situations --- Part 3: Performance Verification, Technical Service Bulletin TSB-88.3-C, Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), Arlington VA, 2008. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 2-36 Coverage Acceptance Test Plan Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted a hundred to many thousands, depending on the size of the defined test area, desired confidence in results, type of coverage test, and the predicted versus required reliability. 2.2.2 Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) The CPC is the specified minimum design performance level in a faded channel. {TSB-88.1-C, §5.2} For this system, the CPC is the Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) as stated in Table 2-2 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. The DAQ definitions are provided in {TSB-88.1-C, §5.4.2, Table 2}. Table 2-1: DAQ Definitions DAQ Subjective Performance Description 1 Unusable, speech present but unreadable. 2 Understandable with considerable effort. Frequent repetition due to noise/distortion. 3 Speech understandable with slight effort. Occasional repetition required due to noise/distortion. 3.4 Speech understandable with repetition only rarely required. Some noise/distortion. 4 Speech easily understood. Occasional noise/distortion. 4.5 Speech easily understood. Infrequent noise/distortion. 5 Speech easily understood. The CPC pass/fail criterion is the faded performance threshold, plus any adjustments for antenna performance, external noise, and in-building or in-vehicle losses. {TSB-88.1-C, §5.4.2, Figure 5} The faded performance threshold for the specified CPC is determined using the receiver’s static reference sensitivity adjusted by the projected CPC parameters for the applicable Modulation Type and DAQ as listed in the current version of TSB-88.1, Annex A, Table A-1. For coverage testing of digital voice radio systems, the faded performance threshold is the applicable Bit Error Rate (BER) from the projected CPC parameters. 2.2.3 Reliability The Covered Area reliability is the percentage of locations within the area painted on Motorola’s provided coverage maps that are predicted to meet or exceed the specified CPC. The Motorola map(s) indicate the Covered Area(s) within which this system is predicted to provide at least the reliability of meeting or exceeding the CPC as stated in Table 2-2 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. For the defined test area(s) guaranteed for Covered Area reliability, only the painted covered area on Motorola’s maps will be tested for coverage acceptance. No acceptance testing will be performed in locations predicted on Motorola’s maps to be below the required Covered Area reliability. After all accessible tiles in the defined test area have been tested, the Covered Area reliability will be determined by dividing the number of tiles tested that meet or exceed the CPC pass/fail criterion by the total number of tiles tested. {TSB-88.3-C, §5.1, equation 1} 2.2.4 Equipment Configurations This section defines the equipment configurations and infrastructure design parameters upon which the coverage guarantee and the coverage acceptance test are based. The equipment configurations are defined in Table 2-2 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary, and include user equipment, outdoor/in- building definition, defined test area, reliability, CPC, CPC pass/fail, and direction(s) of test. The DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Coverage Acceptance Test Plan 2-37 infrastructure design parameters are defined in Table 2-3 Infrastructure Design Parameters, and include site names, site locations, and antenna system parameters. If the implemented system equipment configuration and/or infrastructure design parameters vary from these configurations and/or parameters, a revised coverage map will be used to define the test configuration and potential areas from which test tiles will be included in the revised coverage acceptance test. Coverage testing will be conducted with equipment installed per the configurations in Table 2-2 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. Table 2-2: The City of Denton Coverage Acceptance Test Summary User Equipment Outdoor Defined Test Area and Map Name Test Tiles Reliability CPC CPC Pass/Fail Direction of Test The proposed ASTRO 25 simulcast subsystem consists of one simulcast prime site and two simulcast remote sites. Each RF remote site will provide 14 800MHz simulcast trunked channels. 800 MHz Simulcast Project 25 Phase 2 APX 6000 portable at hip level in swivel case with speaker mic Outdoors Covered Area Reliability Map APX Portable On-Street Roundtrip Coverage Map With Denton County and City of Lewisville Overlap 998 tiles (0.5 x 0.5 miles) 95% DAQ 3.4 Subjective DAQ Round- Trip Table 2-3: City of Denton Infrastructure Design Parameters Site Name Latitude Longitude Transmit Antenna Height Transmit Antenna Model Receive Antenna Height Receive Antenna Model Simulcast Cell McKenna Tower 33° 13' 13.00" N 97° 09' 34.0" W 145 DS7C09P36U-D 161 DS7C09P36U-D EOC Tower 33° 07' 51.6" N 97° 06' 04.6" W 435 DS7C09P36U-D 450 DS7C09P36U-D 2.2.5 Outdoor Only Coverage Motorola’s portable coverage prediction is for outdoor locations only. Portable coverage inside buildings and vehicles is not a design requirement of this system and is, therefore, not guaranteed. 2.2.6 CPC Pass/Fail Criterion for a Test Tile For each equipment configuration, the CPC pass/fail criterion for a test tile is the Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) per Table 2-2 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. Subjective audio quality testing will be performed in the talk-in and talk-out direction using the DAQ definitions. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 2-38 Coverage Acceptance Test Plan Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 2.2.7 Required Number of Test Tiles in the Defined Test Area The method used to test coverage is a statistical sampling of the defined test area to verify that the CPC is met or exceeded at the required reliability for each of the defined equipment configurations. It is impossible to verify every point within a defined test area, because there are infinite points; therefore, coverage reliability will be verified by sampling a statistically significant number of randomly selected locations, quasi-uniformly distributed throughout the defined test area. There is one test sample per test tile, where a sample consists of multiple sub-samples. Coverage acceptance testing will be performed in the defined test area as indicated on Motorola- provided maps. To verify that the reliability requirement is met, the defined test area indicated on Motorola’s maps will be divided into uniformly sized test tiles, with at least the number of test tiles required by the Estimate of Proportions formula as stated in this document. Per TSB-88.3-C, the stated minimum outdoor tile size is 100 by 100 wavelengths; however, the minimum practical test tile size is typically about 400 by 400 meters (about 0.25 by 0.25 miles). The minimum practical tile size for any system is determined by the distance traveled at the speed of the test vehicle while sampling, GPS error margin, and availability of road access within very small test tiles. A related consideration is the time, resources, and cost involved in testing very large numbers of very small tiles. For a given defined test area, all test tiles must be of equal size. The maximum test tile size is 2 by 2 km (1.24 by 1.24 miles) {TSB-88.3-C, §5.5.1}. In some wide-area systems, this constraint on maximum tile size may dictate a greater number of test tiles than the minimum number required by the Estimate of Proportions formula. No acceptance testing will be performed in locations outside the defined test area as indicated on the Motorola-provided maps. Motorola and City of Denton may agree to perform “information only” tests in locations outside the defined test area; however, these “information only” test results will not be used for coverage acceptance. Any “information only” test locations must be defined before starting the test. If the added locations require significant additional time and resources to test, a change order will be required and Motorola may charge City of Denton on a time-and-materials basis. 2.2.8 Accessibility to Test Tiles Prior to testing, Motorola and City of Denton will plan the route for the test vehicle(s) through the defined test area, to ensure that at least the minimum required number of tiles are tested. While planning the route (if possible) or during the test, Motorola and City of Denton will identify any test tiles that are inaccessible for the coverage test (due to lack of roads, restricted land, etc.). Inaccessible tiles will be considered a pass. {TSB-88.3-C, §5.5.4} DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Coverage Acceptance Test Plan 2-39 2.2.9 Random Selection of a Test Location in Each Tile This CATP provides an objective method of randomly selecting and tracking test locations using Motorola’s Voyager℠ coverage testing tool. The method follows TIA TSB-88.3-C §5.0, “Performance Confirmation”, and has direct correlation with Motorola’s coverage prediction methodology. 2.2.10 CPC Measurements in Each Tile In each test tile, a voice test exchange will be initiated using predetermined text typical of a common voice exchange between the fixed location and the portable/mobile location. The person conducting the test at the portable will be moving at a typical speed for the surrounding conditions. Motorola recommends that testing initially be performed from the portables within the test vehicle since this is worst case as compared to on street performance and can improve the time required to perform the test. If the test tile fails from within the vehicle, then the vehicle will be stopped, and the portable user would then step outside the vehicle and perform the test with the portable moving at normal walking speed so as not to be stationary in a known “good” or “poor” location. This would not constitute a re-try. 2.3 RESPONSIBILITIES AND PREPARATION This section identifies the responsibilities of City of Denton and Motorola regarding requirements for equipment, personnel, and time during the coverage test. City of Denton will provide the following for the duration of the coverage test:  At least one test vehicle(s) that is representative of the vehicles to be installed with radios (portable), and will provide the driver(s).  At least one representative, to drive each test vehicle and/or to be the customer representative(s) for the test team(s).  One or more representatives to evaluate the DAQ value of the test transmission in the vehicle using a portable radio and record the value on Motorola provided test sheets.  One or more representatives to evaluate and record the DAQ value of the test transmissions at the fixed location. Motorola will provide the following for the duration of the coverage test:  One or more Motorola representatives, to navigate, operate the mobile/portable radio, evaluate and the DAQ value of the test transmissions, and operate VoyagerSM.  One or more Motorola representatives to operate the fixed equipment and to evaluate the DAQ value of the test transmissions at the fixed location.  At least one Motorola Voyager coverage testing tool. 2.4 CATP PROCEDURES The procedure for the subjective DAQ coverage test outdoors will be as follows: DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 2-40 Coverage Acceptance Test Plan Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted  A subjective listening test will be performed for coverage acceptance testing, to verify talk-in and talk-out DAQ performance of the system.  Talk-out and talk-in will both be required to pass for a test tile to pass.  To perform a statistically valid subjective DAQ test, a large group of people is required to ensure high confidence in the results. However, obtaining a large group of people for a subjective listening test is usually impractical; therefore, several (three to seven) people in a car or van must be used for the test. Since a group this small cannot provide statistically significant results, it is very important that the personnel participating in the subjective test be familiar with the sound of radio conversations. Before subjectively testing, all personnel who will evaluate audio quality must be “calibrated” by listening to examples of audio that pass and fail the subjective DAQ test.  A fixed dispatch location will be established. Prior to testing, City of Denton and Motorola will agree upon a procedure to allow each audio transmission to be evaluated for approximately five seconds.  The test participants will be divided into teams, each consisting of personnel from both City of Denton and Motorola. Each team will have members that operate a portable unit in the field, and members that are stationed at the fixed dispatch location.  As the field test team(s) drive through the coverage area, test locations within each test tile will be selected randomly by Voyager’s GPS location indication. Voyager will be used to log the talk-in and talk-out pass/fail result as well as any pertinent notes for the location.  At each test tile location, each field test team member will listen to a talk-out and talk-in audio transmission, and will record his or her subjective pass/fail evaluation of the DAQ for the tile. Team members stationed at the dispatch location will evaluate talk-in audio quality of transmissions from the test field unit(s) in that tile. Each team member will maintain a test log to record date, time, and subjective pass/fail evaluation for each test tile location. Subjective pass/fail evaluation will be based on the DAQ descriptions in. The determination of whether each test tile passes or fails the required DAQ value will be the majority vote of all team members’ pass/fail subjective evaluations for that tile. An odd number of team members are required to avoid ties for the pass/fail majority vote.  Should any subjective DAQ test tile fail, a retry of the transmission will occur. Should the retry pass, the test tile will be considered a pass. If a retry should occur, it will be noted in the test log notes for that test tile.  Motorola reserves the right to review any test tiles that fail the subjective DAQ tests to verify the signal strength or BER value of the same test tiles. Any tile that fails the subjective test, but passes an objective re-test will be declared passed. 2.4.1 City of Denton Baseline Coverage Testing As per the City’s request, the proposed guaranteed coverage test is based on the combined coverage provided by the City of Denton, City of Lewisville and Denton County systems. This will include automatic roaming between these systems based on the best signal provider in each tile. In addition to this guaranteed test Motorola will also take Bit Error Rate measurements using the Voyager Coverage Testing setup exclusively on the City of Denton system with no roaming. These informational readings will be for the City’s records in order to baseline performance in the ETJ based on the City’s new system. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Coverage Acceptance Test Plan 2-41 2.5 CATP DOCUMENTATION AND COVERAGE ACCEPTANCE The coverage acceptance criterion for a user equipment configuration will be that the voice radio system implemented by Motorola for City of Denton meets or exceeds the reliability stated in Table 2-2 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary for that user equipment configuration. The system coverage acceptance criterion will be the successful passing of each of the user equipment configurations defined in Table 2-2 Coverage Acceptance Test Summary. Motorola reserves the right to review any test tiles that fail. If a coverage test, or a portion thereof, is suspected by Motorola to have failed due to external interference, those tiles suspected of being affected by an interferer may be re-tested. If the test tiles re-tested are confirmed to have failed due to interference or external noise, those test tiles will be excluded from all acceptance calculations and Motorola will work with City of Denton to identify potential solutions to the interference issues. Motorola will conduct this Coverage Acceptance Test only once. If any portion of the test is determined to be affected by proven equipment malfunctions or failures, Motorola will repeat the portion of the test affected by the equipment malfunction or failure. City of Denton will have the option to accept the coverage at any time prior to completion of the coverage test or documentation process. Motorola will submit to City of Denton a report detailing the coverage test results. This report will include a document, which is to be signed by both City of Denton and Motorola, indicating the test was performed in accordance with this CATP and the results of the test indicate the acceptance or non-acceptance of the coverage portion of the system. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 2-42 Coverage Acceptance Test Plan Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of Work 3-1 SECTION 3 STATEMENT OF WORK 3.1 OVERVIEW This Statement of Work (SOW) describes the deliverables to be furnished to the City of Denton. The tasks described herein will be performed by Motorola Solutions (Motorola Solutions), its subcontractors, and the City of Denton to implement the solution described in the System Description. It describes the actual work involved in installation, identifies the installation standards to be followed, and clarifies the responsibilities for both Motorola and Customer during the project implementation. Specifically, this SOW provides:  A summary of the phases and tasks to be completed within the project lifecycle.  A list of the deliverables associated with the project.  A description of the responsibilities for both Motorola Solutions and Customer.  The qualifications and assumptions taken into consideration during the development of this project. This SOW provides the most current understanding of the work required by both parties to ensure a successful project implementation. In particular, Motorola Solutions has made assumptions of the sites to be used for the new system. Should any of the sites change, a revision to the SOW and associated pricing will be required. It is understood that this SOW is a working document, and that it will be revised as needed to incorporate any changes associated with contract negotiations, Contract Design Review (CDR), and any other change orders that may occur during the execution of the project. 3.2 ASSUMPTIONS Motorola Solutions has based the system design on information provided by the City of Denton and an analysis of their system requirements. All assumptions have been listed below for review. Should Motorola Solutions’ assumptions be deemed incorrect or not agreeable to the City of Denton, a revised proposal with the necessary changes and adjusted costs may be required. Changes to the equipment or scope of the project after contract may require a change order  Motorola understands that Denton County will be upgrading to SR 7.16 therefore the proposed system has been designed accordingly. A change in system release will require updated pricing.  This proposal is designed for the 800 MHz frequency band and digital trunking. Any non-800 MHz digital trunking subscribers will not be usable on the new system.  Motorola Solutions assumes a single phase 240/120V, 200A electric utility feed to the main panel at each site.  Motorola Solutions understands that the existing shelters have sufficient space to accommodate the new proposed system and is not providing any buildings to house the equipment at the sites nor HVAC. Motorola will work with the customer to develop a plan to fit 5 additional racks into McKenna prior to legacy system decommissioning and removal. However in case of unknown/unexpected issues at the existing shelters the City will be responsible to remediate and provide sufficient space.  The existing UPS system at EOC will be reused. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 3-2 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted •The City is responsible for all grounding and R56 upgrades at the proposed sites. •The City is responsible for any wall, ceiling, and floor penetrations necessary for equipment installation, antenna system installation, and cable routing at all of the proposed site locations. •The new design provides radio coverage to portables operated at belt level on the street, as shown in the coverage maps. Coverage in buildings may be limited. •Motorola recommends that each piece of critical equipment reside on a dedicated circuit. This is to avoid an electrical surge on a single circuit causing multiple pieces of equipment being taken down. •No tower mapping and structural analysis has been included for any of the sites. The City shall be responsible for the remediation of the towers, if necessary. •No LCD monitors have been included with the dispatch consoles or the NM Terminal. •The City is responsible for any structural modifications and/or upgrades necessary to install the newly proposed communication system. •The existing towers at McKenna Park and EOC shall be reused to support the proposed antenna system at the remote sites. •At each of these console positions, the City will be responsible for providing the necessary electrical service to support all of the proposed equipment. Power specifications for the proposed equipment have been provided in the System Description. •Motorola understands that City of Denton plans on adding an additional node to the JungleMUX fiber ring to include the Denton County master site location. It is assumed that this connectivity or other Ethernet backhaul options to the Denton County master site will be provided by City of Denton. •The prime site and two RF sites, McKenna and EOC, will also leverage the JungleMUX fiber ring network to transport radio traffic to the Denton County master site. •Motorola Solutions understands that City of Denton currently uses a JungleMUX fiber ring that includes the operations, police department, McKenna, EOC and other sites on the ring. This fiber ring will be reused to transport radio traffic from sites to the Denton County master site. •Connection points to the JungleMUX will be within 100 meters to Motorola Solutions provided networking hardware to allow the use of CAT5e cable. •Each console will require two CAT 5 Ethernet cables to the MCC 7500 Equipment Rack located in the dispatch equipment room. These cables should not exceed 100 meters in length. This requires that the consoles positions be within 100 meters of LAN cable length of the console equipment rack. •All portable radio programming and mobile radio programming/installation/old radio removals will be performed by the City of Denton. This includes uploading all subscriber radio information into the radio management system being proposed. No susbcriber programming/installation/ configuration time has been included by Motorola. •Motorola Solutions is not responsible for interference caused or received by the Motorola provided equipment except for interference that is directly caused by the Motorola-provided transmitter(s) to the Motorola-provided receiver(s). Should the City of Denton system experience interference, Motorola can be contracted to investigate the source and recommend solutions to mitigate the issue. •All WAVE end-user devices (Smartphones, Tablets, etc.) are to be provided by the City. •No logging recorders are proposed. Motorola understands that the City will be reusing their existing Higher Ground logger. •The City will be responsible for upgrading the existing Higher Ground logging recorders in order to make them capable of tying into the ASTRO 25 system. This may include hardware software changes, along with ensuring Higher Ground has licensed the necessary API licensing in order to interface with the ASTRO25 system. In case of future ASTRO release upgrades, the City will need to work directly with Higher Ground to ensure that their software and API interface remains compatible with the most current release. There may be potential upgrades needed on the Higher DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of Work 3-3 Ground logging end which would need to be addressed directly between the City of Denton and Higher Ground. 3.3 CONTRACT 3.3.1 Contract Award (Milestone) The City of Denton and Motorola Solutions execute the contract and both parties receive all the necessary documentation. 3.3.2 Contract Administration Motorola Solutions Responsibilities: Assign a Project Manager, as the single point of contact with authority to make project decisions. Assign resources necessary for project implementation. Set up the project in the Motorola Solutions information system. Schedule the project kickoff meeting with the City of Denton. City of Denton Responsibilities: Assign a Project Manager, as the single point of contact responsible for Customer-signed approvals. Assign other resources necessary to ensure completion of project tasks for which the City of Denton is responsible. Completion Criteria: Motorola Solutions internal processes are set up for project management. Both Motorola Solutions and the City of Denton assign all required resources. Project kickoff meeting is scheduled. 3.3.3 Project Kickoff Motorola Solutions Responsibilities: Conduct a project kickoff meeting during the CDR phase of the project. Ensure key project team participants attend the meeting. Introduce all project participants attending the meeting. Review the roles of the project participants to identify communication flows and decision-making authority between project participants. Review the overall project scope and objectives with the City of Denton. Review the resource and scheduling requirements with the City of Denton. Review the Project Schedule with the City of Denton to address upcoming milestones and/or events. Review the teams’ interactions (Motorola Solutions and the City of Denton), meetings, reports, milestone acceptance, and the City of Denton’s participation in particular phases. City of Denton Responsibilities: The City of Denton’s key project team participants attend the meeting. Review Motorola Solutions and City of Denton Responsibilities. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 3-4 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Completion Criteria: Project kickoff meeting completed. Meeting notes identify the next action items. 3.4 CONTRACT DESIGN REVIEW 3.4.1 Review Contract Design Motorola Solutions Responsibilities: Meet with the City of Denton project team. Review the operational requirements and the impact of those requirements on various equipment configurations. Establish a defined baseline for the system design and identify any special product requirements and their impact on system implementation. Review the System Design, Statement of Work, Project Schedule, and Acceptance Test Plans, and update the contract documents accordingly. Discuss the proposed Cutover Plan and methods to document a detailed procedure. Submit design documents to the City of Denton for approval. These documents form the basis of the system, which Motorola Solutions will manufacture, assemble, stage, and install. Prepare equipment layout plans for staging. Provide minimum acceptable performance specifications for City provided fiber (JungleMUX) and microwave (EOC-Denton Co) transport links. Establish demarcation point (supplied by the Motorola Solutions system engineer) to define the connection point between the Motorola Solutions-supplied equipment and the City of Denton- supplied link(s) and external interfaces. Finalize site acquisition and development plan.  Conduct (updated) site evaluations to capture site details of the system design and to determine site readiness (when necessary).  Determine each site’s ability to accommodate proposed equipment based upon physical capacity. Prepare Site Evaluation Report that summarizes findings of above-described site evaluations. Work with the City of Denton to identify radio interference between the new communication system and other existing radio systems. Restrictions: Motorola Solutions assumes no liability or responsibility for inadequate frequency availability or frequency licensing issues. Motorola Solutions is not responsible for issues outside of its immediate control. Such issues include, but are not restricted to, improper frequency coordination by others and non-compliant operation of other radios. Motorola is not responsible for co-channel interference due to errors in frequency coordination by APCO or any other unlisted frequencies, or the improper design, installation, or operation of systems installed or operated by others If, for any reason, any of the proposed sites cannot be utilized due to reasons beyond Motorola’s control, the costs associated with site changes or delays including, but not limited to, re- engineering, frequency re-licensing, site zoning, site permitting, schedule delays, site abnormalities, re-mobilization, etc., will be paid for by the City of Denton and documented through the change order process. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of Work 3-5 City of Denton Responsibilities:  The City of Denton’s key project team participants attend the meeting.  Make timely decisions, according to the Project Schedule.  Frequency Licensing and Interference:  As mandated by FCC, the City of Denton, as the licensee, has the ultimate responsibility for providing all required radio licensing or licensing modifications for the system prior to system staging. This responsibility includes paying for FCC licensing and frequency coordination fees.  Provide the FCC “call sign” station identifier for each site prior to system staging. Completion Criteria:  Complete Design Documentation, which may include updated System Description, Equipment List, system drawings, or other documents applicable to the project.  Incorporate any deviations from the proposed system into the contract documents accordingly.  The system design is “frozen” in preparation for subsequent project phases such as Order Processing and Manufacturing.  A Change Order is executed in accordance with all material changes resulting from the Design Review to the contract. 3.4.2 Design Approval (Milestone)  The City of Denton executes a Design Approval milestone document. 3.5 ORDER PROCESSING 3.5.1 Process Equipment List Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Validate Equipment List by checking for valid model numbers, versions, compatible options to main equipment, and delivery data.  Enter order into Motorola’s Customer Order Fulfillment (COF) system.  Create Ship Views, to confirm with the City of Denton the secure storage location(s) to which the equipment will ship. Ship Views are the mailing labels that carry complete equipment shipping information, which direct the timing, method of shipment, and ship path for ultimate destination receipt.  Create equipment orders.  Reconcile the equipment list(s) to the Contract.  Procure third-party equipment if applicable. City of Denton Responsibilities:  Approve shipping location(s). Completion Criteria:  Verify that the Equipment List contains the correct model numbers, version, options, and delivery data.  Trial validation completed.  Bridge the equipment order to the manufacturing facility. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 3-6 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 3.6 MANUFACTURING AND STAGING 3.6.1 Manufacture Motorola Solutions Fixed Network Equipment Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Manufacture the Fixed Network Equipment (FNE) necessary for the system based on equipment order. City of Denton Responsibilities:  None. Completion Criteria:  FNE shipped to either the field or the staging facility. 3.6.2 Manufacture Non-Motorola Solutions Equipment Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Procure non-Motorola equipment necessary for the system based on equipment order. City of Denton Responsibilities:  None. Completion Criteria:  Ship non-Motorola manufactured equipment to the field and/or the staging facility. 3.6.3 Ship to Staging (Milestone)  Ship all equipment needed for staging to Motorola’s factory staging facility. 3.6.4 Stage System Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Set up and rack the system equipment on a site-by-site basis, as it will be configured in the field at each of the transmitter/receiver sites.  Cut and label cables according to the approved CDR documentation.  Label the cables with to/from information to specify interconnection for field installation and future servicing needs.  Complete the cabling/connecting of the subsystems to each other (“connectorization” of the subsystems).  Assemble required subsystems to assure system functionality.  Power up, program, and test all staged equipment.  Confirm system configuration and software compatibility to the existing system.  Load application parameters on all equipment according to input from Systems Engineering.  Complete programming of the Fixed Network Equipment.  Program the approved templates into a radio-programming template tool.  Complete programming of sample Subscriber units.  Inventory the equipment with serial numbers and installation references.  Complete system documentation. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of Work 3-7 Third party subsystems may be staged at the manufacturer’s facilities and integrated in the field. Provide a Factory Acceptance Test Plan. City of Denton Responsibilities: Provide information on existing system interfaces as may be required. Provide information on room layouts or other information necessary for the assembly to meet field conditions. Review and approve proposed Factory Acceptance Test Plan. Completion Criteria: System staging completed and ready for testing. 3.6.5 Perform Staging Acceptance Test Procedures Motorola Solutions Responsibilities: Test and validate system software and features. Functional testing of standard system features. Conduct site and system level testing. Power-up site equipment and perform standardized functionality tests. Perform system burn-in 24 hours a day during staging to isolate and capture any defects. City of Denton Responsibilities: Attend, witness and approve the staging ATP at Motorola’s staging facility n Elgin, IL. 3.6.6 Ship Equipment to Field Motorola Solutions Responsibilities: Pack system for shipment to final destination. Arrange for shipment to the field. City of Denton Responsibilities: None. Completion Criteria: Equipment ready for shipment to the field. 3.6.7 CCSi Ship Acceptance (Milestone) All equipment shipped to the field. 3.7 CIVIL WORK 3.7.1 Site Development at McKenna Park Site and Denton EOC sites Site Scope Summary Engineering services for site drawings and regulatory approvals – Included. Existing tower to be used for antennas – 160 ' self supported Tower. (McKenna Park) Existing tower to be used for antennas – 450 ' self supported Tower. (EOC site) DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 3-8 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Motorola Solutions Responsibilities: Site Engineering Prepare site construction drawings, showing the layout of various new and existing site components. Conduct site walks to collect pertinent information from the sites (e.g., location of Telco, power, existing facilities, etc.). Prepare a sketch of the site to communicate to the property owner the proposed lease space and planned development at the particular site location. Prepare record drawings of the site showing the as-built information. Perform a boundary and topographic survey for the property on which the communication site is located or will be located. If necessary, perform National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Threshold Screening, including limited literature and records search and brief reporting, as necessary to identify sensitive natural and cultural features referenced in 47 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Chapter 1, subsection 1.1307 that may be potentially impacted by the proposed construction activity. This does not include the additional field investigations to document site conditions if it is determined that the proposed communication facility “may have a significant environmental impact” and thus require additional documentation, submittals, or work. Perform four point soil resistivity testing at the time of site visit. Preparation, submission and tracking of application for local permit fees (zoning, electrical, building etc.) and procurement of information necessary for filing. Site Preparation Provide one-time mobilization costs for the construction crews. Any remobilization due to interruptions/delays that are out of Motorola's control will result in additional costs. Antenna and Transmission Line Installation for McKenna Tower Install 4 antenna(s) for the RF system. Supply and install 4 mount(s) for the antennas. Install 2 GPS antenna(s). Install 1 tower top amplifier. Install up to 180 linear feet of 1/2-inch transmission line. Install up to 360 linear feet of 7/8-inch transmission line. Install up to 360 linear feet of 1-1/4-inch transmission line. Perform sweep tests on transmission lines. Antenna and Transmission Line Installation for EOC Tower Install 4 antenna(s) for the RF system. Supply and install 4 mount(s) for the antennas. Install 2 GPS antenna(s). Install 1 tower top amplifier. Install up to 460 linear feet of 1/2-inch transmission line. Install up to 920 linear feet of 7/8-inch transmission line. Install up to 920 linear feet of 1-1/4-inch transmission line. Perform sweep tests on transmission lines. Existing Facility Improvement Work Install (2) new single-phase UPS equipment and wire output to UPS distribution panel at the McKenna site only. Install 1 Type 2 surge protector on electrical service side of the ATS (at McKenna site only.) DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of Work 3-9 Miscellaneous Work Return trip to remove old antennas and lines after cut-over. City of Denton Responsibilities: If required, prepare and submit Electromagnetic Energy (EME) plans for the site (as a licensee) to demonstrate compliance with FCC RF Exposure guidelines. Review and approve site design drawings within 7 calendar days of submission by Motorola or its subcontractor(s). Should a re-submission be required, the Customer shall review and approve the re-submitted plans within 7 calendar days from the date of submittal. Pay for application fees, taxes and recurring payments for lease/ownership of the property. Provide personnel to observe construction progress and testing of site equipment according to the schedule provided by Motorola. As applicable (based on local jurisdictional authority), the Customer will be responsible for any installation or up-grades of the electrical system in order to comply with NFPA 70, Article 708 Provide existing as-built drawings of the site components, tower structure and foundation for Motorola to conduct site engineering. Provide a right of entry letter from the site owner for Motorola to conduct field investigations. Arrange for space on the structure for installation of new antennas at the proposed heights on designated existing antenna-mounting structures. Perform any structural analysis or upgrades of the antenna support structure necessary to accommodate the new antennas. Assumptions: All work is assumed to be done during normal business hours as dictated by time zone (Monday thru Friday, 7:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.). Antenna installation will comply with City of Denton and other local codes/ordinances. Hazardous materials are not present at the work location. Testing and removal of hazardous materials, found during site investigations, construction or equipment installation will be the responsibility of the customer. If extremely harsh or difficult weather conditions delay the site work for more than a week, Motorola will seek excusable delays rather than risk job site safety. AM detuning or electromagnetic emission studies will not be required. Structural and foundation drawings of the antenna support structure will be made available to preclude the need for ultrasonic testing, geotechnical borings or mapping of existing tower structural members. Lead paint testing of existing painted towers has not been included. On the existing tower, the antenna locations for the proposed antenna system design will be available at the time of installation. The existing antenna support structure is structurally capable of supporting the new antenna, cables, and ancillary equipment proposed and will not need to be removed or rebuilt at the existing site. The tower or supporting structure meets all applicable EIA/TIA-222 structural, foundation, ice, wind, and twist and sway requirements. Motorola has not included any cost for structural analysis, structural upgrades or foundation upgrades to the antenna support structure. Structural analyses for towers or other structures that have not been performed by Motorola will relinquish Motorola from any responsibility for the analysis report contents and/or recommendation therein. Alarming at existing sites will be limited to new component installations and will have to be discussed and agreed to on a site-by-site basis. The existing utility service and backup power facilities (UPS, generators) have sufficient extra capacity to support the proposed new equipment load. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 3-10 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Completion Criteria Site development completed per issued for construction (IFC) construction drawings, project requirements, contractual obligations (including any customer/Motorola approved changes) and approved by City of Denton.  This shall be confirmed by contractor and reviewed with Motorola construction manager and project manager before inspections occur. All jurisdictional and contractual required testing and inspections to be performed by the contractor. (Contractual testing and inspections defined and agreed to with project team and customer prior to project kick off; vendor solely responsible for conducting, coordinating and paying for all jurisdictional testing and inspections). Motorola site development checklist shall be completed and signed off by contractor prior to customer inspection. (Review with project team and customer and amend checklist as required at project kick off or before work begins). Site turn-over package completed and turned over to Motorola (As defined and agreed to with project team and customer). All punch list and deficiencies shall be completed prior to customer and Motorola inspections. 3.8 SYSTEM INSTALLATION 3.8.1 Install Fixed Network Equipment Motorola Solutions Responsibilities: Motorola will be responsible for the installation of all fixed equipment contained in the equipment list and outlined in the System Description based upon the agreed to floor plans, at the sites where the physical facility improvement is complete and the site is ready for installation. All equipment will be properly secured to the floor and installed in a neat and professional manner, employing a standard of workmanship consistent with its own R-56 installation standards and in compliance with applicable National Electrical Code (NEC), EIA, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and FCC standards and regulations. For installation of the fixed equipment at the various sites, Motorola will furnish all cables for power, audio, control, and radio transmission to connect the Motorola supplied equipment to the power panels or receptacles and the audio/control line connection point. During field installation of the equipment, any required changes to the installation will be noted and assembled with the final ‘as-built’ documentation of the system. Receive and inventory all equipment. Bond the supplied equipment to the site ground system in accordance with Motorola’s R56 standards. City of Denton Responsibilities: Provide secure storage for the Motorola-provided equipment, at a location central to the sites. Motorola coordinates the receipt of the equipment with the City of Denton’s designated contact, and inventory all equipment. Provide access to the sites, as necessary. Completion Criteria: Fixed Network Equipment installation completed and ready for optimization. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of Work 3-11 3.8.2 Fixed Network Equipment Installation Complete  All fixed network equipment installed and accepted by the City of Denton. 3.8.3 Console Installation Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Install the console in the space provided by the City of Denton.  Connect the City of Denton-supplied, previously-identified circuits into the console, to a demarcation point located within 25 feet of the console interface.  Install a dedicated Local Area Network (LAN) at each dispatch center to connect the proposed console positions.  Connect the appropriate equipment to the City of Denton-supplied ground system in accordance with Motorola’s R56 Site Installation standards.  Perform the console programming, based on the console templates designed during the fleetmapping process.  For consoles not located at the master site, additional network link resources will be required, as identified in the network diagram provided by Motorola.  Provide a Motorola network demarcation point at the Motorola provided AIS, such that the City of Denton and Higher ground can work on interfacing the existing logging solution to the ASTRO25 system. City of Denton Responsibilities:  Provide demarcation point located within 25 feet of the console interface. Completion Criteria:  Console installation is complete. 3.8.4 Console Installation Complete  Console installation completed and accepted by the City of Denton. 3.8.5 System Installation Acceptance (Milestone)  All equipment installations are completed and accepted by the City of Denton. 3.9 SYSTEM OPTIMIZATION 3.9.1 Optimize System FNE Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Motorola and its subcontractors optimize each subsystem.  Verify that all equipment is operating properly and that all electrical and signal levels are set accurately.  Verify that all audio and data levels are at factory settings.  Check forward and reflected power for all radio equipment, after connection to the antenna systems, to verify that power is within tolerances.  Check audio and data levels to verify factory settings. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 3-12 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted  Verify communication interfaces between devices for proper operation.  Test features and functionality are in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications and that they comply with the final configuration established during the CDR/system staging.  Test and optimize the simulcast system.  Install and integrate the RF sites with the system, then optimize and activate the SmartZone controller.  Integrate the consoles and RF sites into the system to ensure proper operation.  Set up the consoles on the radio system to perform the dispatching operation. City of Denton Responsibilities:  Provide access/escort to the sites.  Provide required radio ID and alias information to enable alias database setup for interface to console.  Dispatchers to use the existing conventional system icons for dispatching until cutover.  City to designate icon naming and functionality for Motorola to program the consoles for both legacy and P25 trunking systems and conventional systems Completion Criteria:  System FNE optimization is complete. 3.9.2 Link Verification Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Perform test to verify site link performance, prior to the interconnection of the Motorola-supplied equipment to the link equipment. City of Denton Responsibilities:  Make available the required links which meet the specifications supplied by Motorola at the CDR. 3.9.3 Completion Criteria:  Link verification successfully completed. 3.9.4 Optimization Complete  System optimization is completed. Motorola and the City of Denton agree that the equipment is ready for acceptance testing. 3.10 AUDIT AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING 3.10.1 Perform R56 Installation Audit Motorola Responsibilities:  Perform R56 site-installation quality audits, verifying proper physical installation and operational configurations.  Create site evaluation report to verify site meets or exceeds requirements, as defined in Motorola’s Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites (R56). DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of Work 3-13 County Responsibilities:  Provide access/escort to the sites.  Witness tests if desired. Completion Criteria:  All R56 audits completed successfully. 3.10.2 Perform Equipment Testing Motorola Responsibilities:  Test individual components of the system to verify compliance to the equipment specifications.  Repeat any failed test(s) once Motorola (or the Customer) has completed the corrective action(s).  Prepare documentation of component tests to be delivered as part of the final documentation package. Customer Responsibilities:  Witness tests if desired. Completion Criteria:  Successful completion of equipment testing. 3.10.3 Perform Functional Testing Motorola Responsibilities:  Verify the operational functionality and features of the individual subsystems and the system supplied by Motorola, as contracted.  If any major task as contractually described fails, repeat that particular task after Motorola determines that corrective action has been taken.  Document all issues that arise during the acceptance tests.  Document the results of the acceptance tests and present to the Customer for review.  Resolve any minor task failures before Final System Acceptance. County Responsibilities:  Witness the functional testing. Completion Criteria:  Successful completion of the functional testing.  Customer approval of the functional testing. 3.10.4 System Acceptance Test Procedures (Milestone)  Customer approves the completion of all the required tests. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 3-14 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 3.11 FINALIZE 3.11.1 Cutover Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Motorola and the City of Denton develop a mutually agreed upon cutover plan based upon discussions held during the CDR.  During cutover, follow the written plan and implement the defined contingencies, as required.  Conduct cutover meeting(s) with user group representatives to address both how to mitigate technical and communication problem impact to the users during cutover and during the general operation of the system. City of Denton Responsibilities:  Attend cutover meetings and approve the cutover plan.  Notify the user group(s) affected by the cutover (date and time).  Conduct a roll call of all users working during the cutover, in an organized and methodical manner.  Ensure that all Subscriber users are trained and the Subscribers have been activated on the system.  Provide Motorola with the subscriber information for input into the system database, for activation.  Ensure that all subscribers are operating on new system prior to old system being removed. Completion Criteria:  Successful migration from the old system to the new system. 3.11.2 Resolve Punchlist Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Work with the City of Denton to resolve punchlist items, documented during the Acceptance Testing phase, in order to meet all the criteria for final system acceptance. City of Denton Responsibilities:  Assist Motorola with resolution of identified punchlist items by providing support, such as access to the sites, equipment and system, and approval of the resolved punchlist item(s).  Remove legacy equipment at each site location Completion Criteria:  All punchlist items resolved and approved by the City of Denton. 3.11.3 Transition to Service/Project Transition Certificate Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Review the items necessary for transitioning the project to warranty support and service.  Provide a Customer Support Plan detailing the warranty and post-warranty support, if applicable, associated with the Contract equipment. City of Denton Responsibilities:  Participate in the Transition Service/Project Transition Certificate (PTC) process. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of Work 3-15 Completion Criteria:  All service information has been delivered and approved by the City of Denton. 3.11.4 Finalize Documentation Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Provide an electronic as-built system manual on a Compact Disc (CD). The documentation will include the following, where applicable:  System-Level Diagram  Site Block Diagrams  Site Equipment Rack Configurations  Antenna Network Drawings for RF Sites  ATP Test Checklists  Cabling and wiring diagrams between system components, assemblies and modules at each location, including cable tag numbers as appropriate  Functional Acceptance Test Plan Test Sheets and Results  Console Programming Template  Antenna sweep test reports Drawings will be delivered in Adobe PDF format. All other system manual documents converted from native format to Adobe PDF format to be included on the System Manual CD. City of Denton Responsibilities:  Receive and approve all documentation provided by Motorola. Completion Criteria:  All required documentation is provided and approved by the City of Denton. 3.11.5 Final Acceptance (Milestone)  All deliverables completed, as contractually required.  Final System Acceptance received from the City of Denton. 3.12 PROJECT ADMINISTRATION 3.12.1 Project Status Meetings Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Motorola Project Manager, or designee, will attend all project status meetings with the City of Denton, as determined during the CDR. Cadence of the recurring meetings will be determined during the Contract Design review, expected to be on a biweekly (minimum) or weekly (as needed) basis.  Record the meeting minutes and supply the report.  The agenda will include the following:  Overall project status compared to the Project Schedule.  Product or service related issues that may affect the Project Schedule.  Status of the action items and the responsibilities associated with them, in accordance with the Project Schedule. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 3-16 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted  Any miscellaneous concerns of either the City of Denton or Motorola.  Create and maintain an Action Items/Issues log, updated weekly.  Provide a web-based repository for file transfer and storage of all project documents, reports, logs, photos and drawings. City stakeholders to have easy access. City of Denton Responsibilities:  Attend meetings.  Respond to issues in a timely manner. Completion Criteria:  Completion of the meetings and submission of meeting minutes. 3.12.2 Progress Milestone Submittal Motorola Solutions Responsibilities:  Submit progress (non-payment) milestone completion certificate/documentation. City of Denton Responsibilities:  Approve milestone, which will signify confirmation of completion of the work associated with the scheduled task. Completion Criteria:  The City of Denton approval of the Milestone Completion document(s). 3.12.3 Change Order Process  Either Party may request changes within the general scope of this Agreement. If a requested change causes an increase or decrease in the cost, change in system configuration or adds time to the project’s timeline required to perform this Agreement, the Parties will agree to an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price, Performance Schedule, or both, and will reflect the adjustment in a change order. Neither Party is obligated to perform requested changes unless both Parties execute a written change order. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Advanced Plus Services 4-17 SECTION 4 ADVANCED PLUS SERVICES 4.1 ADVANCED PLUS SERVICES OVERVIEW In order to ensure the continuity of the City of Denton’s network and reduce system downtime Motorola proposes our Advanced Plus Services offering to the City of Denton. Appropriate for customers who wish to leverage Motorola’s experienced personnel to maintain mission-critical communications for their first responders, Advanced Plus Services focuses on monitoring the network on an ongoing basis, proactively mitigating potential functionality and security issues, and providing both remote and onsite support. The proposed offering consists of the following specific services:  Service Desk.  Technical Support.  Network Event Monitoring.  Onsite Support.  Annual Preventative Maintenance.  Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement.  Remote Security Patch Installation.  Security Monitoring.  Network Updates. These services will be delivered to City of Denton through the combination of local service personnel either dedicated to the network or engaged as needed; a centralized team within Motorola’s Solutions Support Center (SSC), which operates on a 24 x 7 x 365 basis; and our Repair Depot, which will ensure that equipment is repaired to the highest quality standards. The collaboration between these service resources, all of who are experienced in the maintenance of mission-critical networks, will enable a swift analysis of any network issues, an accurate diagnosis of root causes, and a timely resolution and return to normal network operation. 4.2 ADVANCED PLUS SERVICES DESCRIPTION 4.2.1 Centralized Service Delivery Centralized support will be provided by Motorola’s support staff, located at our Service Desk and Solutions Support Center (SSC). These experienced personnel will provide direct service and technical support through a combination of Service Desk telephone support, technical consultation and troubleshooting through the SSC, and ongoing network monitoring of the City of Denton’s system. Motorola will provide Service Desk response as a single point of contact for all support issues, including communications between City of Denton, third-party subcontractors and manufacturers, and Motorola. When the City of Denton’s personnel call for support, the Service Desk will record, track, and update all Service Requests, Change Requests, Dispatch Requests, and Service Incidents using Motorola’s Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system. The Service Desk is DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 4-18 Advanced Plus Services Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted responsible for documenting the City of Denton’s inquiries, requests, concerns, and related tickets; tracking and resolving issues; and ensuring timely communications with all stakeholders based on the nature of the incident. As tickets are opened by the Service Desk, issues that require specific technical expertise and support will be routed to our Solutions Support Center (SSC) system technologists for Technical Support, who will provide telephone consultation and troubleshooting capabilities to diagnose and resolve infrastructure performance and operational issues. Motorola’s recording, escalating, and reporting process applies ISO 90001 and TL 9000-certified standards to the Technical Support calls from our contracted customers, reflecting our focus on maintaining mission-critical communications for the users of our systems. The same SSC staff that provides direct telephone support to City of Denton will also provide Network Event Monitoring to the City of Denton’s network in real-time, ensuring continuous management of the system’s operational functionality. The SSC’s technicians will utilize sophisticated tools to remotely monitor the City of Denton’s system, often identifying and resolving anomalous events before they might affect user communications. 4.2.2 Field Service Delivery Onsite repairs and network preventative maintenance will be provided by authorized local field services delivery personnel, who will be dispatched from and managed by the Solutions Support Center. OnSite Support provides local, trained and qualified technicians who will arrive at the City of Denton’s location upon a dispatch service call to diagnose and restore the communications network. This involves running diagnostics on the hardware or FRU (Field Replacement Unit) in order to identify defective elements, and replacing those elements with functioning ones. The system technician will respond to the the City of Denton’slocation in order to remedy equipment issues based on the impact of the issue to overall system function. Annual Preventive Maintenance Service provides proactive, regularly scheduled operational testing and alignment of infrastructure and network components to ensure that they continually meet original manufacturer specifications. Certified field technicians perform hands-on examination and diagnostics of network equipment on a routine and prescribed basis. 4.2.3 Network Hardware Repair Network Hardware Repair – Motorola’s authorized Repair Depot will repair the equipment provided by Motorola, as well as select third-party infrastructure equipment supplied as part of the proposed solution. The Repair Depot will manage the logistics of equipment repair (including shipment and return of repaired equipment), repair Motorola equipment, and coordinate the repair of third-party solution components. Motorola also proposes Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement to the City of Denton. With this additional service, Motorola will exchange malfunctioning components and equipment with advanced replacement units or Field Replacement Units (FRUs) as they are available in the Repair Depot’s inventory. Malfunctioning equipment will be evaluated and repaired by the infrastructure repair depot and returned to the Repair Depot’s FRU inventory upon repair completion. If the City of Denton prefers to maintain their existing FRU inventory. The City of Denton will be able to request a “loaner” FRU while their unit is being repaired. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Advanced Plus Services 4-19 4.2.4 Security Management Operations The proposed Remote Security Patch Installation Service will provide the City of Denton with pre- tested security updates, pre-tested and remotely installed by Motorola on the City of Denton’s system. When appropriate, Motorola will make these updates available to outside vendors in order to enable them to test each patch, and will incorporate the results of those third-party tests into the updates before installation on the City of Denton’s network. Once an update is fully tested and ready for deployment in the City of Denton’s system, Motorola will remotely install it onto the City of Denton’s system, and notify the City of Denton that the patch has been successfully installed. If there are any recommended configuration changes, warnings, or workarounds, Motorola will provide detailed documentation along with the updates on the website. Security Monitoring provides 24x7x365 monitoring of the radio network’s security elements by specialized security technologists with years of experience working with ASTRO 25 mission-critical networks. For highly complex or unusual security events, our technologists have direct and immediate access to Motorola engineers for rapid resolution. 4.2.5 Network Updates With our proposed Network Updates Service, Motorola commits to sustain the City of Denton’s ASTRO 25 system through a program of software and hardware updates aligned with the ASTRO 25 platform lifecycle. This comprehensive approach to technology sustainment will ensure that City of Denton has access to the latest available standard features, as well as the opportunity to incorporate optional features through the purchase of hardware and/or software licenses. Updates and expansion of system components will optimize the availability of repair services, and will enable City of Denton to add RF sites, dispatch positions, data subsystems, network management positions, and other elements to increase capacity and processing capability. Motorola will minimize any interruption to system operation during each network update, with minimal reliance on the City of Denton’s personnel. 4.3 MOTOROLA’S SERVICE CAPABILITIES Our focus on the needs of our public safety partners has led us to recognize that an integrated implementation and service delivery team that takes a new system from system installation, to acceptance, to warranty, and all the way through extended maintenance, is the best way to ensure that public safety communications systems meet the needs of first responders. Motorola’s team of experts, have developed refined processes and sophisticated tools through our experience in delivering mission-critical communications. 4.3.1 On-Call Support through the Solutions Support Center (SSC) The cornerstone of our customer care process, Motorola’s Solution Support Center (SSC) is staffed 24x7x365 by experienced system technologists. This TL 9000/ISO 9001-certified center responds to over 5000 public safety, utility, and enterprise customers. With over 100,000 phone and email interactions with Motorola customers per month, the SSC provides our customers with a centralized contact point for service requests. 4.3.2 Onsite Service through a Field Service Team Onsite maintenance and repair of the City of Denton’s system will be provided by Motorola’s local team of service personnel. Motorola will provide City of Denton with a Customer Support Plan (CSP) DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 4-20 Advanced Plus Services Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted that outlines the details of each service, provides escalation paths for special issues, and any other information specific to the City of Denton’s service agreement. Some of these details will include items such as access to sites, response time requirements, severity level definitions, and parts department access information. Local technicians will be dispatched for onsite service by the SSC, who will inform the technician of the reason for dispatch. This will enable the technician to determine if a certain component or field replacement unit (FRU) will be needed from inventory to restore the system. Once on site, the field technician will notify the SSC and begin to work on the issue. The technician will review the case notes to determine the status of the issue, and begin the troubleshooting and restoration process. Once the system is restored to normal operation, the field technician will notify the SSC that the system is restored. The SSC, in turn, will notify City of Denton that the system is restored to normal operation and request approval to close the case. 4.3.3 Centralized Repair Management through Motorola’s Repair Depot Our repair management depot coordinates component repair through a central location, eliminating the need to send system equipment to multiple vendor locations for repair. Once equipment is at the depot, technicians will replicate the City of Denton’s network configuration in our comprehensive test labs in order to reproduce and analyze the issue. Technicians will then restore the equipment to working order. After repairs are completed, equipment will be tested to its original performance specifications and, if appropriate, configured for return to use in the City of Denton’s system. All components being repaired are tracked throughout the process, from shipment by City of Denton to return through a case management system where users can view the repair status of the radio via a web portal. 4.3.4 Direct Access to System Information through MyView Portal Supplementing Motorola’s proposed services plan for the City of Denton is access to Motorola's online system information tool, MyView Portal. MyView Portal provides our customers with real- time visibility to critical system and services information, all through an easy-to-use, graphical interface. With just a few clicks, the City of Denton’s administrators will gain instant access to system and support compliance, case reporting, ability to update and create cases, have visibility to when the system will be updated, and receive pro-active notifications regarding system updates. Available 24x7x365 from any web-enabled device, the information provided by MyView will be based on your needs and user access permissions, ensuring that the information displayed is secure and pertinent to your operations. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 4-21 Figure 1: MyView Portal offers real-time, role-based access to critical system and services information. Motorola Solutions has over 75 years of experience supporting mission critical communications for public safety and public service agencies. Motorola Solutions’ technical and service professionals use a structured approach to life cycle service delivery throughout the life of the system. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 5-22 Pricing Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted SECTION 5 PRICING Motorola is pleased to provide the following equipment and services to the City of Denton: Equipment Total $ 6,943,190 Turnkey Implementation Services Total $ 1,639,852 Warranty wrap (Year 1) Included System Discount based on Denton County Contract ($1,322,509) Pricing Incentive valid for PO and contract execution by 08/31/2018 ($1,000,000) Management Discount valid for PO and contract execution by 08/31/2018 ($475,000) Pricing Incentive for staging and shipment prior to 12/14/2018 ($253,000) System Total after all incentives $ 5,532,533 Post Warranty - Maintenance and System Upgrades Subtotal Year 2 $ 424,241 Year 3 $ 438,302 Year 4 $ 453,063 Year 5 $ 468,560 Year 6 $ 484,828 Pricing Incentive for long term maintenance contract ($102,626) Project Total $ 7,698,901 Optional Low Profile 3dB Mobile Antenna 762-870 MHz (Per Mobile) $ 25.80 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted 5-23 PRICING DETAIL : Post Warranty - Maintenance and System Upgrades Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Network Monitoring $ 12,618 $ 13,249 $ 13,911 $ 14,607 $ 15,337 Technical Support $ 9,687 $ 10,171 $ 10,679 $ 11,213 $ 11,774 Dispatch Service $ 4,104 $ 4,309 $ 4,525 $ 4,751 $ 4,989 Onsite - Regular $ 81,033 $ 85,084 $ 89,339 $ 93,806 $ 98,496 Preventive Maintenance $ 13,715 $ 14,401 $ 15,121 $ 15,877 $ 16,670 Infr Repair with Advanced Replacement $ 67,896 $ 71,291 $ 74,856 $ 78,599 $ 82,528 Security Monitoring $ 24,103 $ 25,308 $ 26,574 $ 27,902 $ 29,298 Remote Security Updates $ 39,270 $ 41,234 $ 43,295 $ 45,460 $ 47,733 WAVE (ARUS) $ 12,489 $ 13,113 $ 13,769 $ 14,458 $ 15,180 Radio Management $ 72,096 $ 72,096 $ 72,096 $ 72,096 $ 72,096 System Upgrade Agreement $ 113,093 $ 113,262 $ 113,437 $ 113,619 $ 113,804 Service Package Discount $ (25,862) $ (26,081) $ (26,293) $ (26,497) $ (26,693) Total $ 424,241 $ 438,302 $ 453,063 $ 468,560 $ 484,828 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 SUBSYSTEM LIM O APC QTY NOMENCLATURE DESCRIPTION UNIT LIST (USD)  EXT LIST (USD) HGAC  EXT CUSTOMER Denton County Master SiteMaster Site Licensing 1‐8771 SQM01SUM0273 MASTER SITE CONFIGURATION $                         ‐     $                         ‐   19% $                         ‐   Master Site Licensing 1 a8771 CA02629AB ADD: EXPAND 7.16 M CORE $                         ‐     $                         ‐   19% $                         ‐   Master Site Licensing 1 b2221 CA02389AA ENH: TRUNKED ENHANCED DATA $                12,000  $                12,000 15% $                10,200 Master Site Licensing 1 c8773 UA00156AA ADD: MCC7500 CONSOLE LICENSES (QTY 5) $                   5,000  $                15,000 19% $                12,225 Master Site Licensing 1 d8772 UA00152AA ADD:500 RADIO USER LICENSES $                   7,500  $                15,000 19% $                12,225 Master Site Licensing 1 e8772 CA02473AA ENH: 500 ENHANCED TRUNKED DATA USER LICENSES $                   2,000  $                   4,000 19% $                   3,260 Master Site Licensing 1 f8772 UA00153AA ADD: ASTRO 25 FDMA SITE LICENSE $                17,000  $                34,000 19% $                27,710 Master Site Licensing 1 g8772 UA00159AA ADD: P25 PHASE 2 TDMA TRKNG OP SITE LIC $                12,000  $                24,000 19% $                19,560 Master Site Licensing 1 h8772 UA00160AA ADD: PHASE 2 DYNAMIC TG ASGNMT SITE LIC $                18,000  $                36,000 19% $                29,340 Master Site Licensing 1 i87728 UA00161AA ADD: P25 PHASE 2 TDMA SW BASE RADIO LIC $                   3,000  $                84,000 19% $                68,460 Master Site Licensing 1 j87728 UA00162AA ADD: PHASE 2 DYNAMIC CH BASE RADIO LIC $                   2,000  $                56,000 19% $                45,640 Master Site Licensing 1 k8771 CA01471AA ADD: WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL TRANS CONFIG $                         ‐     $                         ‐   19% $                         ‐   Master Site Licensing 1 l8771 Z13AG ENH: UNIFIED NETWORK CONFIGURATOR (UNC) $                20,000  $                20,000 19% $                16,300 Master Site Licensing 1 m8771 UA00147AA ADD: PROVISIONING MANAGER $                   5,000  $                   5,000 19% $                   4,075 Master Site Licensing 1 n8771 UA00146AA ADD: UNIFIED EVENT MANAGER (UEM) $                20,000  $                20,000 19% $                16,300 Master Site Licensing 1 o8771 UA00225AA ADD: UEM ENHANCED NAVIGATION $                45,000  $                45,000 19% $                36,675 Master Site Licensing 1 p8771 UA00141AA ADD: ZONEWATCH GRID & CTRL $                20,000  $                20,000 19% $                16,300 Master Site Licensing 1 q8771 UA00149AA ADD: RADIO CONTROL MANAGER $                15,000  $                15,000 19% $                12,225 Master Site Licensing 1 r8773 CA01316AA ADD: UNC ADDTL DEVICE LIC (QTY 10) $                      500  $                   1,500 19% $                   1,223 Master Site Licensing 1 s8771 UA00142AA ADD: CADI SOFTWARE OPTION $                45,000  $                45,000 19% $                36,675 Master Site Licensing 1 t2851 ZA00104AA ENH: TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE, FORTY HRS $                12,000  $                12,000 0% $                12,000 Denton NM Client ‐ Local at 2‐7081 TT2833 COMPUTER, Z440 WORKSTATION WINDOWS 7 $                   2,950  $                   2,950 17% $                   2,449 Denton NM Client ‐ Local at 3‐8771 T8206 ASTRO CLIENT APPL SW 7.16 $                      850  $                      850 19% $                      693 Denton NM Client ‐ Local at 4‐7081 T7885 MCAFEE WINDOWS AV CLIENT $                      165  $                      165 17% $                      137 Denton NM Client ‐ Local at 5‐147 1 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY $                   4,200  $                   4,200 10% $                   3,780 Denton NM Client ‐ Local at 5 a 147 1 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER $                         ‐     $                         ‐   10% $                         ‐   Denton NM Client ‐ Local at 6‐454 1 CLN1856 2620‐24 ETHERNET SWITCH $                   2,250  $                   2,250 15% $                   1,913 McKenna ParkPrime Site 7‐1121 T7321 GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   3,000  $                   3,000 18% $                   2,460 Prime Site 7 a1122 CA01183AA GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   2,500  $                   5,000 18% $                   4,100 Prime Site 7 b5952 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16 $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   Prime Site 7 c5952 CA01185AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE OPERATION $                11,500  $                23,000 18% $                18,860 Prime Site 7 d5952 CA01901AA ADD: P25 TDMA COMPARATOR SOFTWARE $                16,000  $                32,000 18% $                26,240 Prime Site 7 e1121 X153AW ADD:  RACK MOUNT HARDWARE $                        50  $                        50 18% $                        41 Prime Site 8‐1121 T7321 GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   3,000  $                   3,000 18% $                   2,460 Prime Site 8 a1122 CA01183AA GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   2,500  $                   5,000 18% $                   4,100 Prime Site 8 b5952 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16 $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   Prime Site 8 c5952 CA01185AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE OPERATION $                11,500  $                23,000 18% $                18,860 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Prime Site 8 d5952 CA01901AA ADD: P25 TDMA COMPARATOR SOFTWARE $                16,000  $                32,000 18% $                26,240 Prime Site 8 e1121 X153AW ADD:  RACK MOUNT HARDWARE $                        50  $                        50 18% $                        41 Prime Site 9‐1121 T7321 GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   3,000  $                   3,000 18% $                   2,460 Prime Site 9 a1122 CA01183AA GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   2,500  $                   5,000 18% $                   4,100 Prime Site 9 b5952 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16 $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   Prime Site 9 c5952 CA01185AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE OPERATION $                11,500  $                23,000 18% $                18,860 Prime Site 9 d5952 CA01901AA ADD: P25 TDMA COMPARATOR SOFTWARE $                16,000  $                32,000 18% $                26,240 Prime Site 9 e1121 X153AW ADD:  RACK MOUNT HARDWARE $                        50  $                        50 18% $                        41 Prime Site 10‐1121 T7321 GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   3,000  $                   3,000 18% $                   2,460 Prime Site 10 a1122 CA01183AA GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   2,500  $                   5,000 18% $                   4,100 Prime Site 10 b5952 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16 $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   Prime Site 10 c5952 CA01185AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE OPERATION $                11,500  $                23,000 18% $                18,860 Prime Site 10 d5952 CA01901AA ADD: P25 TDMA COMPARATOR SOFTWARE $                16,000  $                32,000 18% $                26,240 Prime Site 10 e1121 X153AW ADD:  RACK MOUNT HARDWARE $                        50  $                        50 18% $                        41 Prime Site 11‐1121 T7321 GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   3,000  $                   3,000 18% $                   2,460 Prime Site 11 a1122 CA01183AA GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   2,500  $                   5,000 18% $                   4,100 Prime Site 11 b5952 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16 $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   Prime Site 11 c5952 CA01185AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE OPERATION $                11,500  $                23,000 18% $                18,860 Prime Site 11 d5952 CA01901AA ADD: P25 TDMA COMPARATOR SOFTWARE $                16,000  $                32,000 18% $                26,240 Prime Site 11 e1121 X153AW ADD:  RACK MOUNT HARDWARE $                        50  $                        50 18% $                        41 Prime Site 12‐1121 T7321 GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   3,000  $                   3,000 18% $                   2,460 Prime Site 12 a1122 CA01183AA GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   2,500  $                   5,000 18% $                   4,100 Prime Site 12 b5952 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16 $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   Prime Site 12 c5952 CA01185AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE OPERATION $                11,500  $                23,000 18% $                18,860 Prime Site 12 d5952 CA01901AA ADD: P25 TDMA COMPARATOR SOFTWARE $                16,000  $                32,000 18% $                26,240 Prime Site 12 e1121 X153AW ADD:  RACK MOUNT HARDWARE $                        50  $                        50 18% $                        41 Prime Site 13‐1121 T7321 GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   3,000  $                   3,000 18% $                   2,460 Prime Site 13 a1122 CA01183AA GCM 8000 COMPARATOR $                   2,500  $                   5,000 18% $                   4,100 Prime Site 13 b5952 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16 $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   Prime Site 13 c5952 CA01185AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE OPERATION $                11,500  $                23,000 18% $                18,860 Prime Site 13 d5952 CA01901AA ADD: P25 TDMA COMPARATOR SOFTWARE $                16,000  $                32,000 18% $                26,240 Prime Site 13 e1122 X153AW ADD:  RACK MOUNT HARDWARE $                        50  $                      100 18% $                        82 Prime Site 14‐1121 T7038 GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER $                   3,000  $                   3,000 18% $                   2,460 Prime Site 14 a1121 CA00303AA ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER $                   2,500  $                   2,500 18% $                   2,050 Prime Site 14 b5951 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16 $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   Prime Site 14 c5952 CA03005AA ADD:SMLCST RX RMT ST LIC IVD+E/DATA $                   5,000  $                10,000 18% $                   8,200 Prime Site 14 d5951 CA01194AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE SITE CONTROLLER SOFTWARE $                62,500  $                62,500 18% $                51,250 Prime Site 14 e1121 X153AW ADD:  RACK MOUNT HARDWARE $                        50  $                        50 18% $                        41 Prime Site 15‐1121 T7038 GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER $                   3,000  $                   3,000 18% $                   2,460 Prime Site 15 a1121 CA00303AA ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER $                   2,500  $                   2,500 18% $                   2,050 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Prime Site 15 b5951 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16 $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   Prime Site 15 c5952 CA03005AA ADD:SMLCST RX RMT ST LIC IVD+E/DATA $                   5,000  $                10,000 18% $                   8,200 Prime Site 15 d5951 CA01194AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE SITE CONTROLLER SOFTWARE $                62,500  $                62,500 18% $                51,250 Prime Site 15 e1121 X153AW ADD:  RACK MOUNT HARDWARE $                        50  $                        50 18% $                        41 Prime Site 16‐906 1 DSTRAK91008EPRIME/MASTER SITE REDUNDANT MODULAR FREQUENCY TIMING SYSTEM  $                34,712  $                34,712 15% $                29,505 Prime Site 17‐351 50 L1700 FSJ1‐50A CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          2  $                      113 10% $                      101 Prime Site 18‐351 4 DDN9769 F1TNM‐HC  1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1‐50A CABLE $                        27  $                      109 10% $                        98 Prime Site 19‐1472 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY $                   4,200  $                   8,400 10% $                   7,560 Prime Site 19 a1472 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER $                         ‐     $                         ‐   10% $                         ‐   Prime Site 20‐147 2 CLN1859 2620‐48 ETHERNET SWITCH $                   3,600  $                   7,200 10% $                   6,480 Prime Site 21‐1472 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY $                   4,200  $                   8,400 10% $                   7,560 Prime Site 21 a1472 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER $                         ‐     $                         ‐   10% $                         ‐   Prime Site 22‐147 2 CLN1859 2620‐48 ETHERNET SWITCH $                   3,600  $                   7,200 10% $                   6,480 Prime Site 23‐509 2 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK $                      495  $                      990 22% $                      777 Prime Site 24‐207 2 DS11011188PDU, 120/240 SPLIT PH OR N+1 REDUNDANT, 60A MAX PER PHASE, SIX  $                   2,790  $                   5,580 10% $                   5,022 Prime Site 25‐207 20 DS3750296 BREAKER, 10 AMP, CB UL 489 LISTED FOR AC EDGE II (1101‐1188) $                        69  $                   1,380 10% $                   1,242 Prime Site 26‐207 20 DS3750297 BREAKER, 15 AMP, CB UL 489 LISTED FOR AC EDGE II (1101‐1188) $                        62  $                   1,240 10% $                   1,116 Prime Site 27‐207 20 DS3750295 BREAKER, 5 AMP, CB UL 489 LISTED FOR AC EDGE II (1101‐1188) $                        50  $                   1,000 10% $                      900 Prime Site 28‐207 6 DS1101990 SPD, SHIELDED RJ‐45 JACK, SINGLE LINE GBE (1000MBPS) R56 COMPLIANT $                      140  $                      840 10% $                      756 Prime Site 29‐207 6 DSTSJADP RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND WPH SERIES DATA SPDS $                        85  $                      510 10% $                      459 Prime Site 30‐207 1 DSAPEXIMAX808MM SPD, TYPE 2, 120/240VAC, 1‐PHASE, NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE, MOV $                   1,339  $                   1,339 10% $                   1,205 UPS Backup 31‐207 2 DSA4200070512 UPS, APS 20KVA/18KW 208/240V, EXT MBB, ISO XFMR, 7 MIN RUN AT FULL $                32,925  $                65,850 10% $                59,265 RF Site Base Stations 32‐1121 SQM01SUM7054 GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM $                   6,000  $                   6,000 18% $                   4,920 RF Site Base Stations 32 a5951 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16 $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   RF Site Base Stations 32 b1121 CA00855AA ADD: 700/800 MHZ $                   6,300  $                   6,300 18% $                   5,166 RF Site Base Stations 32 c5956 CA01842AA ADD: P25 TDMA SOFTWARE $                13,000  $                78,000 18% $                63,960 RF Site Base Stations 32 d5956 CA01902AA ADD: P25 DYNAMIC CHANNEL SOFTWARE $                10,000  $                60,000 18% $                49,200 RF Site Base Stations 32 e1121 X306AC ADD: QTY (6) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS $                35,400  $                35,400 18% $                29,028 RF Site Base Stations 32 f5956 CA01193AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE BASE RADIO SOFTWARE $                25,500  $              153,000 18% $              125,460 RF Site Base Stations 32 g1472 CA01706AA ADD: ADD: GGM 8000 GATEWAY $                   4,200  $                   8,400 10% $                   7,560 RF Site Base Stations 32 h1121 CA00862AA ADD: SITE & CABINET RMC W/CAPABILITY OF 7‐24 BRS $                   2,100  $                   2,100 18% $                   1,722 RF Site Base Stations 32 i1121 CA00879AA ADD: PRIMARY 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER $                   8,400  $                   8,400 18% $                   6,888 RF Site Base Stations 32 j1121 CA00883AA ADD: 800 MHZ TX FILTER W/PMU $                   1,000  $                   1,000 18% $                      820 RF Site Base Stations 32 k1122 CA01536AA ADD: GPB 8000 REFERENCE DISTRIBUTION MODULE $                   5,000  $                10,000 18% $                   8,200 RF Site Base Stations 32 l5952 CA01537AA ADD: REFERENCE DISTRIBUTION SOFTWARE $                   6,500  $                13,000 18% $                10,660 RF Site Base Stations 32 m1121 X882AH ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU $                      495  $                      495 18% $                      406 RF Site Base Stations 32 n1121 CA02684AA ADD: AC ONLY POWER DISTRIBUTION $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   RF Site Base Stations 33‐78 2 PMUG1017A GNSS REMOTE RECEIVER ASSY $                      900  $                   1,800 0% $                   1,800 RF Site Base Stations 34‐291 2 DSWM4 HEAVY DUTY W STYLE WALL MOUNT WITH 4 INCH STAND‐OFF $                        66  $                      132 25% $                        99 RF Site Base Stations 35‐291 2 DSP04268 ALUMINUM 6061‐T6. PIPE 1 INCH SCHED 40 $                        12  $                        24 25% $                        18 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 RF Site Base Stations 36‐207 2 DSIX2L1M1DC48IG SPD, HPD GPS DATA LINE, 48VDC, HARD WIRE WITH ISOLATED GROUNDING $                      247  $                      494 10% $                      445 RF Site Base Stations 37‐351 2 DS30C87465CO1 125FT OUTDOOR UV PROTECTED CABLE 6 PR, 22AWG DB15 CABLE $                      634  $                   1,268 10% $                   1,141 RF Site Base Stations 38‐1121 SQM01SUM7054 GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM $                   6,000  $                   6,000 18% $                   4,920 RF Site Base Stations 38 a5951 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16 $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   RF Site Base Stations 38 b1121 CA00855AA ADD: 700/800 MHZ $                   6,300  $                   6,300 18% $                   5,166 RF Site Base Stations 38 c5954 CA01842AA ADD: P25 TDMA SOFTWARE $                13,000  $                52,000 18% $                42,640 RF Site Base Stations 38 d1121 X304AE ADD: QTY (4) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS $                23,600  $                23,600 18% $                19,352 RF Site Base Stations 38 e5954 CA01842AA ADD: P25 TDMA SOFTWARE $                13,000  $                52,000 18% $                42,640 RF Site Base Stations 38 f5954 CA01902AA ADD: P25 DYNAMIC CHANNEL SOFTWARE $                10,000  $                40,000 18% $                32,800 RF Site Base Stations 38 g5954 CA01193AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE BASE RADIO SOFTWARE $                25,500  $              102,000 18% $                83,640 RF Site Base Stations 38 h1121 CA00877AA ADD: CABINET RMC FOR EXPANSION RACK $                      600  $                      600 18% $                      492 RF Site Base Stations 38 i1121 CA00880AA ADD: EXPANSION 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER $                   8,400  $                   8,400 18% $                   6,888 RF Site Base Stations 38 j1121 CA01058AA ADD: 700/800 PHASING HARNESS $                   1,000  $                   1,000 18% $                      820 RF Site Base Stations 38 k1122 CA00885AA ADD: HIGH AVAILABILITY XHUB $                   3,500  $                   7,000 18% $                   5,740 RF Site Base Stations 38 l1121 X882AH ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU $                      495  $                      495 18% $                      406 RF Site Base Stations 38 m1121 CA02684AA ADD: AC ONLY POWER DISTRIBUTION $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   RF Site Base Stations 39‐1121 SQM01SUM7054 GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM $                   6,000  $                   6,000 18% $                   4,920 RF Site Base Stations 39 a1121 CA00855AA ADD: 700/800 MHZ $                   6,300  $                   6,300 18% $                   5,166 RF Site Base Stations 39 b5951 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16 $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   RF Site Base Stations 39 c5954 CA01842AA ADD: P25 TDMA SOFTWARE $                13,000  $                52,000 18% $                42,640 RF Site Base Stations 39 d1121 X304AE ADD: QTY (4) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS $                23,600  $                23,600 18% $                19,352 RF Site Base Stations 39 e5954 CA01842AA ADD: P25 TDMA SOFTWARE $                13,000  $                52,000 18% $                42,640 RF Site Base Stations 39 f5954 CA01902AA ADD: P25 DYNAMIC CHANNEL SOFTWARE $                10,000  $                40,000 18% $                32,800 RF Site Base Stations 39 g5954 CA01193AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE BASE RADIO SOFTWARE $                25,500  $              102,000 18% $                83,640 RF Site Base Stations 39 h1121 CA00877AA ADD: CABINET RMC FOR EXPANSION RACK $                      600  $                      600 18% $                      492 RF Site Base Stations 39 i1121 CA00879AA ADD: PRIMARY 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER $                   8,400  $                   8,400 18% $                   6,888 RF Site Base Stations 39 j1122 CA00885AA ADD: HIGH AVAILABILITY XHUB $                   3,500  $                   7,000 18% $                   5,740 RF Site Base Stations 39 k1121 X882AH ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU $                      495  $                      495 18% $                      406 RF Site Base Stations 39 l1121 CA02684AA ADD: AC ONLY POWER DISTRIBUTION $                         ‐     $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   RF Site Base Stations 40‐207 4 DS1101990 SPD, SHIELDED RJ‐45 JACK, SINGLE LINE GBE (1000MBPS) R56 COMPLIANT $                      140  $                      560 10% $                      504 RF Site Base Stations 41‐207 4 DSTSJADP RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND WPH SERIES DATA SPDS $                        85  $                      340 10% $                      306 RF Site Base Stations 42‐509 1 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK $                      495  $                      495 22% $                      389 RF Site Antenna System 43‐351 1 DS43783I01C110CONTROL MONITORING UNIT, 796‐824MHZ,DUAL  $                   4,278  $                   4,278 10% $                   3,850 RF Site Antenna System 44‐351 1 DS43783I01T TTA, 796‐824MHZ, SINGLE / DUAL NETWORK, TEST PORT $                10,212  $                10,212 10% $                   9,191 RF Site Antenna System 45‐457 1 DSDS7C09P36UD DS7C09P36U‐D, 764‐869MHZ SINGLE 9DB GAIN OMNI WITH DIN $                   4,013  $                   4,013 20% $                   3,210 RF Site Antenna System 46‐351 15 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          4  $                        53 10% $                        47 RF Site Antenna System 47‐351 2 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System 48‐515 2 TDN9289 221213 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING $                        19  $                        38 20% $                        30 RF Site Antenna System 49‐351 180 L3599 AVA6‐50 CABLE: 1‐1/4" AVA6‐50, COAX CORRUG COPPER, BLACK PE JACKET $                        16  $                   2,925 10% $                   2,633 RF Site Antenna System 50‐351 2 DS114EZDF 114EZ DIN FEMALE CONNECTOR $                      112  $                      224 10% $                      202 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 RF Site Antenna System 51‐351 7 DSSG11406B2A SG114‐06B2A 1‐1/4" SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT $                        23  $                      163 10% $                      146 RF Site Antenna System 52‐351 2 DSL6SGRIP L6SGRIP 1‐1/4" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP $                        32  $                        64 10% $                        58 RF Site Antenna System 53‐207 1 DSTSXDFMBFRF SPD, 698‐2700MHZ DC BLOCK HIGH PWR, DIN FEM/MALE BI‐DIR W/  $                      130  $                      130 10% $                      117 RF Site Antenna System 54‐207 1 DSGSAKITD GROUND STRAP KIT ‐ DIN $                        36  $                        36 10% $                        32 RF Site Antenna System 55‐351 25 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          4  $                        88 10% $                        79 RF Site Antenna System 56‐351 2 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System 57‐351 1 DDN9743 TK‐TW TORQUE WRENCH KIT FOR 7‐16 DIN & TYPE N COUPLING NUTS $                      199  $                      199 10% $                      179 RF Site Antenna System 58‐457 1 DSDS7C09P36UD DS7C09P36U‐D, 764‐869MHZ SINGLE 9DB GAIN OMNI WITH DIN $                   4,013  $                   4,013 20% $                   3,210 RF Site Antenna System 59‐351 15 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          4  $                        53 10% $                        47 RF Site Antenna System 60‐351 2 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System 61‐515 2 TDN9289 221213 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING $                        19  $                        38 20% $                        30 RF Site Antenna System 62‐351 180 L3599 AVA6‐50 CABLE: 1‐1/4" AVA6‐50, COAX CORRUG COPPER, BLACK PE JACKET $                        16  $                   2,925 10% $                   2,633 RF Site Antenna System 63‐351 2 DS114EZDF 114EZ DIN FEMALE CONNECTOR $                      112  $                      224 10% $                      202 RF Site Antenna System 64‐351 7 DSSG11406B2A SG114‐06B2A 1‐1/4" SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT $                        23  $                      163 10% $                      146 RF Site Antenna System 65‐351 2 DSL6SGRIP L6SGRIP 1‐1/4" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP $                        32  $                        64 10% $                        58 RF Site Antenna System 66‐207 1 DSTSXDFMBFRF SPD, 698‐2700MHZ DC BLOCK HIGH PWR, DIN FEM/MALE BI‐DIR W/  $                      130  $                      130 10% $                      117 RF Site Antenna System 67‐207 1 DSGSAKITD GROUND STRAP KIT ‐ DIN $                        36  $                        36 10% $                        32 RF Site Antenna System 68‐351 25 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          4  $                        88 10% $                        79 RF Site Antenna System 69‐351 2 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System 70‐351 1 DDN9743 TK‐TW TORQUE WRENCH KIT FOR 7‐16 DIN & TYPE N COUPLING NUTS $                      199  $                      199 10% $                      179 RF Site Antenna System 71‐351 10 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          4  $                        35 10% $                        32 RF Site Antenna System 72‐351 2 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System 73‐351 1 DSAPM7487K2ACADVANCED POWER MONITOR, 740‐870 MHZ, 90‐246V AC (INC SINGLE  $                   4,696  $                   4,696 10% $                   4,226 RF Site Antenna System 74‐351 1 DSAPM0000USAC POWER SUPPLY $                      217  $                      217 10% $                      195 RF Site Antenna System 75‐351 10 L1700 FSJ1‐50A CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          2  $                        23 10% $                        20 RF Site Antenna System 76‐351 2 DDN9769 F1TNM‐HC  1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1‐50A CABLE $                        27  $                        55 10% $                        49 RF Site Antenna System 77‐351 10 L1700 FSJ1‐50A CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          2  $                        23 10% $                        20 RF Site Antenna System 78‐351 2 DDN9769 F1TNM‐HC  1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1‐50A CABLE $                        27  $                        55 10% $                        49 RF Site Antenna System 79‐457 2 DSDS7C09P36UD DS7C09P36U‐D, 764‐869MHZ SINGLE 9DB GAIN OMNI WITH DIN $                   4,013  $                   8,026 20% $                   6,421 RF Site Antenna System 80‐351 15 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          4  $                        53 10% $                        47 RF Site Antenna System 81‐351 1 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        18  $                        18 10% $                        16 RF Site Antenna System 82‐351 1 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        29 10% $                        26 RF Site Antenna System 83‐351 15 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          4  $                        53 10% $                        47 RF Site Antenna System 84‐351 1 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        18  $                        18 10% $                        16 RF Site Antenna System 85‐351 1 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        29 10% $                        26 RF Site Antenna System 86‐515 7 TDN9289 221213 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING $                        19  $                      133 20% $                      106 RF Site Antenna System 87‐351 5 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          4  $                        18 10% $                        16 RF Site Antenna System 88‐351 2 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        18  $                        36 10% $                        32 RF Site Antenna System 89‐351 5 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          4  $                        18 10% $                        16 RF Site Antenna System 90‐351 2 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        18  $                        36 10% $                        32 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 RF Site Antenna System 91‐207 180 L3323 AVA5‐50, 7/8 IN VIRTUAL AIR COAXIAL CABLE, CORRUGATED COPPER $                          9  $                   1,530 10% $                   1,377 RF Site Antenna System 92‐351 2 DDN1079 78EZNF‐M N FEMALE MOT CONNECTOR (MOTOROLA SPECIFIC) $                        40  $                        80 10% $                        72 RF Site Antenna System 93‐351 8 DSSG7806B2A SG78‐06B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COAXIAL CABLE $                        23  $                      180 10% $                      162 RF Site Antenna System 94‐351 2 DSL5SGRIP L5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP $                        29  $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System 95‐207 180 L3323 AVA5‐50, 7/8 IN VIRTUAL AIR COAXIAL CABLE, CORRUGATED COPPER $                          9  $                   1,530 10% $                   1,377 RF Site Antenna System 96‐351 2 DDN1079 78EZNF‐M N FEMALE MOT CONNECTOR (MOTOROLA SPECIFIC) $                        40  $                        80 10% $                        72 RF Site Antenna System 97‐351 8 DSSG7806B2A SG78‐06B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COAXIAL CABLE $                        23  $                      180 10% $                      162 RF Site Antenna System 98‐351 2 DSL5SGRIP L5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP $                        29  $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System 99‐351 180 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          4  $                      630 10% $                      567 RF Site Antenna System 100‐351 1 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        18  $                        18 10% $                        16 RF Site Antenna System 101‐351 1 DDN1089 L4TNF‐PSA TYPE N FEMALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        29 10% $                        26 RF Site Antenna System 102‐351 8 DSSG1206B2A SG12‐06B2A 1/2IN SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT $                        17  $                      134 10% $                      121 RF Site Antenna System 103‐351 2 DSL4SGRIP L4SGRIP SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2" LDF $                        22  $                        43 10% $                        39 RF Site Antenna System 104‐207 1 DS1090501WARF SPD, 700‐1000MHZ BROADBAND 15 VDC PASS NM ANT, NF EQUIP PIP,  $                      168  $                      168 10% $                      151 RF Site Antenna System 105‐207 1 DS1090501WARF SPD, 700‐1000MHZ BROADBAND 15 VDC PASS NM ANT, NF EQUIP PIP,  $                      168  $                      168 10% $                      151 RF Site Antenna System 106‐207 1 DS1090501WARF SPD, 700‐1000MHZ BROADBAND 15 VDC PASS NM ANT, NF EQUIP PIP,  $                      168  $                      168 10% $                      151 RF Site Antenna System 107‐207 1 DS1090501WARF SPD, 700‐1000MHZ BROADBAND 15 VDC PASS NM ANT, NF EQUIP PIP,  $                      168  $                      168 10% $                      151 RF Site Antenna System 108‐351 25 L1702 FSJ4‐50B CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          5  $                      126 10% $                      114 RF Site Antenna System 109‐351 2 DDN9682 F4PNMV2‐HC 1/2"  TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR $                        32  $                        64 10% $                        58 RF Site Antenna System 110‐351 25 L1702 FSJ4‐50B CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          5  $                      126 10% $                      114 RF Site Antenna System 111‐351 2 DDN9682 F4PNMV2‐HC 1/2"  TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR $                        32  $                        64 10% $                        58 RF Site Antenna System 112‐351 25 L1700 FSJ1‐50A CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT $                          2  $                        56 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System 113‐351 2 DDN9769 F1TNM‐HC  1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1‐50A CABLE $                        27  $                        55 10% $                        49 Denton County EOCRF Site Base Stations114‐1121 SQM01SUM7054 GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM 6,000$                    $                   6,000 18% $                   4,920 RF Site Base Stations114 a5951 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16‐$                        $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   RF Site Base Stations114 b1121 CA00855AA ADD: 700/800 MHZ 6,300$                    $                   6,300 18% $                   5,166 RF Site Base Stations114 c5956 CA01842AA ADD: P25 TDMA SOFTWARE 13,000$                  $                78,000 18% $                63,960 RF Site Base Stations114 d5956 CA01902AA ADD: P25 DYNAMIC CHANNEL SOFTWARE 10,000$                  $                60,000 18% $                49,200 RF Site Base Stations114 e1121 X306AC ADD: QTY (6) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS 35,400$                  $                35,400 18% $                29,028 RF Site Base Stations114 f5956 CA01193AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE BASE RADIO SOFTWARE 25,500$                  $              153,000 18% $              125,460 RF Site Base Stations114 g1472 CA01706AA ADD: ADD: GGM 8000 GATEWAY 4,200$                    $                   8,400 10% $                   7,560 RF Site Base Stations114 h1121 CA00862AA ADD: SITE & CABINET RMC W/CAPABILITY OF 7‐24 BRS 2,100$                    $                   2,100 18% $                   1,722 RF Site Base Stations114 i1121 CA00879AA ADD: PRIMARY 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER 8,400$                    $                   8,400 18% $                   6,888 RF Site Base Stations114 j1121 CA00883AA ADD: 800 MHZ TX FILTER W/PMU 1,000$                    $                   1,000 18% $                      820 RF Site Base Stations114 k1122 CA01536AA ADD: GPB 8000 REFERENCE DISTRIBUTION MODULE 5,000$                    $                10,000 18% $                   8,200 RF Site Base Stations114 l5952 CA01537AA ADD: REFERENCE DISTRIBUTION SOFTWARE 6,500$                    $                13,000 18% $                10,660 RF Site Base Stations114 m1121 X882AH ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU 495$                       $                      495 18% $                      406 RF Site Base Stations114 n1121 CA02684AA ADD: AC ONLY POWER DISTRIBUTION‐$                        $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   RF Site Base Stations115‐78 2 PMUG1017A GNSS REMOTE RECEIVER ASSY 900$                       $                   1,800 0% $                   1,800 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 RF Site Base Stations116‐291 2 DSWM4 HEAVY DUTY W STYLE WALL MOUNT WITH 4 INCH STAND‐OFF 66$                          $                      132 25% $                        99 RF Site Base Stations117‐291 2 DSP04268 ALUMINUM 6061‐T6. PIPE 1 INCH SCHED 40 12$                          $                        24 25% $                        18 RF Site Base Stations118‐207 2 DSIX2L1M1DC48IG SPD, HPD GPS DATA LINE, 48VDC, HARD WIRE WITH ISOLATED GROUNDING 247$                       $                      494 10% $                      445 RF Site Base Stations119‐351 2 DS30C87465CO1 125FT OUTDOOR UV PROTECTED CABLE 6 PR, 22AWG DB15 CABLE 634$                       $                   1,268 10% $                   1,141 RF Site Base Stations120‐351 2 DDN9769 F1TNM‐HC  1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1‐50A CABLE 27$                          $                        55 10% $                        49 RF Site Base Stations121‐207 2 DSIX2L1M1DC48IG SPD, HPD GPS DATA LINE, 48VDC, HARD WIRE WITH ISOLATED GROUNDING 247$                       $                      494 10% $                      445 RF Site Base Stations122‐1121 SQM01SUM7054 GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM 6,000$                    $                   6,000 18% $                   4,920 RF Site Base Stations122 a5951 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16‐$                        $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   RF Site Base Stations122 b1121 CA00855AA ADD: 700/800 MHZ 6,300$                    $                   6,300 18% $                   5,166 RF Site Base Stations122 c5954 CA01842AA ADD: P25 TDMA SOFTWARE 13,000$                  $                52,000 18% $                42,640 RF Site Base Stations122 d1121 X304AE ADD: QTY (4) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS 23,600$                  $                23,600 18% $                19,352 RF Site Base Stations122 e5954 CA01842AA ADD: P25 TDMA SOFTWARE 13,000$                  $                52,000 18% $                42,640 RF Site Base Stations122 f5954 CA01902AA ADD: P25 DYNAMIC CHANNEL SOFTWARE 10,000$                  $                40,000 18% $                32,800 RF Site Base Stations122 g5954 CA01193AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE BASE RADIO SOFTWARE 25,500$                  $              102,000 18% $                83,640 RF Site Base Stations122 h1121 CA00877AA ADD: CABINET RMC FOR EXPANSION RACK 600$                       $                      600 18% $                      492 RF Site Base Stations122 i1121 CA00880AA ADD: EXPANSION 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER 8,400$                    $                   8,400 18% $                   6,888 RF Site Base Stations122 j1121 CA01058AA ADD: 700/800 PHASING HARNESS 1,000$                    $                   1,000 18% $                      820 RF Site Base Stations122 k1122 CA00885AA ADD: HIGH AVAILABILITY XHUB 3,500$                    $                   7,000 18% $                   5,740 RF Site Base Stations122 l1121 X882AH ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU 495$                       $                      495 18% $                      406 RF Site Base Stations122 m1121 CA02684AA ADD: AC ONLY POWER DISTRIBUTION‐$                        $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   RF Site Base Stations122 n1121 CA02224AA ADD: GTR ESS INTEGRATION KIT FOR EXT GGM 8000 GATEWAY W/ CCGW/LD C700$                       $                      700 18% $                      574 RF Site Base Stations123‐509 1 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK 495$                       $                      495 22% $                      389 RF Site Base Stations124‐1121 SQM01SUM7054 GTR 8000 EXPANDABLE SITE SUBSYSTEM 6,000$                    $                   6,000 18% $                   4,920 RF Site Base Stations124 a5951 CA00716AA ADD: ASTRO SYSTEM RELEASE 7.16‐$                        $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   RF Site Base Stations124 b1121 CA00855AA ADD: 700/800 MHZ 6,300$                    $                   6,300 18% $                   5,166 RF Site Base Stations124 c5954 CA01842AA ADD: P25 TDMA SOFTWARE 13,000$                  $                52,000 18% $                42,640 RF Site Base Stations124 d1121 X304AE ADD: QTY (4) GTR 8000 BASE RADIOS 23,600$                  $                23,600 18% $                19,352 RF Site Base Stations124 e5954 CA01842AA ADD: P25 TDMA SOFTWARE 13,000$                  $                52,000 18% $                42,640 RF Site Base Stations124 f5954 CA01902AA ADD: P25 DYNAMIC CHANNEL SOFTWARE 10,000$                  $                40,000 18% $                32,800 RF Site Base Stations124 g5954 CA01193AA ADD: IP BASED MULTISITE BASE RADIO SOFTWARE 25,500$                  $              102,000 18% $                83,640 RF Site Base Stations124 h1121 CA00877AA ADD: CABINET RMC FOR EXPANSION RACK 600$                       $                      600 18% $                      492 RF Site Base Stations124 i1121 CA00879AA ADD: PRIMARY 6 PORT CAVITY COMBINER 8,400$                    $                   8,400 18% $                   6,888 RF Site Base Stations124 j1122 CA00885AA ADD: HIGH AVAILABILITY XHUB 3,500$                    $                   7,000 18% $                   5,740 RF Site Base Stations124 k1121 X882AH ADD: 7.5 FT OPEN RACK, 48RU 495$                       $                      495 18% $                      406 RF Site Base Stations124 l1121 CA02684AA ADD: AC ONLY POWER DISTRIBUTION‐$                        $                         ‐   18% $                         ‐   RF Site Base Stations125‐207 2 DS11011188 PDU, 120/240 SPLIT PH OR N+1 REDUNDANT, 60A MAX PER PHASE, SIX DEDICA2,790$                    $                   5,580 10% $                   5,022 RF Site Base Stations126‐207 20 DS3750296 BREAKER, 10 AMP, CB UL 489 LISTED FOR AC EDGE II (1101‐1188) 69$                          $                   1,380 10% $                   1,242 RF Site Base Stations127‐207 20 DS3750297 BREAKER, 15 AMP, CB UL 489 LISTED FOR AC EDGE II (1101‐1188) 62$                          $                   1,240 10% $                   1,116 RF Site Base Stations128‐207 20 DS3750295 BREAKER, 5 AMP, CB UL 489 LISTED FOR AC EDGE II (1101‐1188) 50$                          $                   1,000 10% $                      900 RF Site Base Stations129‐207 4 DS1101990 SPD, SHIELDED RJ‐45 JACK, SINGLE LINE GBE (1000MBPS) R56 COMPLIANT 140$                       $                      560 10% $                      504 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 RF Site Base Stations130‐207 2 DSTSJADP RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND WPH SERIES DATA SPDS 85$                          $                      170 10% $                      153 RF Site Antenna System131‐351 1 DS43783I01C110 CONTROL MONITORING UNIT, 796‐824MHZ,DUAL DIVERSITY,ETHERNET,110VA4,278$                    $                   4,278 10% $                   3,850 RF Site Antenna System132‐351 1 DS43783I01T TTA, 796‐824MHZ, SINGLE / DUAL NETWORK, TEST PORT 10,212$                  $                10,212 10% $                   9,191 RF Site Antenna System133‐457 1 DSDS7C09P36UD DS7C09P36U‐D, 764‐869MHZ SINGLE 9DB GAIN OMNI WITH DIN 4,013$                    $                   4,013 20% $                   3,210 RF Site Antenna System134‐351 15 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 4$                            $                        53 10% $                        47 RF Site Antenna System135‐351 2 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE 29$                          $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System136‐515 2 TDN9289 221213 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING 19$                          $                        38 20% $                        30 RF Site Antenna System137‐351 460 L3599 AVA6‐50 CABLE: 1‐1/4" AVA6‐50, COAX CORRUG COPPER, BLACK PE JACKET 16$                          $                   7,475 10% $                   6,728 RF Site Antenna System138‐351 2 DS114EZDF 114EZ DIN FEMALE CONNECTOR 112$                       $                      224 10% $                      202 RF Site Antenna System139‐351 7 DSSG11406B2A SG114‐06B2A 1‐1/4" SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT 23$                          $                      163 10% $                      146 RF Site Antenna System140‐351 2 DSL6SGRIP L6SGRIP 1‐1/4" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 32$                          $                        64 10% $                        58 RF Site Antenna System141‐207 1 DSTSXDFMBF RF SPD, 698‐2700MHZ DC BLOCK HIGH PWR, DIN FEM/MALE BI‐DIR W/ BRACKE130$                       $                      130 10% $                      117 RF Site Antenna System142‐207 1 DSGSAKITD GROUND STRAP KIT ‐ DIN 36$                          $                        36 10% $                        32 RF Site Antenna System143‐351 25 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 4$                            $                        88 10% $                        79 RF Site Antenna System144‐351 2 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE 29$                          $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System145‐457 1 DSDS7C09P36UD DS7C09P36U‐D, 764‐869MHZ SINGLE 9DB GAIN OMNI WITH DIN 4,013$                    $                   4,013 20% $                   3,210 RF Site Antenna System146‐351 15 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 4$                            $                        53 10% $                        47 RF Site Antenna System147‐351 2 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE 29$                          $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System148‐515 2 TDN9289 221213 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING 19$                          $                        38 20% $                        30 RF Site Antenna System149‐351 460 L3599 AVA6‐50 CABLE: 1‐1/4" AVA6‐50, COAX CORRUG COPPER, BLACK PE JACKET 16$                          $                   7,475 10% $                   6,728 RF Site Antenna System150‐351 2 DS114EZDF 114EZ DIN FEMALE CONNECTOR 112$                       $                      224 10% $                      202 RF Site Antenna System151‐351 7 DSSG11406B2A SG114‐06B2A 1‐1/4" SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT 23$                          $                      163 10% $                      146 RF Site Antenna System152‐351 2 DSL6SGRIP L6SGRIP 1‐1/4" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 32$                          $                        64 10% $                        58 RF Site Antenna System153‐207 1 DSTSXDFMBF RF SPD, 698‐2700MHZ DC BLOCK HIGH PWR, DIN FEM/MALE BI‐DIR W/ BRACKE130$                       $                      130 10% $                      117 RF Site Antenna System154‐207 1 DSGSAKITD GROUND STRAP KIT ‐ DIN 36$                          $                        36 10% $                        32 RF Site Antenna System155‐351 25 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 4$                            $                        88 10% $                        79 RF Site Antenna System156‐351 2 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE 29$                          $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System157‐351 10 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 4$                            $                        35 10% $                        32 RF Site Antenna System158‐351 2 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE 29$                          $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System159‐351 1 DSAPM7487K2AC ADVANCED POWER MONITOR, 740‐870 MHZ, 90‐246V AC (INC SINGLE COUPLE4,696$                    $                   4,696 10% $                   4,226 RF Site Antenna System160‐351 1 DSAPM0000USAC POWER SUPPLY 217$                       $                      217 10% $                      195 RF Site Antenna System161‐351 10 L1700 FSJ1‐50A CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT 2$                            $                        23 10% $                        20 RF Site Antenna System162‐351 2 DDN9769 F1TNM‐HC  1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1‐50A CABLE 27$                          $                        55 10% $                        49 RF Site Antenna System163‐351 10 L1700 FSJ1‐50A CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT 2$                            $                        23 10% $                        20 RF Site Antenna System164‐351 2 DDN9769 F1TNM‐HC  1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1‐50A CABLE 27$                          $                        55 10% $                        49 RF Site Antenna System165‐457 2 DSDS7C09P36UD DS7C09P36U‐D, 764‐869MHZ SINGLE 9DB GAIN OMNI WITH DIN 4,013$                    $                   8,026 20% $                   6,421 RF Site Antenna System166‐351 15 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 4$                            $                        53 10% $                        47 RF Site Antenna System167‐351 1 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE 18$                          $                        18 10% $                        16 RF Site Antenna System168‐351 1 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE 29$                          $                        29 10% $                        26 RF Site Antenna System169‐351 15 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 4$                            $                        53 10% $                        47 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 RF Site Antenna System170‐351 1 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE 18$                          $                        18 10% $                        16 RF Site Antenna System171‐351 1 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE 29$                          $                        29 10% $                        26 RF Site Antenna System172‐515 7 TDN9289 221213 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING 19$                          $                      133 20% $                      106 RF Site Antenna System173‐351 5 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 4$                            $                        18 10% $                        16 RF Site Antenna System174‐351 2 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE 18$                          $                        36 10% $                        32 RF Site Antenna System175‐351 5 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 4$                            $                        18 10% $                        16 RF Site Antenna System176‐351 2 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE 18$                          $                        36 10% $                        32 RF Site Antenna System177‐207 460 L3323 AVA5‐50, 7/8 IN VIRTUAL AIR COAXIAL CABLE, CORRUGATED COPPER 9$                            $                   3,910 10% $                   3,519 RF Site Antenna System178‐351 2 DDN1079 78EZNF‐M N FEMALE MOT CONNECTOR (MOTOROLA SPECIFIC) 40$                          $                        80 10% $                        72 RF Site Antenna System179‐351 8 DSSG7806B2A SG78‐06B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COAXIAL CABLE 23$                          $                      180 10% $                      162 RF Site Antenna System180‐351 2 DSL5SGRIP L5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 29$                          $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System181‐207 460 L3323 AVA5‐50, 7/8 IN VIRTUAL AIR COAXIAL CABLE, CORRUGATED COPPER 9$                            $                   3,910 10% $                   3,519 RF Site Antenna System182‐351 2 DDN1079 78EZNF‐M N FEMALE MOT CONNECTOR (MOTOROLA SPECIFIC) 40$                          $                        80 10% $                        72 RF Site Antenna System183‐351 8 DSSG7806B2A SG78‐06B2A GROUNDING KIT FOR 7/8 IN COAXIAL CABLE 23$                          $                      180 10% $                      162 RF Site Antenna System184‐351 2 DSL5SGRIP L5SGRIP 7/8" SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 29$                          $                        57 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System185‐351 460 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2" LDF HELIAX POLY JKT PER FOOT 4$                            $                   1,610 10% $                   1,449 RF Site Antenna System186‐351 1 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE 18$                          $                        18 10% $                        16 RF Site Antenna System187‐351 1 DDN1089 L4TNF‐PSA TYPE N FEMALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE 29$                          $                        29 10% $                        26 RF Site Antenna System188‐351 8 DSSG1206B2A SG12‐06B2A 1/2IN SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT 17$                          $                      134 10% $                      121 RF Site Antenna System189‐351 2 DSL4SGRIP L4SGRIP SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2" LDF 22$                          $                        43 10% $                        39 RF Site Antenna System190‐207 1 DS1090501WA RF SPD, 700‐1000MHZ BROADBAND 15 VDC PASS NM ANT, NF EQUIP PIP, ASIG168$                       $                      168 10% $                      151 RF Site Antenna System191‐207 1 DS1090501WA RF SPD, 700‐1000MHZ BROADBAND 15 VDC PASS NM ANT, NF EQUIP PIP, ASIG168$                       $                      168 10% $                      151 RF Site Antenna System192‐207 1 DS1090501WA RF SPD, 700‐1000MHZ BROADBAND 15 VDC PASS NM ANT, NF EQUIP PIP, ASIG168$                       $                      168 10% $                      151 RF Site Antenna System193‐207 1 DS1090501WA RF SPD, 700‐1000MHZ BROADBAND 15 VDC PASS NM ANT, NF EQUIP PIP, ASIG168$                       $                      168 10% $                      151 RF Site Antenna System194‐351 25 L1702 FSJ4‐50B CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT 5$                            $                      126 10% $                      114 RF Site Antenna System195‐351 2 DDN9682 F4PNMV2‐HC 1/2"  TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR 32$                          $                        64 10% $                        58 RF Site Antenna System196‐351 25 L1702 FSJ4‐50B CABLE: 1/2" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT 5$                            $                      126 10% $                      114 RF Site Antenna System197‐351 2 DDN9682 F4PNMV2‐HC 1/2"  TYPE N MALE PLATED CONNECTOR 32$                          $                        64 10% $                        58 RF Site Antenna System198‐351 25 L1700 FSJ1‐50A CABLE: 1/4" SUPERFLEX POLY JKT PER FOOT 2$                            $                        56 10% $                        51 RF Site Antenna System199‐351 2 DDN9769 F1TNM‐HC  1/4" TYPE N MALE CONNECTOR FOR FSJ1‐50A CABLE 27$                          $                        55 10% $                        49 Dispatch ConsolesOperator Positions 200‐443 1 B1905 MCC 7500 ASTRO 25 SOFTWARE $                      250  $                      250 20% $                      200 Operator Positions 201‐44314 B1933 MOTOROLA VOICE PROCESSOR MODULE $                11,920  $              166,880 20% $              133,504 Operator Positions 201 a44314 CA01642AA ADD: MCC 7500 BASIC CONSOLE FUNCTIONALITY SOFTWARE LICENSE $                12,000  $              168,000 20% $              134,400 Operator Positions 201 b44314 CA01644AA ADD: MCC 7500 /MCC 7100 ADV CONVL OPERATION $                   3,000  $                42,000 20% $                33,600 Operator Positions 201 c44314 CA01643AA ADD: MCC 7500 / MCC 7100  TRUNKING OPERATION $                   5,000  $                70,000 20% $                56,000 Operator Positions 201 d44314 CA00147AF ADD: MCC 7500 SECURE OPERATION $                   3,250  $                45,500 20% $                36,400 Operator Positions 201 e44314 CA00182AB ADD: AES ALGORITHM $                      750  $                10,500 20% $                   8,400 Operator Positions 201 f44314 CA00245AA ADD: ADP ALGORITHM $                      300  $                   4,200 20% $                   3,360 Operator Positions 201 g44314 CA00140AA ADD: AC LINE CORD, NORTH AMERICAN $                         ‐     $                         ‐   20% $                         ‐   DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Operator Positions 202‐708 14 TT2833 COMPUTER, Z440 WORKSTATION WINDOWS 7 $                   2,950  $                41,300 17% $                34,279 Operator Positions 203‐877 14 T7449 WINDOWS SUPPLEMENTAL TRANS CONFIG $                        50  $                      700 19% $                      571 Operator Positions 204‐443 28 B1912 MCC SERIES DESKTOP SPEAKER $                      450  $                12,600 20% $                10,080 Operator Positions 205‐443 14 B1914 MCC SERIES DESKTOP GOOSENECK MICROPHONE $                      250  $                   3,500 20% $                   2,800 Operator Positions 206‐443 28 B1913 MCC SERIES HEADSET JACK $                      200  $                   5,600 20% $                   4,480 Operator Positions 207‐706 28 RLN6098 HDST MODULE BASE W/PTT, 15' CBL $                      210  $                   5,880 20% $                   4,704 Operator Positions 208‐708 14 DSTWIN6328APROVIDES ONE DUAL PEDAL FOOTSWITCH FOR USE WITH MOTOROLA MCC  $                      290  $                   4,060 17% $                   3,370 Operator Positions 209‐708 14 T7885 MCAFEE WINDOWS AV CLIENT $                      165  $                   2,310 17% $                   1,917 Operator Positions 210‐229 14 DDN2089 DUAL IRR SW USB HASP WITH LICENSE (V47) $                   2,648  $                37,072 14% $                31,882 Operator Positions 211‐229 14 DDN2134 SOUND BLASTER AUDIGY FX PCIE SOUND CARD‐NOT COMPAT WITH Z2 MINI $                        75  $                   1,050 14% $                      903 Operator Positions 212‐454 14 CDN6673 PC DESKTOP SPEAKERS $                        46  $                      644 15% $                      547 Operator Positions 213‐454 4 CLN1856 2620‐24 ETHERNET SWITCH $                   2,250  $                   9,000 15% $                   7,650 Operator Positions 214‐147 4 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY $                   4,200  $                16,800 10% $                15,120 Operator Positions 214 a1474 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER $                         ‐     $                         ‐   10% $                         ‐   Operator Positions 215‐1121 T7038 GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER $                   3,000  $                   3,000 18% $                   2,460 Site Controller ‐ Electric 215 a1121 CA00303AA ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER $                   2,500  $                   2,500 18% $                   2,050 Site Controller ‐ Electric 215 b1121 X153AW ADD:  RACK MOUNT HARDWARE $                        50  $                        50 18% $                        41 Site Controller ‐ Electric 215 c5951 CA01136AA MCC 7500 CONVEN SITE OPER $                   6,500  $                   6,500 18% $                   5,330 Site Controller ‐ Electric 216‐4691 F4543 SITE MANAGER BASIC $                   1,855  $                   1,855 10% $                   1,670 Site Controller ‐ Electric 216 a4691 VA00874 ADD: AUX I‐O SERV FW CURR ASTRO REL $                      175  $                      175 10% $                      158 Site Controller ‐ Electric 216 b4691 V266 ADD: 90VAC TO 260VAC PS TO SM $                      120  $                      120 10% $                      108 Site Controller ‐ Electric 216 c4693 V592 AAD TERM BLCK & CONN WI $                        90  $                      270 10% $                      243 Site Controller‐ Police 217‐1121 T7038 GCP 8000 SITE CONTROLLER $                   3,000  $                   3,000 18% $                   2,460 Site Controller‐ Police 217 a1121 CA00303AA ADD: QTY (1) SITE CONTROLLER $                   2,500  $                   2,500 18% $                   2,050 Site Controller‐ Police 217 b1121 X153AW ADD:  RACK MOUNT HARDWARE $                        50  $                        50 18% $                        41 Site Controller‐ Police 217 c5951 CA01136AA MCC 7500 CONVEN SITE OPER $                   6,500  $                   6,500 18% $                   5,330 Site Controller‐ Police 218‐4691 F4543 SITE MANAGER BASIC $                   1,855  $                   1,855 10% $                   1,670 Site Controller‐ Police 218 a4691 VA00874 ADD: AUX I‐O SERV FW CURR ASTRO REL $                      175  $                      175 10% $                      158 Site Controller‐ Police 218 b4691 V266 ADD: 90VAC TO 260VAC PS TO SM $                      120  $                      120 10% $                      108 Site Controller‐ Police 218 c4693 V592 AAD TERM BLCK & CONN WI $                        90  $                      270 10% $                      243 Racks and Networking ‐ PD 219‐5091 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK $                      495  $                      495 22% $                      389 Racks and Networking ‐ PD 220‐207 1 DSOP820B PDU, 120V HARDWIRE (8) 20A OUTLET PDU WITH TYPE 3 SAD PROTECTION $                      938  $                      938 10% $                      844 Racks and Networking ‐ PD 221‐228 2 BLN6200 AC POWER STRIP, 6 OUTLET $                        94  $                      188 30% $                      132 Racks and Networking ‐ PD 222‐207 2 DS1101990 SPD, SHIELDED RJ‐45 JACK, SINGLE LINE GBE (1000MBPS) R56 COMPLIANT $                      140  $                      280 10% $                      252 Racks and Networking ‐ PD 223‐207 1 DSTSJADP RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND WPH SERIES DATA SPDS $                        85  $                        85 10% $                        77 Racks and Networking ‐ PD 224‐147 1 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY $                   4,200  $                   4,200 10% $                   3,780 Racks and Networking ‐ PD 224 a1471 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER $                         ‐     $                         ‐   10% $                         ‐   Racks and Networking ‐ PD 224 b1471 CA02086AA ADD: HIGH DENSITY ENH CONV GATEWAY $                   6,000  $                   6,000 10% $                   5,400 Racks and Networking ‐ 219‐5091 TRN7343 SEVEN AND A HALF FOOT RACK $                      495  $                      495 22% $                      389 Racks and Networking ‐ 220‐207 1 DSOP820B PDU, 120V HARDWIRE (8) 20A OUTLET PDU WITH TYPE 3 SAD PROTECTION $                      938  $                      938 10% $                      844 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Racks and Networking ‐ 221‐228 2 BLN6200 AC POWER STRIP, 6 OUTLET $                        94  $                      188 30% $                      132 Racks and Networking ‐ 222‐207 2 DS1101990 SPD, SHIELDED RJ‐45 JACK, SINGLE LINE GBE (1000MBPS) R56 COMPLIANT $                      140  $                      280 10% $                      252 Racks and Networking ‐ 223‐207 1 DSTSJADP RACK MOUNT GROUND BAR, 19 IN FOR TSJ AND WPH SERIES DATA SPDS $                        85  $                        85 10% $                        77 Racks and Networking ‐ 224‐147 1 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY $                   4,200  $                   4,200 10% $                   3,780 Racks and Networking ‐ 224 a1471 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER $                         ‐     $                         ‐   10% $                         ‐   Racks and Networking ‐ 224 b1472 CA02086AA ADD: HIGH DENSITY ENH CONV GATEWAY $                   6,000  $                12,000 10% $                10,800 Consolettes ‐ Police 225‐6567 L30URS9PW1 N APX CONSOLETTE 7/800 $                   4,554  $                31,878 25% $                23,909 Consolettes ‐ Police 225 a6567 GA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION $                      450  $                   3,150 25% $                   2,363 Consolettes ‐ Police 225 b6567 GA00244 ADD: 7/800MHZ PRIMARY BAND $                         ‐     $                         ‐   25% $                         ‐   Consolettes ‐ Police 225 c6567 G806 ADD: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OPERATION $                      515  $                   3,605 25% $                   2,704 Consolettes ‐ Police 225 d6567 G843 ADD: AES ENCRYPTION APX $                      475  $                   3,325 25% $                   2,494 Consolettes ‐ Police 225 e6567 G361 ADD: P25 TRUNKING SOFTWARE $                      300  $                   2,100 25% $                   1,575 Consolettes ‐ Police 225 f6567 G51 ENH: SMARTZONE OPERATION APX $                   1,500  $                10,500 25% $                   7,875 Consolettes ‐ Police 225 g7617 L998 ADD: LIMITED FRONT PANEL W/CLOCK/VU $                      480  $                   3,360 25% $                   2,520 Consolettes ‐ Police 225 h7617 CA01598 ADD: AC LINE CORD US $                         ‐     $                         ‐   25% $                         ‐   Consolettes ‐ Police 225 i1857 G78 ADD: 3 YEAR SERVICE FROM THE START LITE $                      168  $                   1,176 0% $                   1,176 Consolettes ‐ Police 226‐7061 RMN5070A AS. SPECTRA & XTL5000 DESKTOP MIC $                      172  $                      172 20% $                      138 Consolettes ‐ Police 227‐2611 HKN6184C CABLE CH, PROGRAMMING,USB $                        52  $                        52 5% $                        49 Consolettes ‐ Police 228‐761 7 HKN6233C APX CONSOLETTE RACK MOUNT KIT $                      200  $                   1,400 25% $                   1,050 Consolettes ‐ Police 229‐457 1 DS430501A08SH SHORT HAUL CONTROL STATION COMBINER, 100‐1000 MHZ, 8 CHANNEL $                   3,276  $                   3,276 20% $                   2,621 Consolettes ‐ Police 230‐351 1 DSYW097489 YAGI, 11 DBD, 746‐896 MHZ N‐FEMALE $                      288  $                      288 10% $                      259 Consolettes ‐ Police 231‐351 15 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2 $                          4  $                        53 10% $                        47 Consolettes ‐ Police 232‐351 1 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        18  $                        18 10% $                        16 Consolettes ‐ Police 233‐351 1 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        29 10% $                        26 Consolettes ‐ Police 234‐515 2 TDN9289 221213 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING $                        19  $                        38 20% $                        30 Consolettes ‐ Police 235‐351 150 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2 $                          4  $                      525 10% $                      473 Consolettes ‐ Police 236‐351 2 DDN1091 L4TDF‐PSA 7‐16 DIN FEMALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        29  $                        57 10% $                        51 Consolettes ‐ Police 237‐351 4 DSSG1206B2A SG12‐06B2A 1/2IN SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT $                        17  $                        67 10% $                        60 Consolettes ‐ Police 238‐351 1 DSL4SGRIP L4SGRIP SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2 $                        22  $                        22 10% $                        19 Consolettes ‐ Police 239‐351 5 DSSSH12 SSH‐12 1/2 $                        26  $                      128 10% $                      115 Consolettes ‐ Police 240‐351 5 DSUA3 UA‐3 UNIVERSAL ANGLE ADAPTOR KIT, KIT OF TEN $                        71  $                      356 10% $                      321 Consolettes ‐ Police 241‐207 1 DSTSXDFMBFRF SPD, 698‐2700MHZ DC BLOCK HIGH PWR, DIN FEM/MALE BI‐DIR W/  $                      130  $                      130 10% $                      117 Consolettes ‐ Police 242‐207 1 DSGSAKITD GROUND STRAP KIT ‐ DIN $                        36  $                        36 10% $                        32 Consolettes ‐ Police 243‐351 25 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2 $                          4  $                        88 10% $                        79 Consolettes ‐ Police 244‐351 1 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        18  $                        18 10% $                        16 Consolettes ‐ Police 245‐351 1 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        29 10% $                        26 Consolettes ‐ Police 246‐761 1 L30SSS9PW1 N APX CONSOLETTE UHF R2 MP $                   4,554  $                   4,554 25% $                   3,416 Consolettes ‐ Police 246 a 656 1 G241 ENH: SW ASTRO READY (ANALOG) $                         ‐     $                         ‐   25% $                         ‐   Consolettes ‐ Police 246 b6561 G48 ENH: CONVENTIONAL OPERATION $                      800  $                      800 25% $                      600 Consolettes ‐ Police 246 c7611 L998 ADD: LIMITED FRONT PANEL W/CLOCK/VU $                      480  $                      480 25% $                      360 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Consolettes ‐ Police 246 d7611 CA01598 ADD: AC LINE CORD US $                         ‐     $                         ‐   25% $                         ‐   Consolettes ‐ Police 246 e1851 G78 ADD: 3 YEAR SERVICE FROM THE START LITE $                      168  $                      168 0% $                      168 Consolettes ‐ Police 247‐7611 HKN6233C APX CONSOLETTE RACK MOUNT KIT $                      200  $                      200 25% $                      150 Consolettes ‐ Police 248‐3511 DSSMD467U SIDE MOUNTED EXPOSED DIPOLE, 0 DBD, 220 DEG BW, 400‐520 MHZ $                      190  $                      190 10% $                      171 Consolettes ‐ Police 249‐35115 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2 $                          4  $                        53 10% $                        47 Consolettes ‐ Police 250‐3511 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        18  $                        18 10% $                        16 Consolettes ‐ Police 251‐3511 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        29 10% $                        26 Consolettes ‐ Police 252‐5152 TDN9289 221213 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING $                        19  $                        38 20% $                        30 Consolettes ‐ Police 253‐351150 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2 $                          4  $                      525 10% $                      473 Consolettes ‐ Police 254‐351 2 DDN1091 L4TDF‐PSA 7‐16 DIN FEMALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        29  $                        57 10% $                        51 Consolettes ‐ Police 255‐351 4 DSSG1206B2A SG12‐06B2A 1/2IN SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT $                        17  $                        67 10% $                        60 Consolettes ‐ Police 256‐351 1 DSL4SGRIP L4SGRIP SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2 $                        22  $                        22 10% $                        19 Consolettes ‐ Police 257‐351 5 DSSSH12 SSH‐12 1/2 $                        26  $                      128 10% $                      115 Consolettes ‐ Police 258‐351 5 DSUA3 UA‐3 UNIVERSAL ANGLE ADAPTOR KIT, KIT OF TEN $                        71  $                      356 10% $                      321 Consolettes ‐ Police 259‐207 1 DSISB50HNC2RF SPD, 125‐1000MHZ DC BLOCK BULKHEAD MT NF ANTENNA, NF  $                        96  $                        96 10% $                        86 Consolettes ‐ Police 260‐207 1 DSGSAKITD GROUND STRAP KIT ‐ DIN $                        36  $                        36 10% $                        32 Consolettes ‐ Police 261‐351 25 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2 $                          4  $                        88 10% $                        79 Consolettes ‐ Police 262‐351 1 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        18  $                        18 10% $                        16 Consolettes ‐ Police 263‐351 1 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        29 10% $                        26 Consolettes ‐ Police 264‐351 1 DSYW097489 YAGI, 11 DBD, 746‐896 MHZ N‐FEMALE $                      288  $                      288 10% $                      259 Consolettes ‐ Police 265‐351 15 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2 $                          4  $                        53 10% $                        47 Consolettes ‐ Police 266‐351 1 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        18  $                        18 10% $                        16 Consolettes ‐ Police 267‐351 1 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        29 10% $                        26 Consolettes ‐ Police 268‐515 2 TDN9289 221213 CABLE WRAP WEATHERPROOFING $                        19  $                        38 20% $                        30 Consolettes ‐ Police 269‐351 150 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2 $                          4  $                      525 10% $                      473 Consolettes ‐ Police 270‐351 2 DDN1091 L4TDF‐PSA 7‐16 DIN FEMALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        29  $                        57 10% $                        51 Consolettes ‐ Police 271‐351 4 DSSG1206B2A SG12‐06B2A 1/2IN SURE GROUND GROUNDING KIT $                        17  $                        67 10% $                        60 Consolettes ‐ Police 272‐351 1 DSL4SGRIP L4SGRIP SUPPORT HOIST GRIP 1/2 $                        22  $                        22 10% $                        19 Consolettes ‐ Police 273‐351 5 DSSSH12 SSH‐12 1/2 $                        26  $                      128 10% $                      115 Consolettes ‐ Police 274‐3515 DSUA3 UA‐3 UNIVERSAL ANGLE ADAPTOR KIT, KIT OF TEN $                        71  $                      356 10% $                      321 Consolettes ‐ Police 275‐2071 DSTSXDFMBFRF SPD, 698‐2700MHZ DC BLOCK HIGH PWR, DIN FEM/MALE BI‐DIR W/  $                      130  $                      130 10% $                      117 Consolettes ‐ Police 276‐2071 DSGSAKITD GROUND STRAP KIT ‐ DIN $                        36  $                        36 10% $                        32 Consolettes ‐ Police 277‐35125 L1705 LDF4‐50A CABLE: 1/2 $                          4  $                        88 10% $                        79 Consolettes ‐ Police 278‐3511 DDN1088 L4TNM‐PSA TYPE N MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN CABLE $                        18  $                        18 10% $                        16 Consolettes ‐ Police 279‐3511 DDN1090 L4TDM‐PSA 7‐16 DIN MALE PS FOR 1/2 IN  CABLE $                        29  $                        29 10% $                        26 MPLS Network ComponentsMPLS 280‐708 10 DSBHXACX1100AC JUNIPERACX‐1K,X2AC+C,1RU,8XGE RJ45,4XGECOMBO,ADDSUPPORT $                   3,996  $                39,960 17% $                33,167 MPLS 281‐708 20 DSBHXCBLPWRC15M PWR CORD AC C15M STRAIGHT NEMA N5‐15 TO HIGH TEMP $                        49  $                      970 17% $                      805 MPLS 282‐708 1 DSBHXACX1100AC JUNIPERACX‐1K,X2AC+C,1RU,8XGE RJ45,4XGECOMBO,ADDSUPPORT $                   3,996  $                   3,996 17% $                   3,317 MPLS 283‐708 2 DSBHXCBLPWRC15M PWR CORD AC C15M STRAIGHT NEMA N5‐15 TO HIGH TEMP $                        49  $                        97 17% $                        81 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 MPLS 284‐708 11 DSBHXSVCNDACX1100 NEXT DAY SUPPORT FOR ACX1100 $                      544  $                   5,984 17% $                   4,967 Key Variable LoaderKVL4000 285‐2012 T7537B KVL 4000 PDA SNAP‐ON $                   1,250  $                   2,500 10% $                   2,250 KVL4000 285 a2012 U239AD ADD: ASTRO 25 MODE $                      250  $                      500 10% $                      450 KVL4000 285 b2012 X795AJ ADD: ASN MODE $                      600  $                   1,200 10% $                   1,080 KVL4000 285 c2012 CA01598AA ADD: AC LINE CORD US $                        11  $                        22 10% $                        20 KVL4000 285 d2012 CA00182AP ADD: AES ENCRYPTION SOFTWARE $                      750  $                   1,500 10% $                   1,350 KVL4000 285 e2012 CA00243AG ADD: ADP PRIVACY $                      300  $                      600 10% $                      540 KVL4000 285 f6202 C543 ADD: CABLE FOR RNC, DIU, MGEG $                        84  $                      168 0% $                      168 KVL4000 285 g2012 C724 CABLE, KEYLOAD $                        75  $                      150 10% $                      135 KVL4000 285 h2012 C725AA ADD: KEYLOAD CABLE FOR APX PORTABLE $                        75  $                      150 10% $                      135 KVL4000 285 i2012 CA01803 ADD: KVL 4000 SLEEVE COVER $                        75  $                      150 10% $                      135 SparesDispatch Site Spares 286‐443 1 B1912 MCC SERIES DESKTOP SPEAKER $                      450  $                      450 20% $                      360 Dispatch Site Spares 287‐443 1 B1914 MCC SERIES DESKTOP GOOSENECK MICROPHONE $                      250  $                      250 20% $                      200 Dispatch Site Spares 288‐443 1 B1913 MCC SERIES HEADSET JACK $                      200  $                      200 20% $                      160 Dispatch Site Spares 289‐708 1 TT2833 COMPUTER, Z440 WORKSTATION WINDOWS 7 $                   2,950  $                   2,950 17% $                   2,449 Dispatch Site Spares 290‐4431 B1934 MCC 7500 VOICE PROCESSOR MODULE FRU $                11,830  $                11,830 20% $                   9,464 Dispatch Site Spares 290 a4431 CA00147AF ADD: MCC 7500 SECURE OPERATION $                   3,250  $                   3,250 20% $                   2,600 Dispatch Site Spares 290 b4431 CA00182AB ADD: AES ALGORITHM $                      750  $                      750 20% $                      600 Subsite Spares 290 c4431 CA00245AA ADD: ADP ALGORITHM $                      300  $                      300 20% $                      240 Subsite Spares 291‐729 1 DLN6455 CONFIGURATION/SERVICE SOFTWARE $                        25  $                        25 17% $                        21 Subsite Spares 292‐906 1 DSTRAK91061 FOUR PORT DDM $                      720  $                      720 15% $                      612 Subsite Spares 293‐1471 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY $                   4,200  $                   4,200 10% $                   3,780 Subsite Spares 293 a1471 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER $                         ‐     $                         ‐   10% $                         ‐   Subsite Spares 294‐454 1 CLN1856 2620‐24 ETHERNET SWITCH $                   2,250  $                   2,250 15% $                   1,913 Subsite Spares 295‐454 1 DLN6885 FRU: XCVR 7/800 MHZ V2 $                   1,200  $                   1,200 15% $                   1,020 Subsite Spares 296‐454 1 DLN6895 FRU: PA 7/800 MHz $                   1,200  $                   1,200 15% $                   1,020 Subsite Spares 297‐454 1 DLN6966 FRU: GCP 8000/GCM 8000/GPB 8000 $                   2,500  $                   2,500 15% $                   2,125 Subsite Spares 298‐454 1 DLN6781 FRU: POWER SUPPLY $                   2,200  $                   2,200 15% $                   1,870 Subsite Spares 299‐454 1 DLN6677 FRU: G‐SERIES XHUB $                   3,500  $                   3,500 15% $                   2,975 Subsite Spares 300‐112 1 DLN6898 FRU: FAN MODULE $                      206  $                      206 18% $                      169 Network Spares 329‐454 1 CLN1856 2620‐24 ETHERNET SWITCH $                   2,250  $                   2,250 15% $                   1,913 Network Spares 330‐1471 SQM01SUM0205 GGM 8000 GATEWAY $                   4,200  $                   4,200 10% $                   3,780 Network Spares 330 a1471 CA01616AA ADD: AC POWER $                         ‐     $                         ‐   10% $                         ‐   WAVEWAVE 303‐8921 TT3143 EXPANSION TO EXISTING WAVE SYSTEM $                         ‐     $                         ‐   10% $                         ‐   WAVE 303 a89210 TT06183AA WAVE COMMUNICATION CHANNEL‐WITH RADIO SYSTEM INTEGRATION $                   2,995  $                29,950 10% $                26,955 WAVE 303 b55110 TT06184AA ARUS ‐ 1 YEAR ‐ WAVE COMM CHANNEL ‐ RADIO SYS INTEGRATION $                      539  $                   5,390 10% $                   4,851 WAVE 303 c892100 TT06207AA WAVE MOBILE COMMUNICATOR ANDROID & IOS $                      295  $                29,500 10% $                26,550 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 WAVE 303 d551100 TT06208AA ARUS ‐ 1 YEAR ‐ WAVE MOBILE COMMUNICATOR (ANDROID OR IOS) $                        53  $                   5,300 10% $                   4,770 WAVE 304‐1371 SQM01SUM0292 CRYPTR $                   1,875  $                   1,875 5% $                   1,781 WAVE 304 a1371 CA02066AA AC Line Cord, North America $                         ‐     $                         ‐   5% $                         ‐   WAVE 304 b1371 CA02933AA ADD: ASTRO AES 256, DES‐OFB, ADP ENCRYPTION KIT $                   1,800  $                   1,800 5% $                   1,710 WAVE 304 c1371 CA02954AA ADD: SECURE OPERATION $                   6,500  $                   6,500 5% $                   6,175 WAVE 305‐892 1 CVN7053 ASTRO 25 TO WAVE INTERFACE $                25,000  $                25,000 10% $                22,500 WAVE 306‐208 1800 SI208AH PROJECT MANAGEMENT ‐ UC $                          1  $                   1,800 0% $                   1,800 WAVE 307‐128 12000 SI128AH ENGINEERING ‐ UC $                          1  $                12,000 20% $                   9,600 Intelligent MiddlewareIMW308‐147 1 T8126 FORTINET FIREWALL APPLIANCE $                   3,200  $                   3,200 10% $                   2,880 IMW309‐2321 SQM01SUM0257 INTELLIGENT MIDDLEWARE $                         ‐     $                         ‐   10% $                         ‐   IMW309a2321 CA02384AE ADD: UNIFIED NETWORK SERVICES SOFTWARE $                         ‐     $                         ‐   10% $                         ‐   IMW309b2321 CA02354AA ADD: ASTRO NETWORK APPLICATION INTERFACE $                         ‐     $                         ‐   10% $                         ‐   IMW309c2321 UA00015AA ADD: 501‐1000 RESOURCES FOR LOCATION $                64,800  $                64,800 10% $                58,320 IMW309d2321 UA00056AA ADD: 501‐1000 RESOURCES FOR PRESENCE $                21,600  $                21,600 10% $                19,440 IMW309f2321 CA02668AE ADD: SQL SVR STD2014 EMB $                   5,000  $                   5,000 10% $                   4,500 IMW309g2321 CA02362AE ADD: MCAFEE STANDALONE ANTI VIRUS SOFTWARE $                      165  $                      165 10% $                      149 IMW309h2321 CA03062AA ADD: IMW HIGH TIER/NON‐REDUNDANT $                22,990  $                22,990 10% $                20,691 Archiving Interface ServerAIS310‐708 1 TT2833 COMPUTER, Z440 WORKSTATION WINDOWS 7 $                   2,950  $                   2,950 17% $                   2,449 AIS311‐4431 B1933 MOTOROLA VOICE PROCESSOR MODULE $                11,920  $                11,920 20% $                   9,536 AIS311a4431 CA00288AB ADD: MCC 7500 ARCHIVING INTERFACE SERVER SOFTWARE LICENSE $                15,060  $                15,060 20% $                12,048 AIS311b4431 CA00147AF ADD: MCC 7500 SECURE OPERATION $                   3,250  $                   3,250 20% $                   2,600 AIS311c4431 CA00182AB ADD: AES ALGORITHM $                      750  $                      750 20% $                      600 AIS311d4431 CA00245AA ADD: ADP ALGORITHM $                      300  $                      300 20% $                      240 AIS311e4431 CA00140AA ADD: AC LINE CORD, NORTH AMERICAN $                         ‐     $                         ‐   20% $                         ‐   Site Alarm Monitoring InterfacePRIME 312‐4691 F4544 SITE MANAGER ADVANCED $                   3,000  $                   3,000 10% $                   2,700 PRIME 312 a4691 VA00872 ADD: SDM ASTRO RTU FW CURR ASTRO REL $                   1,850  $                   1,850 10% $                   1,665 PRIME 312 b4693 V592 AAD TERM BLCK & CONN WI $                        90  $                      270 10% $                      243 PRIME 312 c4691 V266 ADD: 90VAC TO 260VAC PS TO SM $                      120  $                      120 10% $                      108 MCKENNA 313‐4691 F4544 SITE MANAGER ADVANCED $                   3,000  $                   3,000 10% $                   2,700 MCKENNA 313 a4691 VA00872 ADD: SDM ASTRO RTU FW CURR ASTRO REL $                   1,850  $                   1,850 10% $                   1,665 MCKENNA 313 b4693 V592 AAD TERM BLCK & CONN WI $                        90  $                      270 10% $                      243 MCKENNA 313 c4691 V266 ADD: 90VAC TO 260VAC PS TO SM $                      120  $                      120 10% $                      108 EOC 314‐4691 F4544 SITE MANAGER ADVANCED $                   3,000  $                   3,000 10% $                   2,700 EOC 314 a4691 VA00872 ADD: SDM ASTRO RTU FW CURR ASTRO REL $                   1,850  $                   1,850 10% $                   1,665 EOC 314 b4693 V592 AAD TERM BLCK & CONN WI $                        90  $                      270 10% $                      243 EOC 314 c4691 V266 ADD: 90VAC TO 260VAC PS TO SM $                      120  $                      120 10% $                      108 Radio ManagementDocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Radio Management S/W 315‐700 2300 TBD STANDARD: Includes Radio Management licensing & Tech Support $                        32  $                73,600 0% $                73,600 Radio Management H/W 316‐571 1 DSSUBSERVER3 RACK MOUNT WINDOWS SERVER:for RM Server $                10,245  $                10,245 15% $                   8,708 Radio Management H/W 317‐571 1 DSSUBSERVER1 RACK MOUNT WINDOWS SERVER:  for RM Job Processor $                   6,158  $                   6,158 15% $                   5,234 Radio Management H/W 318‐571 1 DSSUBDESKTOP WINDOWS DESKTOP $                   1,559  $                   1,559 15% $                   1,325 Radio Management H/W 319‐571 1 DSSUBLAPTOP WINDOWS LAPTOP $                   1,156  $                   1,156 15% $                      983 Radio Management H/W 320‐571 2 DSH7USBHUB MULTI PORT USB HUB $                        85  $                      170 15% $                      145 Radio Management H/W 321‐37 4 PMKN4012B PORTABLE PROGRAMMING CABLE $                        77  $                      308 20% $                      246 Radio Management H/W 322‐261 4 HKN6184C CABLE CH, PROGRAMMING,USB $                        52  $                      208 5% $                      198 Radio Management H/W 323‐708 1 DSDIGIWR44 DIGI WR44 CELLULAR TRANSPORT ROUTER/FIREWALL $                   2,000  $                   2,000 17% $                   1,660 Subscriber RadiosMobile Radios 1‐471121 M22URS9PW1 N APX4500 7/800 $                   1,564  $              189,244 25% $              141,933 Mobile Radios 1 a471121 QA02756 ADD: 3600 OR 9600 TRUNKING BAUD SIN $                   1,570  $              189,970 25% $              142,478 Mobile Radios 1 b471121 GA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION $                      450  $                54,450 25% $                40,838 Mobile Radios 1 c656121 GA00804 ADD: APX O2 CONTROL HEAD (Green) $                      492  $                59,532 25% $                44,649 Mobile Radios 1 d656121 G444 ADD: APX CONTROL HEAD SOFTWARE $                         ‐     $                         ‐   25% $                         ‐   Mobile Radios 1 e471121 G66 ADD: DASH MOUNT O2 WWM $                      125  $                15,125 25% $                11,344 Mobile Radios 1 g471121 W22 ADD: STD PALM MICROPHONE APEX $                        72  $                   8,712 25% $                   6,534 Mobile Radios 1 h185121 GA00255AD ENH: SFS COMPREHENSIVE 5 YR $                      506  $                61,226 0% $                61,226 Mobile Radios 1 i471121 G996 ADD: PROGRAMMING OVER P25 (OTAP) $                      100  $                12,100 25% $                   9,075 Mobile Radios 1 j656121 G142 ADD: NO SPEAKER NEEDED $                         ‐     $                         ‐   25% $                         ‐   Mobile Radios 1 k656121 GA00235 ADD: NO GPS ANTENNA NEEDED $                         ‐     $                         ‐   25% $                         ‐   Mobile Radios 1 l656121 QA03399 ADD: ENHANCED DATA $                      150  $                18,150 25% $                13,613 Portable Radios 2‐426319 H51UCH9PW7 N APX 4000 7/800 MHZ MODEL 3 PORTABLE $                   2,392  $              763,048 25% $              572,286 Portable Radios 2 a209319 QA04865 ADD: TWO KNOB CONFIGURATION $                         ‐     $                         ‐   20% $                         ‐   Portable Radios 2 b426319 QA02756 ENH: 3600 OR 9600 TRUNKING BAUD SIN $                   1,570  $              500,830 25% $              375,623 Portable Radios 2 c426319 G996 ADD: PROGRAMMING OVER P25 (OTAP) $                      100  $                31,900 25% $                23,925 Portable Radios 2 d426319 QA00580 ADD: TDMA OPERATION $                      450  $              143,550 25% $              107,663 Portable Radios 2 e656319 QA03399 ADD: ENHANCED DATA $                      150  $                47,850 25% $                35,888 Portable Radios 2 g426319 QA02750 ALT: IMPRES LI‐ION 2800MAH (PMNN4448) $                      100  $                31,900 25% $                23,925 Portable Radios 2 h426319 Q698 ADD: 2.5 INCH BELT CLIP $                        12  $                   3,828 25% $                   2,871 Portable Radios 2 i185319 HA00025AG ENH: SFS COMPREHENSIVE 5 YR $                      360  $              114,840 0% $              114,840 Portable Radios 3‐453 319 PMNN4448AR BATTERY PACK, MAH,BATT IMP STD IP67 LIION2700M2800T $                      127  $                40,513 25% $                30,385 Portable Radios 4‐785 319 PMPN4174A CHGR DESKTOP SINGLE UNIT IMPRES, US $                        69  $                22,091 25% $                16,568 Flash Upgrades 5‐430324 T7665 TDMA $                         ‐     $                         ‐   20% $                         ‐   Flash Upgrades 5 a430324 QA03399AB ADD: ENHANCED DATA $                      173  $                56,052 20% $                44,842  $           6,943,190  $           5,620,681 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 6-24 Contractual Documentation Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted SECTION 6 CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTATION DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 1 - SYSTEM PURCHASE AGREEMENT (Radio Systems with Lifecycle Support Plan) THIS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into this _______ day of August, 2018 (“Effective Date”), by and between Motorola Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation duly authorized to conduct business in the State of Texas (“Motorola” or “Seller”) and the City of Denton, a body corporate and politic (“Purchaser”). WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, the Purchaser desires to purchase a simulcast cell and dispatch communications system as set forth in Exhibit “C” and incorporated herein for all purposes (“Communications System”); and WHEREAS, Motorola desires to sell a Communications System to Purchaser; and WHEREAS, Houston-Galveston Area Council (“H-GAC”), acting as the agent for various local governmental entities who are “End Users” under interlocal agreements (including the Purchaser) has solicited proposals for radio communications equipment and conducted discussions with Motorola concerning its proposal and, where applicable, in accordance with the competitive procurement procedures of Texas law; and WHEREAS, H-GAC and Motorola entered into that certain Contract dated as of May 1, 2018 (the “Contract”), which provided that End Users may purchase radio communications equipment from Motorola pursuant to certain terms contained therein; and WHEREAS, pursuant to Article 6 of the Contract, Motorola and Purchaser now wish to enter into this System Purchase Agreement to delineate the specific terms of the purchase of radio communications equipment from Motorola by the Purchaser. THEREFORE, the parties hereby enter into an agreement pursuant to which Motorola shall perform the work and furnish the equipment and services as more fully set forth herein and in the following exhibits, which are either attached hereto or incorporated by reference and hereby made a part of this Agreement: Exhibit A General Provisions. Exhibit B Motorola Software License Agreement. Exhibit C Technical and Implementation Documents, consisting of: See Motorola Proposal Dated July 20th, 2018. Exhibit D Motorola/H-GAC Contract dated May 1, 2018. Exhibit E Warranty, Post-Warranty, Service Terms and Conditions, System Upgrade Agreement II, and Advanced Plus Services Statement of Work. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 2 - Exhibit F Performance Schedule NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows: Section 1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Motorola shall furnish all of the equipment (“Equipment”), software (“Software”) and services as outlined in Exhibits C and E, and provide the tools, supplies, labor and supervision necessary for the installation and support of the items purchased in accordance with Exhibits C and E. B. ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE. For five (5) years after the Effective Date, Purchaser may order additional Equipment or Software if it is then available. Each order must refer to this Agreement and must specify the pricing and delivery terms. Notwithstanding any additional or contrary terms in the order, the applicable provisions of this Agreement (except for pricing, delivery, passage of title and risk of loss to Equipment, warranty commencement, and payment terms) will govern the purchase and sale of the additional Equipment or Software. Motorola will send Purchaser an invoice as the additional Equipment is shipped or Software is licensed. Alternatively, Purchaser may register with and place orders through Motorola Online (“MOL”), and this Agreement will be the “Underlying Agreement” for those MOL transactions rather than the MOL On-Line Terms and Conditions of Sale. MOL registration and other information may be found at http://www.motorola.com/businessandgovernment/ and the MOL telephone number is (800) 814-0601. C. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM UPGRADES. During the five years of post-Warranty Period Communications System maintenance and upgrades (“Lifecycle Support Plan”), the applicable provisions of this Agreement (except for passage of title and risk of loss to Equipment, warranty commencement, and Exhibit C) will govern the implementation of the Communication System upgrades. Title and risk of loss to Equipment will pass to Purchaser after delivery to the installation site and Purchaser acceptance of the equipment, and warranty will commence after Final System Acceptance (hereinafter defined) or beneficial/operational use (excludes training and testing). D. MAINTENANCE SERVICE. During the Warranty Period (hereinafter defined), in addition to warranty services, Motorola will provide maintenance services for the Equipment and support for the Motorola Software pursuant to the Statement of Work set forth in Exhibit E. Those services and support are included in the contract price. If Purchaser wishes to purchase additional maintenance and support services for the Equipment during the Warranty Period, or any maintenance and support services not included in the five years of Lifecycle Support Plan for the Equipment after the Warranty Period, the description of and pricing for the services will be set forth in a separate document. If Purchaser wishes to purchase extended support for the Motorola Software after the Warranty Period, it may do so by ordering software subscription services. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, the terms and conditions applicable to the five years of Lifecycle Support Plan and those other maintenance, support or software DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 3 - subscription services will be Motorola’s standard Service Terms and Conditions located in Exhibit E, together with the appropriate statements of work. E. In addition to responsibilities described in the Statement of Work, Purchaser shall perform the following coincident with the performance of this Agreement: (1) Provide a designated Project Director. (2) Provide ingress and egress to Purchaser’s facilities and/or sites as requested by Motorola and have such facilities available for installation of the equipment to be installed. (3) Provide adequate telephone or other communications lines (including modem access and adequate interfacing networking capabilities) for the installation, operation and support of the equipment. (4) Provide adequate space, air conditioning and other environmental conditions, and adequate and appropriate electrical power outlets, distribution, equipment and connections for the installation, operation and support of the equipment. (5) Provide a designated work area with adequate heat and light, and a secure storage area for equipment delivered to the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall be solely liable for loss or damage to equipment prior to, during and following installation when such equipment is on or within Purchaser’s facilities and/or vehicles. Section 2 SITES This Agreement is predicated on the utilization of sites and site configurations, which have been selected either by the Purchaser or by Motorola and set forth in Exhibit C. In either situation, should it be determined by either Motorola or Purchaser during the course of performance on this Agreement that the sites or configuration selected are no longer available or desired, new or replacement sites or configuration will be selected and approved by both Motorola and the Purchaser. If any price or schedule adjustments are necessary as a result of these new or replacement sites, such adjustments will be added to this Agreement by change order in accordance with Section 4 of the General Provisions. Section 3 SUBSURFACE/STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS This Agreement is predicated upon normal soil conditions defined by E.I.A. standard RS-222 (latest revision). Should Motorola encounter subsurface, structural, adverse environmental and/or latent conditions at any site differing from those indicated on the specifications, or as used in the preparation of the bid price, the Purchaser will be given immediate notice of such conditions before they are further disturbed. Thereupon, Motorola and the Purchaser shall promptly investigate the conditions and, if found to be different, will adjust the plans and/or specifications as may be necessary. Any changes that cause an adjustment in the contract price or in time required for the performance of any part of the contract shall result in a contract modification in accordance with Section 4 of the General Provisions. In lieu of making changes DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 4 - under this Section, Purchaser may at its sole discretion elect to secure a different site under Section 2. Section 4 PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE A. Motorola projects that it will be able to obtain final acceptance and completion of the acceptance test plan specified in Exhibit C (“Acceptance Test Plan”) within the time interval specified in Exhibit C (if applicable) and Exhibit F. A more detailed timeline shall be provided to Purchaser after the design review and customer kick-off meeting. B. Whenever a party knows or reasonably should know that any actual or potential condition due to circumstances beyond its control is delaying or threatens to delay the timely performance of the work, the party shall within thirty (30) days give the other party notice thereof and may request an extension of time to perform the work. An extension shall only be granted by written agreement of both parties in the form of a change order. C. All equipment and materials necessary for this project shall be shipped directly to and received by Motorola or its designated subcontractor at Motorola’s expense. No equipment or materials shall be shipped to or directly received by Purchaser at any of its facilities or properties. D. It is also agreed that equipment shipping dates reflected in this Agreement are estimates only. Section 5 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA A. Motorola will test the Communications System in accordance with the Acceptance Test Plan. Communications System acceptance will occur upon the successful completion of such testing (“System Acceptance”) at which time both parties shall promptly execute a certificate of system acceptance. If the Acceptance Test Plan includes separate tests for individual subsystems or phases of the System, both parties shall promptly execute certificates of subsystem acceptance upon the successful completion of testing of such subsystems or phases. Minor omissions or variances in performance which do not materially affect the operation of the Communications System as a whole will not postpone System Acceptance, and Purchaser and Motorola will jointly prepare a list of such omissions and variances (“Punchlist”) which Motorola will correct according to an agreed upon schedule. After System Acceptance and all deliverables and other work have been completed and the Punchlist items have been completed/resolved, final acceptance of the Communications System will occur (“Final System Acceptance”). When Final System Acceptance occurs, the parties will promptly execute a certificate of final system acceptance. B. Motorola agrees to notify Purchaser when the Communications System is ready for acceptance testing. Motorola and Purchaser agree to commence acceptance testing as provided in the Acceptance Test Plan within ten (10) business days after Purchaser receiving such notification. If testing is delayed for reasons within the sole reasonable control of Purchaser or its employees, contractors, agents or consultants and not due in any part to Motorola’s non- DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 5 - performance or wrongful action or inaction, for more than ten (10) business days after notification, 25% of the System Acceptance payment will be due within thirty (30) days after such notification. If acceptance testing is further delayed by more than thirty (30) days for reasons within the sole reasonable control of Purchaser or its employees, contractors, agents or consultants and not due in any part to Motorola’s non-performance or wrongful action or inaction, 100% of the unpaid portion of the System Acceptance payment will be due within thirty (30) days. Regardless of any early payments under this subsection, Final System Acceptance shall not occur until testing has been completed and the Communications System has been accepted as described in the Acceptance Testing Plan and this Agreement. C. Motorola may, but is not obligated to, issue written authorization for Purchaser to use the Communications System or its subsystem(s) for limited training or testing purposes, prior to the completion of testing by Motorola. Motorola is not responsible for system failures caused solely and directly by Purchaser’s use of the Communications System without prior written authorization by Motorola. Section 6 PAYMENT SCHEDULE A. Motorola agrees to sell all of the equipment and perform the services as outlined in the Scope of Work, and Purchaser agrees to buy the aforementioned equipment and services for the sum of Seven Million, Six Hundred and Ninety-Eight Thousand, Nine Hundred and One dollars ($7,698,901), which includes the H-GAC administration fee. The Communications System price is $5,532,533 and the five year Lifecycle Support Plan price is $2,166,368, based on initial Communications System design. The final price may be adjusted by change orders approved pursuant to Section 4 of the General Provisions. B. Except for a payment that is due on the Effective Date, Purchaser will make payments to Motorola within thirty (30) days after the date of each invoice. Purchaser will make payments when due in the form of a check, cashier’s check, or wire transfer drawn on a U.S. financial institution. If Purchaser has purchased additional professional or subscription services, payment will be in accordance with the applicable addenda. Payment for the Communications System purchase will be in accordance with the following milestones. For Communications System Purchase (excluding subscribers, if applicable) 1. 25% upon contract execution 2. 25% upon delivery of infrastructure equipment from Motorola's staging facility to a secure facility for Purchaser 3. 20% upon shipment of subscriber equipment 4. 10% upon completion of the civil work per site (5% upon completion of each site) 5. 5% upon completion of the fixed network equipment installation 6. 5% upon completion of the console installation 7. 5% upon System Acceptance 8. 5% upon Final System Acceptance DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 6 - Motorola may make partial shipments of Equipment and will request payment upon shipment of such Equipment. In addition, Motorola will invoice for installations completed on a site-by-site basis or when professional services are completed, when applicable. The value of the Equipment shipped/services performed will be determined by the value of the shipped/services performed as a percentage of the total milestone value. Unless otherwise specified, contract discounts are based upon all items proposed and overall Communications System package. For invoicing purposes only, discounts will be applied proportionately to the Equipment values to total contract price. Overdue invoices will bear simple interest at the maximum allowable rate. For Lifecycle Support Plan and subscription based services: Following the expiration of the Warranty Period, Motorola will invoice Purchaser annually in advance of each year of the Lifecycle Support Plan. For Purchaser’s reference, the Federal Tax Identification number for Motorola is 36-1115800. C. In the event of failure or delay by the Purchaser in providing sites, space, approvals, licenses, or any other Purchaser obligations required preceding delivery of Motorola equipment, it is agreed that Motorola, at its sole discretion, may ship equipment as planned and that the Purchaser will accept the equipment and make payment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any additional costs incurred by Motorola for storage of equipment will be invoiced and paid by Purchaser. D. Payments to Motorola shall be made as follows: (i) Motorola shall forward an invoice for the payment requested in Section 6(B) above to Purchaser, as well as a completed and signed Acceptance Test Plan form if applicable to a particular milestone, with documentation demonstrating in sufficient detail that the milestones have been completed. (ii) Purchaser shall pay the Motorola invoice within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt. E. Motorola will pay H-GAC’s administrative fee in accordance with the payment terms of Motorola/H-GAC Contract dated May 1, 2015. F. TERM. Unless terminated in accordance with other provisions of this Agreement or extended by mutual agreement of the Parties, the term of this Agreement begins on the Effective Date and continues until completion of five years of the Lifecycle Support Plan. G. By executing this Agreement, Purchaser authorizes Motorola to proceed with contract performance. The Purchaser will not be issuing a purchase order or any other notice to proceed for the entirety of this Agreement and the annual payments can be processed solely against this contract. All obligations of the Purchaser shall be paid out of current revenues or any other funds lawfully available therefore and appropriated for such purposes. Purchaser affirms that a purchase order or notice to proceed is not required for subsequent years of service. The Purchaser will pay all invoices as received from Motorola and any changes in scope will be DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 7 - subject to the change order process as described in this Agreement. At the time of execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser will provide all necessary reference information to include on invoices for payment per this Agreement. H. FISCAL FUNDING. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the obligations of the Purchaser under this Agreement are expressly contingent upon the availability of funding for each item and obligation contained herein for the term of the Agreement and any extension thereto. Motorola shall have no right of action against Purchaser in the event Purchaser is unable to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement as a result of lack of sufficient funding for any item or obligations from any source utilized to fund this Agreement or failure to budget or authorize funding for this Agreement during the current or future fiscal years. In the event Purchaser is unable to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement as a result of lack of sufficient funding, or if funds become unavailable, Purchaser, at its sole discretion, may provide funds from a separate source or may terminate this Agreement by written notice to Motorola at the earliest possible time prior to the end of the fiscal year. Section 7 PROJECT MANAGEMENT A. Motorola will assign a Project Manager, who is authorized and qualified to exercise technical direction of this project. Motorola, at any time, may designate a new or alternate Project Manager if written notice is provided to Purchaser and H-GAC which includes a description of the Project Manager’s qualifications and Purchaser provides written acceptance of the proposed Project Manager’s qualifications. B. All matters affecting the terms of this Agreement or the administration thereof shall be referred to Motorola’s cognizant Contract Administrator who shall have authority to negotiate changes in or amendments to this Agreement. Section 8 NOTICE ADDRESSES A. Motorola Solutions, Inc. 500 W. Monroe Street, 43rd Floor Chicago, IL 60661 Attn.: Law Department B. City of Denton 215 E. McKinney St. Denton, TX 76201 Attn: City Manager C. Houston-Galveston Area Council 3555 Timmons Lane, Suite 120 Houston, Texas 77027 Attn.: Public Services Manager DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 8 - Section 9 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE In the event of an inconsistency in this Agreement, the inconsistency shall be resolved in the following order: The main body of this Agreement. Exhibit A General Provisions. Exhibit B Motorola Software License. Exhibit C Technical and Implementation Documents, consisting of: See Motorola Proposal Dated July 20th, 2018. Exhibit E Warranty, Post-Warranty, System Upgrade Agreement II, Advanced Plus Services Statement of Work and Service Terms and Conditions. Exhibit D Motorola/H-GAC Contract dated May 1, 2018. Exhibit F Performance Schedule Section 10 DISPUTES Motorola and the Purchaser will attempt to settle any claim or controversy arising out of this Agreement through consultation and negotiation in good faith and a spirit of mutual cooperation. If those attempts fail, then the dispute will be mediated by a mutually acceptable mediator to be chosen by Motorola and the Purchaser within thirty (30) days after written notice by one of the parties demanding non-binding mediation. Neither party may unreasonably withhold consent to the selection of a mediator. Motorola and the Purchaser will bear their own costs but will share the cost of the mediator equally. By mutual agreement, however, Motorola and Purchaser may postpone mediation until both parties have completed some specified but limited discovery about the dispute. The parties may also agree to replace mediation with some other form of non- binding alternate dispute resolution procedure (“ADR”). Any dispute which cannot be resolved between the parties through negotiation or mediation within two (2) months of the date of the initial demand for it by one of the parties may then be submitted to a court of competent jurisdiction in Texas. Both Motorola and Purchaser consent to jurisdiction over it by such a court. All communications pursuant to the negotiation and mediation will be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence and any additional confidentiality protections provided by applicable law. The use of any ADR procedures will not be considered under the doctrine of laches, waiver or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of either party. Nothing shall prevent either of the parties from resorting to the judicial proceedings mentioned in this paragraph if (a) good faith efforts to attempt resolution of the dispute under these procedures have been unsuccessful or (b) interim relief from the court is necessary to prevent serious and irreparable injury to one of the parties or others. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 9 - Section 11 SEVERABILITY If any portion of this Agreement or any exhibits hereto is held to be invalid, such provision or portion of such provision shall be considered severable, and the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected. Section 12 GOVERNMENTAL IMMUNITY THIS AGREEMENT IS EXPRESSLY MADE SUBJECT TO THE CITY’S SOVEREIGN AND GOVERNMENTAL IMMUNITY AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAW. THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT NO PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT IS AN ANY WAY INTENDED TO CONSITTUTE A WAIVER OF ANY IMMUNITIES FROM SUIT OR FROM LIABILITY THAT THE CITY HAS BY OPERATION OF LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT IS INTENDED TO BENEFIT ANY THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. Section 13 HEADINGS AND SECTION REFERENCES The headings given to the paragraphs are inserted for convenience only and are in no way to be construed as part of this Agreement or as a limitation of the scope of the particular paragraph to which the heading refers. Section 14 SURVIVAL OF TERMS The following provisions will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: Section 6 (Payment Schedule) if any payment obligations exist; Section 9 (Order of Precedence); Section 10 (Disputes); Section 11 (Severability); Section 12 (Governmental Immunity); Section 13 (Headings and Section References); Section 14 (Survival of Terms) and Section 15 (Full Agreement). Section 15 FULL AGREEMENT This Agreement and its Exhibits constitute the final expression of the agreement of the parties and supersedes all previous agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the work. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile copy or computer image, such as a PDF or tiff image, or a signature shall be treated as and shall have the same effect as an original signature. In addition, a true and correct facsimile copy or computer image of this Agreement shall be treated as and shall have the same effect as an original signed copy of this document. This Agreement may not be altered, amended, or modified except by written instrument signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties. The preprinted terms and conditions found on any Purchaser purchase order, acknowledgment or other form will not be considered an amendment or modification of this Agreement, even if a representative of each party signs that document. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 10 - IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the last day and year written below. MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC. PURCHASER By: By: (Signature) (Signature) Name: Name: (Print - Block Letters) (Print - Block Letters) Title: Title: (Print - Block Letters) (Print - Block Letters) Date: Date: __________________________________ DEPARTMENT __________________________________ TITLE _______________ ________________ SIGNATURE PRINTED NAME ATTEST: JENNIFER WALTERS, CITY SECRETARY BY: __________________________________ Date: APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: AARON LEAL, CITY ATTORNEY BY: __________________________________ THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN BOTH REVIEWED AND APPROVED as to financial and operational obligations and business terms. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 MSSSI Vice President 8/17/2018 Neil Thomas Technology Services Melissa Kraft Chief Technology Officer 8/21/20188/22/2018 City Manager Todd Hileman - 1 - EXHIBIT A GENERAL PROVISIONS MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC. Section 1 STANDARDS OF WORK Motorola agrees that the performance of work described in this Agreement and pursuant to this Agreement shall be done in a professional manner and shall conform to professional standards. All packaging and packing shall be in accordance with good commercial practice. Section 2 TAXES Purchaser is a tax exempt entity and shall not be liable for any taxes pursuant to this Agreement. The prices set forth in the Agreement are exclusive of any amount for Federal, State or Local excise, sales, lease, gross income service, rental, use, property, occupation or similar taxes. Motorola accepts full and exclusive liability for the payment of any and all contributions or taxes for Social Security, Worker’s Compensation Insurance, Unemployment Insurance, or Retirement Benefits, Pensions, or annuities now or hereafter imposed under any state or federal laws which are measured by wages, salaries, or other remuneration paid to persons employed or contracted by Motorola for work performed under this Agreement. Section 3 SHIPPING, TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS Title to the equipment and risk of loss and damage to the articles shall pass to the Purchaser after delivery to the installation site and Purchaser acceptance of the equipment. The above notwithstanding, title to software and any third party supplied software shall not pass upon payment of the license fee therefor or under any circumstances. Section 4 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. The Purchaser may, at any time, by written order, make changes within the general scope of the work, including but not limited to revisions of, or additions to, portions of the work, or changes in method of shipment or packaging and place of delivery. B. If any order under this Section 4 causes an increase or decrease in the cost of or time required for the performance of any part of the work under this Agreement, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the Agreement price or delivery schedule, or both, and the Agreement shall be modified in writing accordingly. Motorola is not obligated to comply with any order hereunder unless and until the parties reach agreement as to the aforementioned equitable adjustment and same is reflected as an addendum to this Agreement. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 2 - Section 5 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Except for personal injury or death, Motorola’s total liability whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, indemnification, strict liability in tort or otherwise, is limited to the price paid by the Purchaser for the products and services provided and performed by Motorola under this Agreement. IN NO EVENT WILL MOTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE, COMMERCIAL LOSS, LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS OR OTHER INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES TO THE FULL EXTENT SUCH MAY BE DISCLAIMED BY LAW. This limitation of liability provision survives the expiration or termination of the Agreement and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision. No action shall be brought for any breach of this contract more than two (2) years after the accrual of such cause of action except for money due upon an open account. THIS SECTION SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED OF A WAIVER OF ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL RULES AND LAWS, INCLUDING PURCHASER’S GOVERMENTAL IMMUNITY. Section 6 EXCUSABLE DELAYS A. Neither Motorola nor the Purchaser shall be responsible for delays or lack of performance resulting from acts beyond the reasonable control of the party or parties. Such acts shall include, but are not be limited to, acts of God; fire; strikes; material shortages; compliance with laws or regulations; riots; acts of war; or any other conditions beyond the reasonable control of the party or parties. B. Delays as identified herein may cause an impact on the period of performance stated in the Agreement. Such delays will be subject to an Agreement addendum as described in Section 4 of these General Provisions. Section 7 DEFAULT A. If either party fails to perform a material obligation under this Agreement, the other party may consider the non-performing party to be in default (unless such failure has been caused by the conditions set forth in Section 6 of these General Provisions) and may assert a default claim by giving the non-performing party a written and detailed notice of default. The defaulting party will have thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice of default to either cure the default or, if the default is not curable within thirty (30) days, provide a written cure plan for approval. If a cure plan is submitted, the party receiving the cure plan must provide the submitting party with notice of its decision to approve or reject the plan within ten (10) calendar days. If approved, the defaulting party will begin implementing the cure plan immediately after receipt of notice by the other party that it approves the plan. If Purchaser is the defaulting party, Motorola may stop work on the project until it approves the Purchaser’s cure plan. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 3 - B. If a defaulting party fails to cure the default as provided above in Section 7.A, unless otherwise agreed in writing, the non-defaulting party may terminate any unfulfilled portion of this Agreement. In the event of termination for default, the defaulting party will promptly return to the non-defaulting party any of its confidential information. If Purchaser is the non-defaulting party, terminates this Agreement as permitted by this Section, and completes the Communications System through a third party, Purchaser may as its exclusive remedy recover from Motorola reasonable costs incurred to complete the Communications System to a capability not exceeding that specified in this Agreement less the unpaid portion of the contract price. Purchaser will mitigate damages and provide Motorola with detailed invoices substantiating the charges. IN THE EVENT OF DEFAULT, MOTOROLA SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, LIQUIDATED, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. C. Purchaser shall not be in default of this Agreement for non-payment of fees except as provided in Section 6 of the Agreement. Section 8 DELAYS BY PURCHASER If the Purchaser has actual knowledge of any events/conditions within its sole, reasonable control and not due in any part to Motorola’s non-performance or wrongful action or inaction that may delay the scheduled work, Purchaser shall provide Motorola with written notice of such conditions at least thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled work, or if such knowledge is acquired after that time, as soon as reasonably practicable. In the event Purchaser fails to provide such notice, it shall be liable for actual costs reasonably incurred by Motorola resulting solely from these delays if Motorola requests compensation. Such charges may include, but are not limited to, additional Engineering; rescheduling charges; storage charges; maintenance charges; and transportation charges. The Purchaser shall have the option to attempt to minimize actual costs incurred by storing and transporting equipment at its own expense. Such delays will be subject to an Agreement addendum as described in Section 4 of these General Provisions. Section 9 LICENSES/AUTHORIZATION The Purchaser is solely responsible for obtaining any licenses or other authorizations required by the Federal Communications Commission and for complying with FCC rules. Neither Motorola nor any of its employees is an agent or representative of the Purchaser in FCC matters or otherwise. Motorola, however, may assist in the preparation of the license application at no charge to the Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that project implementation is predicated on receipt of proper FCC licensing. Section 10 INDEMNIFICATION MOTOROLA AGREES TO AND HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES, DEFENDS, AND HOLDS HARMLESS PURCHASER, ITS RESPECTIVE EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS, AND AGENTS, FROM AND DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 4 - AGAINST ALL LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS, COSTS, DAMAGES, LOSSES, PENALTIES, CAUSES OF ACTION, SUITS, DEMANDS, AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES) ARISING OUT OF OR ON ACCOUNT OF OR RESULTING FROM ANY ACTUAL OR ALLEGED INTENTIONAL OR NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF, OR DEFAULT IN THE PERFORMANCE OF ITS OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT BY MOTOROLA, ITS CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS (COLECTIVELLY FOR THIS SECTION, “MOTOROLA”) WHICH MAY ACCRUE AGAINST, BE CHARGED TO, OR RECOVERED FROM THE PURCHASER BY REASON OF OR ON ACCOUNT OF DAMAGE TO THE TANGIBLE PROPERTY OF THE PURCHASER OR THE PROPERTY OF, INJURY TO, OR DEATH OF ANY PERSON, TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DAMAGE OR INJURY IS CAUSED IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. IN NO EVENT WILL MOTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Approval of Motorola’s services by Purchaser shall not constitute or be deemed a release of the responsibility and liability of Motorola for the accuracy and competency of its services; nor shall such approval and acceptance be deemed an assumption of such responsibility by the Purchaser for any defect, error or omission in the services performed by Motorola. MOTOROLA SHALL DEFEND, HOLD HARMLESS AND INDEMNIFY PURCHASER FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM SUCH DEFECTS, ERRORS, OR OMISSIONS. These provisions shall survive termination, expiration or cancellation of this Agreement or any determination that this Agreement or any portion thereof is void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable. Section 11 WARRANTIES A. WARRANTY PERIOD. Upon Final System Acceptance, the System Functionality representation described below is fulfilled. The Equipment and Motorola Software is warranted for a period of one (1) year after Final System Acceptance (“Warranty Period”) in accordance with the applicable limited warranties shown below. Purchaser must notify Motorola in writing if Equipment or Motorola Software does not conform to these warranties no later than one month after the expiration of the Warranty Period. B. SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY. Motorola represents that the Communications System will perform in accordance with the representations and satisfy the functional requirements provided in Exhibit C. Upon Final System Acceptance, this System Functionality representation is fulfilled. After Final System Acceptance, the Equipment Warranty set forth below and the Software Warranty set forth in the Software License Agreement will apply. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 5 - Motorola will not be responsible for performance deficiencies of the Communications System caused by ancillary equipment not furnished by Motorola which is attached to or used in connection with the Communications System provided hereunder. Additionally, Motorola will not be responsible for Communications System performance when the functionality is reduced for reasons beyond Motorola’s control including, but not limited to, i) an earthquake, adverse atmospheric conditions or other natural causes; ii) the construction of a building that adversely affects the microwave path reliability or RF coverage; iii) the addition of additional frequencies at Communications System sites that cause RF interference or intermodulation; iv) Purchaser changes to load usage and/or configuration outside the parameters specified in Exhibit C; v) any other act of parties who are beyond Motorola’s control, including Purchaser or its employees, contractors, consultants or agents. C. EQUIPMENT WARRANTY. Motorola warrants the Equipment against material defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service during the Warranty Period. Unless otherwise specified in writing, the Warranty Period for non-Motorola manufactured Equipment will be as stated in this Section. At no additional charge and at its option, Motorola will either repair the defective Equipment, replace it with the same or equivalent Equipment, or refund the purchase price of the defective Equipment. Repaired or replaced Equipment is warranted for the balance of the original applicable warranty period. All replaced parts of the Equipment shall become the property of Motorola. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO a) Defects or damage resulting from use of the Equipment in other than its normal and customary manner. b) Defects or damage occurring from misuse, accident, liquids, neglect or acts of God unless such defect or damage was caused by Motorola’s workmanship or performance. c) Defects or damage occurring from testing, maintenance, installation, alteration, modification, or adjustment not provided by Motorola pursuant to this Agreement. d) Breakage of or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material or workmanship. e) Equipment that has been subjected to unauthorized modifications, disassembly or repairs (including the addition to the Equipment of non- Motorola supplied equipment if not authorized by Motorola) which adversely affect performance of the Equipment or interfere with Motorola’s normal warranty inspection and testing of the Equipment to verify any warranty claim. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 6 - f) Equipment that has had the serial number removed or made illegible. g) Batteries (because they carry their own separate limited warranty). h) Freight costs to the repair depot. i) Equipment that has been subject to illegal or unauthorized alteration of the software/firmware in the Equipment. j) Scratches or other cosmetic damage to Equipment surfaces that does not affect the operation of the Equipment. k) Software. l) Normal or customary wear and tear. D. Motorola Software Warranty. Motorola Software is warranted in accordance with the terms of the Software License Agreement attached as Exhibit B. E. These express limited warranties as set forth in this Section are extended by Motorola to the original end user purchasing or leasing the Communications System for commercial, industrial, or governmental use only, and are not assignable or transferable. These are the complete warranties for the Equipment and Software provided pursuant to this Agreement. F. THESE WARRANTIES ARE GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL MOTOROLA BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE, COMMERCIAL LOSS, LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS OR OTHER INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT, TO THE FULL EXTENT SUCH MAY BE DISCLAIMED BY LAW. Section 12 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION The parties acknowledge and agree that Purchaser is subject, as a matter of law, to the Texas Public Information Act, Texas Government Code, Chapter 552. Notwithstanding any other provision, including exemptions or exceptions to the Texas Public Information Act, the parties agree that in the event that any provision of this Agreement, or other documents related to this Agreement, including, but no limited to, any exhibit, attachment, amendment, addendum, or other incorporated documents, is determined by the Texas Attorney General to be in conflict with the Public Information Act, such provision shall, insofar as that conflict, be of no force or effect. It is expressly DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 7 - acknowledged that the Purchaser may request advice, decisions and opinions of the Texas Attorney in regard to the application of the Texas Public Information Act to any agreement or any duty relating thereto, and any software, hardware, firmware, or any part thereof, or other equipment or item, data or information furnished to or in the possession or knowledge Purchaser. It is further acknowledged and agreed that the Purchaser has the right by law to rely on the advice, decisions and opinions of the Texas Attorney General. Motorola hereby releases the Purchaser, its officials, employees, contractors, and agents, from any and all liability or obligation of any type, kind or nature regarding any disclosure of any agreement, or any portion thereof, or of any software, hardware, firmware, or any part thereof, or other equipment or item, date or information furnished by Motorola or in the possession or knowledge of Purchaser that is determined by Purchaser upon the reliance of any advice, decision or opinion of the Office of the Texas Attorney General, to be available to the public or any persons. Any information or documents that Motorola uses in the performance of the services provided under this Agreement which Motorola considers confidential or proprietary or which contains trade secrets must be clearly marked accordingly by Motorola. The marking must be explicit as to the designated information. Purchaser agrees, to the extent permitted by the Texas Public Information Act, to exercise reasonable and prudent measures to keep such information in confidence and not disclose such information without Motorola’s written permission, unless the information has already been made public by Motorola, or has been legitimately obtained by Purchaser from another source independent of Motorola. In the event the Purchaser receives a written request for information pursuant to the Texas Public Information Act that affects Motorola’s rights, title to, or interest in any software, or part thereof, or other information, items or dated furnished to the Purchaser by Motorola under the Agreement and marked as confidential or proprietary, then the Purchaser will promptly notify Motorola of such request. Motorola may, at its own option and expense, prepare comments and submit information directly to the Texas Attorney General stating why the requested information is exempt from disclosure pursuant to the Texas Public Information Act. Motorola must send its comments and information to the Texas Attorney General within the time period prescribed by the Texas Public Information Act. Section 13 SOFTWARE LICENSE A. Motorola Software. Any Motorola Software furnished will be licensed to Purchaser solely according to the terms and restrictions of the Software License Agreement attached as Exhibit B. Purchaser hereby accepts all of the terms and restrictions of the Software License Agreement. B. Non-Motorola Software. Any Non-Motorola Software furnished by Motorola will be subject to the terms and restrictions of its copyright owner unless such copyright owner has granted to Motorola the right to sublicense such Non-Motorola Software pursuant to the Software License Agreement, in which case the Software License DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 8 - Agreement (including any addendum to satisfy such copyright owner’s requirements) shall apply and and the copyright owner will have all of Motorola’s rights and protections under the Software License Agreement. Section 14 PATENT INDEMNIFICATION A. MOTOROLA WILL DEFEND AT ITS EXPENSE ANY SUIT BROUGHT AGAINST PURCHASER TO THE EXTENT IT IS BASED ON A THIRD-PARTY CLAIM ALLEGING THAT THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY MOTOROLA OR THE MOTOROLA SOFTWARE (“MOTOROLA PRODUCT”) DIRECTLY INFRINGES A UNITED STATES PATENT OR COPYRIGHT (“INFRINGEMENT CLAIM”). MOTOROLA’S DUTIES TO DEFEND AND INDEMNIFY ARE CONDITIONED UPON: PURCHASER PROMPTLY NOTIFYING MOTOROLA IN WRITING OF THE INFRINGEMENT CLAIM; MOTOROLA HAVING SOLE CONTROL OF THE DEFENSE OF THE SUIT AND ALL NEGOTIATIONS FOR ITS SETTLEMENT OR COMPROMISE; AND PURCHASER PROVIDING TO MOTOROLA COOPERATION AND, IF REQUESTED BY MOTOROLA, REASONABLE ASSISTANCE IN THE DEFENSE OF THE INFRINGEMENT CLAIM. IN ADDITION TO MOTOROLA’S OBLIGATION TO DEFEND, AND SUBJECT TO THE SAME CONDITIONS, MOTOROLA WILL PAY ALL DAMAGES FINALLY AWARDED AGAINST PURCHASER BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION FOR AN INFRINGEMENT CLAIM OR AGREED TO, IN WRITING, BY MOTOROLA IN SETTLEMENT OF AN INFRINGEMENT CLAIM. B. If an Infringement Claim occurs, or in Motorola's opinion is likely to occur, Motorola may at its option and expense: (a) procure for Purchaser the right to continue using the Motorola Product; (b) replace or modify the Motorola Product so that it becomes non-infringing while providing functionally equivalent performance; or (c) accept the return of the Motorola Product and grant Purchaser a credit for the Motorola Product, less a reasonable charge for depreciation. The depreciation amount will be calculated based upon generally accepted accounting standards. C. Motorola will have no duty to defend or indemnify for any Infringement Claim that is based upon: (a) the combination of the Motorola Product with any software, apparatus or device not furnished by Motorola; (b) the use of ancillary equipment or software not furnished by Motorola and that is attached to or used in connection with the Motorola Product; (c) Motorola Product designed or manufactured in accordance with Purchaser’s designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions, if the alleged infringement would not have occurred without such designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions; (d) a modification of the Motorola Product by a party other than Motorola; (e) use of the Motorola Product in a manner for which the Motorola Product was not designed or that is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; or (f) the failure by Purchaser to install an enhancement release to the Motorola Software that is intended to correct the claimed infringement. In no event will Motorola’s liability resulting from its indemnity DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 9 - obligation to Purchaser extend in any way to royalties payable on a per use basis or the Purchaser’s revenues, or any royalty basis other than a reasonable royalty based upon revenue derived by Motorola from Purchaser from sales or license of the infringing Motorola Product. D. This Section 14 provides Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedies and Motorola’s entire liability in the event of an Infringement Claim. Purchaser has no right to recover and Motorola has no obligation to provide any other or further remedies, whether under another provision of this Agreement or any other legal theory or principle, in connection with an Infringement Claim. In addition, the rights and remedies provided in this Section 14 are subject to and limited by the restrictions set forth in Section 5 of these General Provisions. Section 15 DISCLAIMER OF PATENT LICENSE Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to grant, either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under any patents or patent applications of Motorola, except that Purchaser shall have the normal non-exclusive royalty-free license to use that is implied, or otherwise arises by operation of law, in the sale of a product. Section 16 WAIVER Failure or delay on the part of Motorola or Purchaser to exercise a right or power hereunder shall not operate as a waiver of the right or power. For a waiver of a right or power to be effective, it must be in a writing signed by the waiving party. An effective waiver of a right or power will not be construed as either a future or continuing waiver of that same right or power, or the waiver of any other right or power. Section 17 GOVERNING LAW/VENUE This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas. Actions relating to this Agreement shall be brought in the state or federal courts serving Denton County, Texas. Each of the parties consents to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of that court for this purpose. Section 18 ASSIGNABILITY Except as provided herein, neither party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempted assignment, delegation, or transfer without the necessary consent will be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Motorola may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates or its right to receive payment without the prior consent of Purchaser. In addition, in the event Motorola separates one or more of its businesses (each a “Separated Business”), whether by way of a sale, establishment of a joint venture, spin-off or otherwise (each a “Separation Event”), Motorola may, DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 10 - without the prior written consent of the other party and at no additional cost to Motorola, assign this Agreement such that it will continue to benefit the Separated Business and its affiliates (and Motorola and its affiliates, to the extent applicable) following the Separation Event. Motorola may subcontract any of the work, but subcontracting will not relieve Motorola of its duties under this Agreement. Section 19 SURVIVAL OF TERMS The following provisions of these General Provisions will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: Section 2 (Taxes); Section 5 (Limitation of Liability); Section 7 (Default); Section 10 (Indemnification); Subsection 11.F (Disclaimer of Implied Warranties); Section 12 (Confidential Information); Section 13 (Software License); and Section 16 (Waiver); Section 17 (Governing Law) and Section 19 (Survival of Terms). Section 20 ADMINISTRATOR LEVEL ACCOUNT ACCESS Motorola will provide Purchaser with Administrative User Credentials. Purchaser agrees to only grant Administrative User Credentials to those personnel with the training or experience to correctly use the access. Purchaser is responsible for protecting Administrative User Credentials from disclosure and maintaining Credential validity by, among other things, updating passwords when required. Purchaser may be asked to provide valid Administrative User Credentials when in contact with Motorola System support. Purchaser understands that changes made as the Administrative User can significantly impact the performance of the Communications System. Purchaser agrees that it will be solely responsible for any negative impact on the Communications System or its users by any such changes. Communications System issues occurring as a result of changes made by an Administrative User may impact Motorola’s ability to perform its obligations under the Agreement or its Maintenance and Support Agreement. In such cases, a revision to the appropriate provisions of the Agreement, including the Statement of Work, may be necessary. To the extent Motorola provides assistance to correct any issues caused by or arising out of the use of or failure to maintain Administrative User Credentials, Motorola will be entitled to bill Purchaser and Purchaser will pay Motorola on a time and materials basis for resolving the issue. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 1 - Exhibit B Software License Agreement This Exhibit B, Software License Agreement ("Agreement") is between Motorola Solutions, Inc., (“Motorola"), and the City of Denton (“Licensee”). For good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows: Section 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 “Designated Products” means products provided by Motorola to Licensee with which or for which the Software and Documentation is licensed for use. 1.2 “Documentation” means product and software documentation that specifies technical and performance features and capabilities, and the user, operation and training manuals for the Software (including all physical or electronic media upon which such information is provided). 1.3 “Open Source Software” means software with either freely obtainable source code, license for modification, or permission for free distribution. 1.4 “Open Source Software License” means the terms or conditions under which the Open Source Software is licensed. 1.5 “Primary Agreement” means the agreement to which this exhibit is attached. 1.6 “Security Vulnerability” means a flaw or weakness in system security procedures, design, implementation, or internal controls that could be exercised (accidentally triggered or intentionally exploited) and result in a security breach such that data is compromised, manipulated or stolen or the system damaged. 1.7 “Software” (i) means proprietary software in object code format, and adaptations, translations, de- compilations, disassemblies, emulations, or derivative works of such software; (ii) means any modifications, enhancements, new versions and new releases of the software provided by Motorola; and (iii) may contain one or more items of software owned by a third party supplier. The term "Software" does not include any third party software provided under separate license or third party software not licensable under the terms of this Agreement. Section 2 SCOPE Motorola and Licensee enter into this Agreement in connection with Motorola's delivery of certain proprietary Software or products containing embedded or pre-loaded proprietary Software, or both. This Agreement contains the terms and conditions of the license Motorola is providing to Licensee, and Licensee’s use of the Software and Documentation as provided in the Primary Agreement. Section 3 GRANT OF LICENSE 3.1. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the payment of applicable license fees, Motorola grants to Licensee a personal, limited, non-transferable (except as permitted in Section 7) and non- exclusive license under Motorola’s copyrights and Confidential Information (as defined in the Primary Agreement) embodied in the Software to use the Software, in object code form, and the Documentation solely in connection with Licensee's use of the Designated Products as provided in the Primary Agreement. This Agreement does not grant any rights to source code. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 2 - 3.2. If the Software licensed under this Agreement contains or is derived from Open Source Software, the terms and conditions governing the use of such Open Source Software are in the Open Source Software Licenses of the copyright owner and not this Agreement. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Open Source Software Licenses governing Licensee’s use of the Open Source Software, the terms and conditions of the license grant of the applicable Open Source Software Licenses will take precedence over the license grants in this Agreement. Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) determine whether any Open Source Software is provided under this Agreement; (ii) identify the Open Source Software and provide Licensee a copy of the applicable Open Source Software License (or specify where that license may be found); and, (iii) provide Licensee a copy of the Open Source Software source code, without charge, if it is publicly available (although distribution fees may be applicable). Section 4 LIMITATIONS ON USE 4.1. Licensee may use the Software only for Licensee's internal business purposes and only in accordance with the Documentation. Any other use of the Software is strictly prohibited. Without limiting the general nature of these restrictions, Licensee will not make the Software available for use by third parties on a "time sharing," "application service provider," or "service bureau" basis or for any other similar commercial rental or sharing arrangement. 4.2. Licensee will not, and will not allow or enable any third party to: (i) reverse engineer, disassemble, peel components, decompile, reprogram or otherwise reduce the Software or any portion to a human perceptible form or otherwise attempt to recreate the source code; (ii) modify, adapt, create derivative works of, or merge the Software; (iii) copy, reproduce, distribute, lend, or lease the Software or Documentation to any third party, grant any sublicense or other rights in the Software or Documentation to any third party, or take any action that would cause the Software or Documentation to be placed in the public domain; (iv) remove, or in any way alter or obscure, any copyright notice or other notice of Motorola's proprietary rights; (v) provide, copy, transmit, disclose, divulge or make the Software or Documentation available to, or permit the use of the Software by any third party or on any machine except as expressly authorized by this Agreement; or (vi) use, or permit the use of, the Software in a manner that would result in the production of a copy of the Software solely by activating a machine containing the Software. Licensee may make one copy of Software to be used solely for archival, back-up, or disaster recovery purposes; provided that Licensee may not operate that copy of the Software at the same time as the original Software is being operated. Licensee may make as many copies of the Documentation as it may reasonably require for the internal use of the Software. 4.3. Unless otherwise authorized provided in the Agreement or authorized by Motorola in writing, Licensee will not, and will not enable or allow any third party to: (i) install a licensed copy of the Software on more than one unit of a Designated Product; or (ii) copy onto or transfer Software installed in one unit of a Designated Product onto one other device. Licensee may temporarily transfer Software installed on a Designated Product to another device if the Designated Product is inoperable or malfunctioning, if Licensee provides written notice to Motorola of the temporary transfer and identifies the device on which the Software is transferred. Temporary transfer of the Software to another device must be discontinued when the original Designated Product is returned to operation and the Software must be removed from the other device. Licensee must provide prompt written notice to Motorola at the time temporary transfer is discontinued. 4.4. Unless otherwise provided in the Primary Agreement, when using Motorola's Radio Service Software ("RSS"), Licensee must purchase a separate license for each location at which Licensee uses RSS. Licensee's use of RSS at a licensed location does not entitle Licensee to use or access RSS remotely. Licensee may make one copy of RSS for each licensed location. Licensee shall provide Motorola with a list of all locations at which Licensee uses or intends to use RSS upon Motorola’s request. 4.5. Licensee will maintain, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two years thereafter, accurate records relating to this license grant to verify compliance with this Agreement. Motorola or an DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 3 - independent third party (“Auditor”) may inspect Licensee’s premises, books and records, upon reasonable prior notice to Licensee, during Licensee’s normal business hours and subject to Licensee's facility and security regulations. Motorola is responsible for the payment of all expenses and costs of the Auditor. Any information obtained by Motorola and the Auditor will be kept in strict confidence by Motorola and the Auditor and used solely for the purpose of verifying Licensee's compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Section 5 OWNERSHIP AND TITLE Motorola, its licensors, and its suppliers retain all of their proprietary rights in any form in and to the Software and Documentation, including, but not limited to, all rights in patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, trade names, and other proprietary rights in or relating to the Software and Documentation (including any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates, modifications, adaptations, translations, de-compilations, disassemblies, emulations to or derivative works from the Software or Documentation, whether made by Motorola or another party, or any improvements that result from Motorola’s processes or, provision of information services). No rights are granted to Licensee under this Agreement by implication, estoppel or otherwise, except for those rights which are expressly granted to Licensee in this Agreement. All intellectual property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing the Software, Designated Products, Documentation or related services, remains vested exclusively in Motorola, and Licensee will not have any shared development or other intellectual property rights. Section 6 LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY 6.1. The commencement date and the term of the Software warranty will be a period of one (1) year after Final System Acceptance, as defined in the Primary Agreement and during any subsequent period covered by software maintenance and/ or upgrade agreements purchased by Licensee under the Primary Agreement (the "Warranty Period"). If Licensee is not in breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement, Motorola warrants that the unmodified Software, when used properly and in accordance with the Documentation and this Agreement, will be free from a reproducible defect that eliminates the functionality or successful operation of a feature critical to the primary functionality or successful operation of the Software. Whether a defect occurs will be determined by Motorola solely with reference to the Documentation. Motorola does not warrant that Licensee’s use of the Software or the Designated Products will be uninterrupted, error-free, completely free of Security Vulnerabilities, or that the Software or the Designated Products will meet Licensee’s particular requirements. Motorola makes no representations or warranties with respect to any third party software included in the Software. 6.2 Motorola’s sole obligation to Licensee and Licensee’s exclusive remedy under this warranty is to use reasonable efforts to remedy any material Software defect covered by this warranty. These efforts will involve either replacing the media or attempting to correct significant, demonstrable program or documentation errors or Security Vulnerabilities. If Motorola cannot correct the defect within a reasonable time, then Motorola will replace the defective Software with functionally-equivalent Software, license to Licensee substitute Software which will accomplish the same objective, or terminate the license and refund the Licensee’s paid license fee. 6.3. Warranty claims are described in the Primary Agreement. 6.4. The express warranties set forth in this Section 6 are in lieu of, and Motorola disclaims, any and all other warranties (express or implied, oral or written) with respect to the Software or Documentation, including, without limitation, any and all implied warranties of condition, title, non- infringement, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose or use by Licensee (whether or not Motorola knows, has reason to know, has been advised, or is otherwise aware of any such purpose or use), whether arising by law, by reason of custom or usage of trade, or by course of dealing. In addition, Motorola disclaims any warranty to any person other than Licensee with respect to the Software or Documentation. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 4 - Section 7 TRANSFERS Licensee will not transfer the Software or Documentation to any third party without Motorola's prior written consent. Motorola’s consent may be withheld at its discretion and may be conditioned upon transferee paying all applicable license fees and agreeing to be bound by this Agreement. If the Designated Products are Motorola's radio products and Licensee transfers ownership of the Motorola radio products to a third party, Licensee may assign its right to use the Software (other than RSS and Motorola's FLASHport® software) which is embedded in or furnished for use with the radio products and the related Documentation; provided that Licensee transfers all copies of the Software and Documentation to the transferee, and Licensee and the transferee sign a transfer form to be provided by Motorola upon request, obligating the transferee to be bound by this Agreement. Section 8 TERM AND TERMINATION 8.1 Licensee’s right to use the Software and Documentation will begin when the Primary Agreement is signed by both parties and will continue for the life of the Designated Products with which or for which the Software and Documentation have been provided by Motorola, unless Licensee breaches this Agreement, in which case this Agreement and Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation may be terminated immediately upon notice by Motorola. 8.2 Within thirty (30) days after termination of this Agreement, Licensee must certify in writing to Motorola that all copies of the Software have been removed or deleted from the Designated Products and that all copies of the Software and Documentation have been returned to Motorola or destroyed by Licensee and are no longer in use by Licensee. 8.3 Licensee acknowledges that Motorola made a considerable investment of resources in the development, marketing, and distribution of the Software and Documentation and that Licensee's breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be inadequate. If Licensee breaches this Agreement, Motorola may terminate this Agreement and be entitled to all available remedies at law or in equity (including immediate injunctive relief and repossession of all non-embedded Software and associated Documentation unless Licensee is a Federal agency of the United States Government). In no event shall this provision be construed as a waiver of any applicable local, state, or federal rules and laws, including Licensee’s governmental immunity. Section 9 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT LICENSING PROVISIONS This Section applies if Licensee is the United States Government or a United States Government agency. Licensee’s use, duplication or disclosure of the Software and Documentation under Motorola’s copyrights or trade secret rights is subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52.227-19 (JUNE 1987), if applicable, unless they are being provided to the Department of Defense. If the Software and Documentation are being provided to the Department of Defense, Licensee’s use, duplication, or disclosure of the Software and Documentation is subject to the restricted rights set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 (OCT 1988), if applicable. The Software and Documentation may or may not include a Restricted Rights notice, or other notice referring to this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement will continue to apply, but only to the extent that they are consistent with the rights provided to the Licensee under the provisions of the FAR or DFARS mentioned above, as applicable to the particular procuring agency and procurement transaction. Section 10 CONFIDENTIALITY Licensee acknowledges that the Software and Documentation contain Motorola’s valuable proprietary and confidential information and are Motorola’s trade secrets. Licensee will not disclose the Software and Documentation to any third party except as permitted by this Agreement or expressly in writing by DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 5 - Motorola. Licensee will take necessary and appropriate precautions to maintain the confidentiality and guard against the unauthorized disclosure of the Software and Documentation. Except insofar as described in the Primary Agreement, Licensee will limit access to the Software and Documentation only to Licensee’s employees who “need to know” and are authorized to use the Software and Documentation as permitted by this Agreement. Section 11 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY The Limitation of Liability provision is described in the Primary Agreement. Section 12 NOTICES Notices are described in the Primary Agreement. Section 13 GENERAL 13.1. COPYRIGHT NOTICES. The existence of a copyright notice on the Software will not be construed as an admission or presumption of publication of the Software or public disclosure of any trade secrets associated with the Software. 13.2. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Licensee acknowledges that the Software is subject to the laws and regulations of the United States and Licensee will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including export laws and regulations of the United States. Licensee will not, without the prior authorization of Motorola and the appropriate governmental authority of the United States, in any form export or re-export, sell or resell, ship or reship, or divert, through direct or indirect means, any item or technical data or direct or indirect products sold or otherwise furnished to any person within any territory for which the United States Government or any of its agencies at the time of the action, requires an export license or other governmental approval. Violation of this provision is a material breach of this Agreement. 13.3. ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTING. Motorola may assign its rights or subcontract its obligations under this Agreement, or encumber or sell its rights in any Software, without prior notice to or consent of Licensee. 13.4. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States to the extent that they apply and otherwise by the laws of the State of Texas. The terms of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods do not apply. In the event that the Uniform Computer Information Transaction Act, any version of this Act, or a substantially similar law (collectively "UCITA") becomes applicable to a party's performance under this Agreement, UCITA does not govern any aspect of this Agreement or any license granted under this Agreement, or any of the parties' rights or obligations under this Agreement. The governing law will be that in effect prior to the applicability of UCITA. 13.5. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is entered into solely for the benefit of Motorola and Licensee. No third party has the right to make any claim or assert any right under this Agreement, and no third party is deemed a beneficiary of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any licensor or supplier of third party software included in the Software will be a direct and intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement. 13.6. SURVIVAL. Sections 4, 5, 6.4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13 survive the termination of this Agreement. 13.7. ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. In the event of inconsistencies between this Exhibit and the Primary Agreement, the parties agree that this Exhibit prevails, only with respect to the specific subject matter of this Exhibit, and not the Primary Agreement or any other exhibit as it applies to any other subject matter. 13.8 SECURITY. Motorola uses reasonable means in the design and writing of its own Software and the acquisition of third party Software to limit Security Vulnerabilities. While no software can be DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 6 - guaranteed to be free from Security Vulnerabilities, if a Security Vulnerability is discovered, Motorola will take the steps set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 7 - Exhibit C Technical and Implementation Documents See Motorola Proposal Dated July 20th, 2018. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 1 - Exhibit D Motorola/H-GAC Radio Communications Equipment & Systems Agreement dated May 1, 2018 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 H-GAC Houston-Galveston Area Council P.O. Box 22777 · 3555 Timmons · Houston, Texas 77227-2777 Cooperative Agreement - Motorola Solutions, Inc. - Public Services - 18-00196 GENERAL PROVISIONS This Agreement is made and entered into, by and between the Houston-Galveston Area Council hereinafter referred to as H-GAC having its principal place of business at 3555 Timmons Lane, Suite 120, Houston, Texas 77027 and Motorola Solutions, Inc., hereinafter referred to as the Contractor, having its principal place of business at 500 West Monroe Street, 44th Floor, Chicago, IL 60661. WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, H-GAC hereby engages the Contractor to perform certain services in accordance with the specifications of the Agreement; and WHEREAS, the Contractor has agreed to perform such services in accordance with the specifications of the Agreement; NOW, THEREFORE, H-GAC and the Contractor do hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE 1: LEGAL AUTHORITY Both parties warrant and assure that each possesses adequate legal authority to enter into this Agreement. The governing body, where applicable, has authorized the signatory official(s) to enter into this Agreement and bind the respective parties to the terms of this Agreement and any subsequent amendments hereto. ARTICLE 2: APPLICABLE LAWS The Contractor agrees to conduct all activities under this Agreement in accordance with all applicable rules, regulations, directives, standards, ordinances, and laws, in effect or promulgated during the term of this Agreement, including without limitation, workers’ compensation laws, minimum and maximum salary and wage statutes and regulations, and licensing laws and regulations. When required, the Contractor shall furnish H-GAC with satisfactory proof of its compliance therewith. ARTICLE 3: INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR The execution of this Agreement and the rendering of services prescribed by this Agreement do not change the independent status of H-GAC or the Contractor. No provision of this Agreement or act of H- GAC in performance of the Agreement shall be construed as making the Contractor the agent, servant or employee of H-GAC, the State of Texas or the United States Government. Employees of the Contractor are subject to the exclusive control and supervision of the Contractor. The Contractor is solely responsible for employee related disputes and discrepancies, including employee payrolls and any claims arising therefrom. ARTICLE 4: WHOLE AGREEMENT The General Provisions, Special Provisions, and Attachments, as provided herein, constitute the complete Agreement (“Agreement”) between the parties hereto, and supersede any and all oral and written agreements between the parties relating to matters herein. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement cannot be modified without written consent of the parties. ARTICLE 5: SCOPE OF SERVICES DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 The services to be performed by the Contractor are outlined in an Attachment to this Agreement. ARTICLE 6: PERFORMANCE PERIOD This Agreement shall be performed during the period which begins May 01 2018 and ends Apr 30 2021. All services under this Agreement must be rendered within this performance period, unless directly specified under a written change or extension provisioned under Article 15, which shall be fully executed by both parties to this Agreement. ARTICLE 7: PAYMENT OR FUNDING Payment provisions under this Agreement are outlined in the Special Provisions. ARTICLE 8: REPORTING REQUIREMENTS If the Contractor fails to submit to H-GAC in a timely and satisfactory manner any report required by this Agreement, or otherwise fails to satisfactorily render performances hereunder, H-GAC may terminate this agreement with notice as identified in Article 16 of these General Provisions. H-GAC has final determination of the adequacy of performance and reporting by Contractor. Termination of this agreement for failure to perform may affect Contractor’s ability to participate in future opportunities with H-GAC. The Contractor's failure to timely submit any report may also be considered cause for termination of this Agreement. Any additional reporting requirements shall be set forth in the Special Provisions of this Agreement. ARTICLE 9: INSURANCE Contractor shall maintain insurance coverage for work performed or services rendered under this Agreement as outlined and defined in the attached Special Provisions. ARTICLE 10: SUBCONTRACTS and ASSIGNMENTS Except as may be set forth in the Special Provisions, the Contractor agrees not to subcontract, assign, transfer, convey, sublet or otherwise dispose of this Agreement or any right, title, obligation or interest it may have therein to any third party without prior written approval of H-GAC, which will not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor acknowledges that H-GAC is not liable to any subcontractor or assignee of the Contractor. The Contractor shall ensure that the performance rendered under all subcontracts shall result in compliance with all the terms and provisions of this Agreement as if the performance rendered was rendered by the Contractor. Contractor shall give all required notices, and comply with all laws and regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable law or regulation, H-GAC shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance, or that of Contractor’s subcontractors, with any laws or regulations. ARTICLE 11: AUDIT Notwithstanding any other audit requirement, H-GAC reserves the right to conduct or cause to be conducted an independent audit of any transaction under this Agreement, such audit may be performed by the H-GAC local government audit staff, a certified public accountant firm, or other auditors designated by H-GAC and will be conducted in accordance with applicable professional standards and practices. The Contractor understands and agrees that the Contractor shall be liable to the H-GAC for any findings that result in monetary obligations to H-GAC. In no circumstances will Contractor be required to create or maintain documents not kept in the ordinary course of its business operations, nor will Contractor be required to disclose any information, including but not limited to product cost data, which it considers confidential or proprietary. ARTICLE 12: EXAMINATION OF RECORDS The Contractor shall maintain during the course of the work complete and accurate records of all of the Contractor's invoices and pertinent documentation of items which are chargeable to H-GAC under this Agreement. H-GAC, through its staff or designated public accounting firm, the State of Texas, and United States Government, shall have the right at any reasonable time to inspect, copy and audit DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 those pertinent records on or off the premises by authorized representatives of its own or any public accounting firm selected by H- GAC. The right of access to records is not limited to the required retention period, but shall last as long as the records are retained. Failure to provide access to records may be cause for termination of the Agreement. The Contractor further agrees that the examination of records outlined in this article shall be included in all subcontractor or third-party agreements. ARTICLE 13: RETENTION OF RECORDS The Contractor and its subcontractors shall maintain all records pertinent to this Agreement for a period of seven (7) years from the later of the date of acceptance of the final payment or until all audit findings have been resolved. If any litigation, claim, negotiation, audit or other action involving the records has been started before the expiration of the retention period, the records shall be retained until completion of the action and resolution of all issues which arise from it, or until the end of the seven (7) years, whichever is later, and until any outstanding litigation, audit, or claim has been fully resolved. ARTICLE 14: CHANGES AND AMENDMENTS A. Any alterations, additions, or deletions to the terms of this Agreement, which are required by changes in federal or state law or by regulations, are automatically incorporated without written amendment hereto, and shall become effective on the date designated by such law or by regulation. B. To ensure the legal and effective performance of this Agreement, both parties agree that any amendment that affects the performance under this Agreement must be mutually agreed upon and that all such amendments must be in writing. After a period of no less than 30 days subsequent to written notice, unless sooner implementation is required by law, such amendments shall have the effect of qualifying the terms of this Agreement and shall be binding upon the parties as if written herein. ARTICLE 15: TERMINATION PROCEDURES The Contractor acknowledges that this Agreement may be terminated for Convenience or Default. A. Convenience H-GAC may terminate this Agreement at any time, in whole or in part, with or without cause, whenever H-GAC determines that for any reason such termination is in the best interest of H- GAC, by providing thirty (30) days written notice by certified mail to the Contractor. Upon receipt of notice of termination, all services hereunder of the Contractor and its employees and subcontractors shall cease to the extent specified in the notice of termination. The Contractor may cancel or terminate this Agreement upon submission of thirty (30) days written notice, presented to H-GAC via certified mail. The Contractor may not give notice of cancellation after it has received notice of default from H-GAC. B. Default H-GAC may, by written notice of default to the Contractor, terminate the whole or any part of the Agreement, in any one of the following circumstances: (1) lf the Contractor fails to perform the services herein specified within the time specified herein or any extension thereof; or (2) If the Contractor fails to perform any of the other provisions of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, or so fails to make progress or otherwise violates the Agreements that completion of services herein specified within the Agreement term is significantly endangered, and in either of these two instances does not cure such failure within a period of fifteen (15) days (or such longer period of time as may be authorized by H-GAC in writing) after receiving written notice by certified mail of default from H-GAC. ARTICLE 16: SEVERABILITY H-GAC and Contractor agree that should any provision of this Agreement be determined to be invalid DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect any other term of this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect. ARTICLE 17: FORCE MAJEURE To the extent that either party to this Agreement shall be wholly or partially prevented from the performance of any obligation or duty placed on such party by reason of or through strikes, stoppage of labor, riot, fire, flood, acts of war, insurrection, accident, order of any court, act of God, or specific cause reasonably beyond the party's control and not attributable to its neglect or nonfeasance, in such event, the time for the performance of such obligation or duty shall be suspended until such disability to perform is removed. The party affected by the Force Majeure will notify the other within fifteen (15) days. Determination of force majeure shall rest solely with H-GAC. ARTICLE 18: CONFLICT OF INTEREST No officer, member or employee of the Contractor or subcontractor, no member of the governing body of the Contractor, and no other public officials of the Contractor who exercise any functions or responsibilities in the review or Contractor approval of this Agreement, shall participate in any decision relating to this Agreement which affects his or her personal interest, or shall have any personal or pecuniary interest, direct or indirect, in this Agreement. ARTICLE 19: FEDERAL COMPLIANCE Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable federal statutes relating to nondiscrimination, labor standards, and environmental compliance. Additionally, for work to be performed under the Agreement or subcontract thereof, including procurement of materials or leases of equipment, Contractor shall notify each potential subcontractor or supplier of the Contractor's federal compliance obligations. These may include, but are not limited to: (a) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (P.L. 88-352) which prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color or national origin; (b) Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended (20 U.S.C. §§ 1681-1683, and 1685-1686), which prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex; (c) the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 USC 676 et. seq.), (d) Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 U.S.C. § 794), which prohibits discrimination on the basis of handicaps and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; (e) the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (29 USC 621 et. seq.) and the Age Discrimination Act of 1974, as amended (42 U.S.C. §§ 6101-6107), which prohibits discrimination on the basis of age; (f) the Drug Abuse Office and Treatment Act of 1972 (P.L. 92-255), as amended, relating to nondiscrimination on the basis of drug abuse; (g) the Comprehensive Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Prevention, Treatment and Rehabilitation Act of 1970 (P.L. 91-616), as amended, relating to the nondiscrimination on the basis of alcohol abuse or alcoholism; (h) §§ 523 and 527 of the Public Health Service Act of 1912 (42 U.S.C. 290 dd-3 and 290 ee- 3), as amended, relating to confidentiality of alcohol and drug abuse patient records; (i) Title VIII of the Civil Rights Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. § 3601 et seq.), as amended, relating to nondiscrimination in the sale, rental or financing of housing; (j) any other nondiscrimination provisions in any specific statute(s) applicable to any Federal funding for this Agreement; (k) the requirements of any other nondiscrimination statute(s) which may apply to this Agreement; (l) applicable provisions of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. §7401 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. §1251 et seq.), Section 508 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1368), Executive Order 11738, and the Environmental Protection Agency regulations at 40 CPR Part 15; (m) applicable provisions of the Davis• Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a - 276a-7), the Copeland Act (40 U.S.C. 276c), and the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 327-332), as set forth in Department of Labor Regulations at 20 CPR 5.5a; (n) the mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (P.L. 94-163). ARTICLE 20: CRIMINAL PROVISIONS AND SANCTIONS The Contractor agrees to perform the Agreement in conformance with safeguards against fraud and abuse as set forth by the H-GAC, the State of Texas, and the acts and regulations of any related state or federal agency. The Contractor agrees to promptly notify H-GAC of any actual or suspected fraud, abuse, or other criminal activity through the filing of a written report within twenty-four (24) hours of DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 knowledge thereof. Contractor shall notify H-GAC of any serious accident or incident requiring medical attention arising from its activities under this Agreement within twenty-four (24) hours of such occurrence. Theft or willful damage to property on loan to the Contractor from H-GAC, if any, shall be reported to local law enforcement agencies and H-GAC within two (2) hours of discovery of any such act. The Contractor further agrees to cooperate fully with H-GAC, local law enforcement agencies, the State of Texas, the Federal Bureau of Investigation and any other duly authorized investigative unit, in carrying out a full investigation of all such incidents. The Contractor shall notify H-GAC of the threat of lawsuit or of any actual suit filed against the Contractor pertaining to this Agreement or which would adversely affect the Contractor’s ability to perform services under this Agreement. ARTICLE 21: INDEMNIFICATION AND RECOVERY H-GAC’s liability under this Agreement, whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability, in tort or otherwise, is limited to its order processing charge. In no event will H-GAC be liable for any loss of use, loss of time, inconvenience, commercial loss, lost profits or savings or other incidental, special or consequential damages to the full extent such use may be disclaimed by law. Contractor agrees, to the extent permitted by law, to defend and hold harmless H-GAC, its board members, officers, agents, officials, employees and indemnities from any and all claims, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorney fees), actions, causes of action, judgements, and liens arising as a result of Contractor’s negligent act or omission under this Agreement. Contractor shall notifyH-GAC of the threat of lawsuit or of any actual suit filed against Contractor relating to this Agreement. ARTICLE 22: LIMITATION OF CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY Except as specified in any separate writing between the Contractor and an END USER, Contractor’s total liability under this Agreement, whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability, in tort or otherwise, but excluding its obligation to indemnify H-GAC, is limited to the price of the particular products/services sold hereunder, and Contractor agrees either to refund the purchase price or to repair or replace product(s) that are not as warranted. In no event will Contractor be liable for any loss of use, loss of time, inconvenience, commercial loss, loss of profits or savings or other incidental, special or consequential damages to the full extent such use may be disclaimed by law. Contractor understands and agrees that it shall be liable to repay and shall repay upon demand to END USER any amounts determined by H-GAC, its independent auditors, or any agency of State or Federal government to have been paid in violation of the terms of this Agreement. ARTICLE 23: TITLES NOT RESTRICTIVE The titles assigned to the various Articles of this Agreement are for convenience only. Titles shall not be considered restrictive of the subject matter of any Article, or part of this Agreement. ARTICLE 24: JOINT WORK PRODUCT This Agreement is the joint work product of H-GAC and the Contractor. This Agreement has been negotiated by H-GAC and the Contractor and their respective counsel and shall be fairly interpreted in accordance with its terms and, in the event of any ambiguities, no inferences shall be drawn against any party. ARTICLE 25: DISPUTES All disputes concerning questions of fact or of law arising under this Agreement, which are not addressed within the Whole Agreement as defined pursuant to Article 4 hereof, shall be decided by the Executive Director of H-GAC or his designee, who shall reduce his decision to writing and provide notice thereof to the Contractor. The decision of the Executive Director or his designee shall be final and conclusive unless, within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of such notice, the Contractor requests a rehearing from the Executive Director of H-GAC. In connection with any rehearing under this Article, the Contractor shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard and offer evidence in support of DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 its position. The decision of the Executive Director after any such rehearing shall be final and conclusive. The Contractor may, if it elects to do so, appeal the final and conclusive decision of the Executive Director to a court of competent jurisdiction. Pending final decision of a dispute hereunder, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with the performance of the Agreement and in accordance with H• GAC's final decision. ARTICLE 26: CHOICE OF LAW: VENUE This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas. Venue and jurisdiction of any suit or cause of action arising under or in connection with the Agreement shall lie exclusively in Harris County, Texas. Disputes between END USER and Contractor are to be resolved in accordance with the law and venue rules of the state of purchase. Contractor shall immediately notify H-GAC of such disputes. ARTICLE 27: ORDER OF PRIORITY In the case of any conflict between or within this Agreement, the following order of priority shall be utilized: 1) General Provisions, 2) Special Provisions, 3) Scope of Work, and, 4) Other Attachments. DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 SIGNATURES: H-GAC and the Contractor have read, agreed, and executed the whole Agreement as of the date first written above, as accepted by: Motorola Solutions, Inc. Signature $docusign:SignHere::Customer1 Name Travis Boettcher Title Date $docusign:DateSigned::Customer1 H-GAC Signature $docusign:SignHere::InternalSigner Name Chuck Wemple Title Executive Director Date $docusign:DateSigned::InternalSigner DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5 7/24/2018 Vice President 7/25/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 H-GAC Houston-Galveston Area Council P.O. Box 22777 · 3555 Timmons · Houston, Texas 77227-2777 Cooperative Agreement - Motorola Solutions, Inc. - Public Services - 18-00196 18-00196 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Incorporated by attachment, as part of the whole agreement, H-GAC and the Contractor do, hereby agree to the Special Provisions as follows: ARTICLE 1: BIDS/PROPOSALS INCORPORATED In addition to the whole Agreement, the following documents listed in order of priority are incorporated into the Agreement by reference: Bid/Proposal Specifications and Contractor’s Response to the Bid/Proposal. ARTICLE 2: END USER AGREEMENTS (“EUA”) H-G AC acknowledges that the END USER may choose to enter into an End User Agreement (“EUA”) with the Contractor through this Agreement, and that the term of the EUA may exceed the term of the current H-GAC Agreement. H-GAC’s acknowledgement is not an endorsement or approval of the End User Agreement’s terms and conditions. Contractor agrees not to offer, agree to or accept from the END USER, any terms or conditions that conflict with those in Contractor’s Agreement with H-GAC. Contractor affirms that termination of its Agreement with H-GAC for any reason shall not result in the termination of any underlying EUA, which shall in each instance, continue pursuant to the EUA’s stated terms and duration. Pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, termination of this Agreement will disallow the Contractor from entering into any new EUA with END USERS. Applicable H-GAC order processing charges will be due and payable to H-GAC on any EUAs, surviving termination of this Agreement between H-GAC and Contractor. ARTICLE 3: MOST FAVORED CUSTOMER CLAUSE If at any time during this Agreement, Contractor develops a regularly followed standard procedure of entering into agreements with other governmental customers within the State of Texas, and offers the same or substantially the same products/services offered to H-GAC on a basis that provides prices, warranties, benefits, and or terms more favorable than those provided to H-GAC, Contractor shall notify H-GAC within ten (10) business days thereafter, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically retroactively amended, to the effective date of Contractor’s most favorable past agreement with another entity. Contractor shall provide the same prices, warranties, benefits, or terms to H-GAC and its END USER as provided in its most favorable past agreement. H-GAC shall have the right and option at any time to decline to accept any such change, in which case the amendment shall be deemed null and void. If Contractor claims that a more favorable price, warranty, benefit, or term that was charged or offered to another entity during the term of this Agreement, does not constitute more favorable treatment, than Contractor shall, within ten (10) business days, notify H-GAC in writing, setting forth the detailed reasons Contractor believes the aforesaid offer is not in fact most favored treatment. H-GAC, after due consideration of Contractor’s written explanation, may decline to accept such explanation and thereupon this Agreement between H-GAC and Contractor shall be automatically amended, effective retroactively, to the effective date of the most favored agreement, to provide the same prices, warranties, benefits, or terms to H-GAC and the END USER. EXCEPTION: This clause shall not be applicable to the sale of large communications systems (one DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 million dollars (,000,000.00) and above). The term “Communication Systems” shall refer to a project that includes the sale of infrastructure hardware and/or software, user devices, and Contractor engineering and installation service. The contract for a “Communication System” will always have a Statement of Work and an Acceptance Test Plan. This clause shall also not be applicable to pre-existing contracts Contractor has in the State of Texas. The term ”pre-existing” shall refer to contracts in existence as of the effective date of this Agreement. ARTICLE 4: PARTY LIABILITY Contractor’s total liability under this Agreement, whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability, in tort or otherwise, is limited to the price of the particular products/services sold hereunder. Contractor agrees either to refund the purchase price or to repair or replace product(s) that are not as warranted. Contractor accepts liability to repay, and shall repay upon demand to END USER, any amounts determined by H-GAC, its independent auditors, or any state or federal agency, to have been paid in violation of the terms of this Agreement. ARTICLE 5: GOVERNING LAW & VENUE Contractor and H-GAC agree that Contractor will make every reasonable effort to resolve disputes the END USER in accord with the law and venue rules of the state of purchase. Contractor shall immediately notify H- GAC of such disputes. ARTICLE 6: SALES AND ORDER PROCESSING CHARGE Contractor shall sell its products to END USERS based on the pricing and terms of this Agreement. H-GAC will invoice Contractor for the applicable order processing charge when H-GAC receives notification of an END USER order. Contractor shall remit to H-GAC the full amount of the applicable order processing charge, after delivery of any product or service and subsequent END USER acceptance. Payment of the Order Processing Charge shall be remitted from Contractor to H-GAC, within thirty (30) calendar days or ten (10) business days after receipt of an END USER’s payment, whichever comes first, notwithstanding Contractor’s receipt of invoice. For sales made by Contractor based on this Agreement, including sales to entities without Interlocal Agreements, Contractor shall pay the applicable order processing charges to H-GAC. Further, Contractor agrees to encourage entities who are not members of H-GAC’s Cooperative Purchasing Program to execute an H-GAC Interlocal Agreement. H-GAC reserves the right to take appropriate actions including, but not limited to, Agreement termination if Contractor fails to promptly remit the appropriate order processing charge to H-GAC. In no event shall H-GAC have any liability to Contractor for any goods or services an END USER procures from Contractor. At all times, Contractor shall remain liable to pay to H-GAC any order processing charges on any portion of the Agreement actually performed, and for which compensation was received by Contractor. ARTICLE 7: LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Any liquidated damage terms will be determined between Contractor and End User at the time End User’s purchase order is placed. ARTICLE 8: INSURANCE Unless otherwise stipulated in Section B of the Bid/Proposal Specifications, Contractor must have the following insurance and coverage: a. General liability insurance with a Single Occurrence limit of at least ,000,000.00, and a GeneralAggregate limit of ,000,000. Product liability insurance with a Single Occurrence limit of at least ,000,000.00, and a DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 General Aggregate limit of at least two times the Single Occurrence limit for all Products except Automotive Fire Apparatus. For Automotive Fire Apparatus, see Section B of the Bid/Proposal Specifications. Property Damage or Destruction insurance is required for coverage of End User owned equipment while in Contractor's possession, custody or control. The minimum Single Occurrence limit is ,000.00 and the General Aggregate limit must be at least two times the Single Occurrence limit. This insurance may be carried in several ways, e.g. under an Inland Marine policy, as part of Automobile coverage, or under a Garage Keepers policy. In any event, this coverage must be specifically and clearly listed on insurance certificate(s) submitted to H-GAC. b. Insurance coverage shall be in effect for the length of any contract made pursuant to the Bid/Proposal, and for any extensions thereof, plus the number of days/months required to deliver any outstanding order after the close of the contract period. c. PDF Insurance Certificates must be furnished to H-GAC after contract execution and at policy renewal during term of contract, showing Contractor as the insured and showing coverage and limits for the insurances listed above. d. If any Product(s) or Service(s) will be provided by parties other than Contractor, all such parties are required to carry the insurance coverages specified herein, and if requested by H- GAC, a separate insurance certificate must be submitted for each such party. ARTICLE 9: PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS FOR INDIVIDUAL ORDERS H-GAC’s contractual requirements DO NOT include a Performance & Payment Bond (PPB); therefore, Contractor shall offer pricing that reflects this cost savings. Contractor shall remain prepared to offer a PPB to cover any order if so requested by the END USER. Contractor shall quote a price to END USER for provision of any requested PPB, and agrees to furnish the PPB within ten business (10) days of receipt of END USER's purchase order. ARTICLE 10: CHANGE OF STATUS Contractor shall immediately notify H-GAC, in writing, of ANY change in ownership, control, dealership/franchisee status, Motor Vehicle license status, or name. Contractor shall offer written guidance to advise H-GAC if this Agreement shall be affected in any way by such change. H-GAC shall have the right to determine whether or not such change is acceptable, and to determine what action shall be warranted, up to and including cancellation of Agreement. DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 H-GAC Product Code Item Description (Offeror may not change any desctiption or add items) Offered Price NA Per the RFP Motorola Solutions has included an Electronics Catalogue for our equipment on a USB drive in lieu of listing each individual product and its options. In addition, a discount APC sheet is attached in the pricing section and used to calculate all individual prices within the USB drive and also available via Motorola Solutions Online. Motorola Solutions offers this extensive on-line program called Motorola Solutions On-Line that allows each H-GAC end the user to check specific contract pricing, place orders, and check shipping estimates in addition to invoice history. The on-line tool is the most advanced of its kind in the Communications Industry. NB Per the RFP Motorola Solutions has included an Electronics Catalogue on a USB drive in lieu of listing each individual product and its options. In addition, a discount APC sheet is attached in the pricing section and used to calculate all individual prices within the USB drive and also available via Motorola Solutions Online. NC Mobile Command Interoperable Communication Equipment & Services ND Motorola Solutions Integration Services LMR Motorola Solutions offers wide range of services including Integration, Installation and Training. The cost of these services is regional in nature. Samples below are listed for reference only. ND Project Management Daily Rate* $ 1,818.00 ND System Engineering Daily Rate* $ 1,818.00 ND System Technologist Daily Rate* $ 2,173.00 ND Standard Shop Installation: Hourly Rate* $ 150.00 ND Standard Shop Installation: Daily Rate* $ 1,200.00 ND Mobile Radio Installation* $180-$500 ND Radio Programming* $55-$125 ND Data Installation* $180-$428 *Prices may vary by Region and Stated Scope. Travel Not Included ND Motorola Solutions Integration Services Advanced Services Motorola Solutions offers wide range of services including Integration, Installation and Training. The cost of these services is regional in nature. Samples below are listed for reference only. ND NG9-1-1 Consolting Services-Daily Rate*$1,694 ND Security Project/Program Management-Daily Rate*$1,694 ND Wireless Security Technician-Daily Rate*$1,580 ND Security Penetration Tester (Wired Network)-Daily Rate*$1,580 Contract No.: RA05-18 Attachment A Motorola Solutions, Inc. Radio Communication/Emergency Response & Mobile Interoperability Equipment Page 1 of 8 DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 ND Secutriy Trainer-Daily Rate*$1,328 ND Application Security Code Reviewer-Daily Rate*$2,033 ND IT Incident Response and E-Discovery Assitance-Daily Rate*$1,694 ND IT Disaster Recovery Planner-Daily Rate*$1,580 ND IT Disaster Recovery Plan Tester-Daily Rate*$1,580 ND Buisness Continuity/Continuity of Government Planner-Daily Rate*$1,580 ND Buisness Continuity/Continuity of Government Plan Tester-Daily Rate*$1,580 ND Mobile Application Services Project Management-Daily Rate*$565 ND Mobile Application Services System Engineer-Daily Rate*$565 ND Mobile Application Services Solution Architech-Daily Rate*$2,033 ND Mobile Application Services Application and Solution Design-Daily Rate*$2,033 ND Mobile Application Services Application and Solution Implementation-Daily Rate*$2,033 ND Application Integration and Customization Services Project Management-Daily Rate*$1,694 ND Application Integration and Customization Services System Engineer-Daily Rate*$1,694 ND Application Integration and Customization Services Solution Architech-Daily Rate*$2,033 ND Application Integration and Customization Services Application and Solution Design-Daily Rate*$2,033 ND Application Integration and Customization Services Application and Solution Implementation-Daily Rate*$1,694 ND Unified Communications Services Project Management-Daily Rate*$1,694 ND Unified Communications Services System Engineer-Daily Rate*$1,694 ND Unified Communications Services Solution Architech-Daily Rate*$2,033 ND Unified Communications Services Application and Solution Design-Daily Rate*$2,033 ND Unified Communications Services Application and Solution Implementation- Daily Rate*$1,694 ND Consulting Services Project Management-Daily Rate*$1,694 ND Consulting Services System Engineer-Daily Rate*$1,694 ND Consulting Services Solution Architech-Daily Rate*$2,033 ND Consulting Services Internet Protocol Network Accessment-Daily Rate*$2,033 ND Consulting Servics IP Network Design and Integration-Daily Rate*$2,033 ND Consulting Services IP Wide Area Network Backhaul Design and Integration- Daily Rate*$2,033 ND Consulting Services Custoemr Network Interface Design and Integration-Daily Rate*$2,033 020 CAD Equipment List 039 CAD Equipment 10% 068 CAD Equipment 10% 232 CAD Equipment 10% 297 CAD Equipment 5% 330 CAD Equipment 5% 333 CAD Equipment 10% 472 CAD Equipment 10% 473 CAD Equipment List 548 CAD Equipment 10% 702 CAD Equipment 10% APC DISCOUNTS PER ECAT/MOL PRICEBOOK Page 2 of 8 DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 789 CAD Equipment 10% 797 CAD Equipment List 850 CAD Equipment List 879 CAD Equipment List 981 CAD Equipment List 040 Data Applications 15% 041 Data Applications 10% 041 Data Applications 10% 138 Data Applications 10% 153 Data Applications 15% 343 Data Applications 10% 670 Data Applications List 766 Data Applications List 170 Data Subscriber Devices 15% 177 Data Subscriber Devices 15% 185 Data Subscriber Devices List 736 Data Subscriber Devices 22% 855 Data Subscriber Devices 10% 006 Dispatch Service 5% 768 Dispatch Service List 118 Dispatch Solutions 10% 124 Dispatch Solutions 15% 129 Dispatch Solutions 20% 139 Dispatch Solutions List 147 Dispatch Solutions 10% 185 Dispatch Solutions List 202 Dispatch Solutions 15% 207 Dispatch Solutions 10% 226 Dispatch Solutions 15% 228 Dispatch Solutions 30% 229 Dispatch Solutions 14% 261 Dispatch Solutions 5% 322 Dispatch Solutions 15% 404 Dispatch Solutions 20% 415 Dispatch Solutions 10% 443 Dispatch Solutions 20% 454 Dispatch Solutions 15% 520 Dispatch Solutions 10% 524 Dispatch Solutions 10% 551 Dispatch Solutions 10% 660 Dispatch Solutions 10% 706 Dispatch Solutions 20% 708 Dispatch Solutions 17% 729 Dispatch Solutions 17% 740 Dispatch Solutions 15% 892 Dispatch Solutions 10% 214 Fixed Data Products 10% 275 Fixed Data Products 10% 342 Fixed Data Products 10% 382 Fixed Data Products 10% 403 Fixed Data Products 15% 455 Fixed Data Products 15% 469 Fixed Data Products 10% 499 Fixed Data Products 10% Page 3 of 8 DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 708 Fixed Data Products 17% 222 Fixed Network Equipment 15% 329 Fixed Network Equipment 10% 381 Fixed Network Equipment 15% 207 Fixed Station Accessories 10% 273 Fixed Station Accessories 10% 277 Fixed Station Accessories 20% 457 Fixed Station Accessories 20% 515 Fixed Station Accessories 20% 524 Fixed Station Accessories 15% 525 Fixed Station Accessories 15% 856 Fixed Station Accessories 10% 207 Fixed Station Antenna Systems 10% 005 Fixed Stations 20% 112 Fixed Stations 18% 225 Fixed Stations 10% 272 Fixed Stations 20% 281 Fixed Stations 18.50% 301 Fixed Stations 20% 360 Fixed Stations 21.50% 377 Fixed Stations 17% 417 Fixed Stations 10% 424 Fixed Stations 15% 425 Fixed Stations 15% 448 Fixed Stations 20% 474 Fixed Stations 23% 509 Fixed Stations 21.50% 512 Fixed Stations 23% 537 Fixed Stations 21.50% 590 Fixed Stations 21.50% 595 Fixed Stations 18% 643 Fixed Stations 15% 675 Fixed Stations 20% 680 Fixed Stations 21.50% 744 Fixed Stations 20% 811 Fixed Stations 5% 881 Fixed Stations 15% 015 Fixed Wireless Broadband 20% 075 Fixed Wireless Broadband List 224 Fixed Wireless Broadband 15% 800 Fixed Wireless Broadband List 832 Fixed Wireless Broadband 10% 882 Fixed Wireless Broadband 15% 904 Fixed Wireless Broadband 15% 906 Fixed Wireless Broadband 15% 910 Fixed Wireless Broadband 15% 947 Fixed Wireless Broadband 15% 298 Infrastructure Repair 15% 901 Lifecycle Services List 902 Lifecycle Services List 903 Lifecycle Services List 904 Lifecycle Services List 905 Lifecycle Services List Page 4 of 8 DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 051 LTE 10% 051 LTE 10% 053 LTE 10% 054 LTE 10% 055 LTE 10% 056 LTE 10% 057 LTE 10% 058 LTE 5% 059 LTE 10% 061 LTE 10% 063 LTE 10% 065 LTE 10% 066 LTE 10% 171 LTE 10% 375 LTE List 708 LTE 10% 941 LTE 15% 984 LTE List 985 LTE List 989 LTE List 823 Maintenance List 983 Maintenance List 133 Misc. Equipment 15% 299 Misc. Equipment 15% 629 Misc. Equipment 10% 682 Misc. Equipment 20% 887 Misc. Equipment 18.50% 554 Mobile Accessories 15% 644 Mobile Accessories 15% 879 Mobile Applications Software 10% 038 Mobile Stations 10% 103 Mobile Stations 10% 109 Mobile Stations 26.50% 159 Mobile Stations 20% 189 Mobile Stations 15% 276 Mobile Stations 25% 287 Mobile Stations 10% 374 Mobile Stations 15% 426 Mobile Stations 25% 466 Mobile Stations 25% 471 Mobile Stations 25% 484 Mobile Stations 20% 500 Mobile Stations 25% 511 Mobile Stations 10% 514 Mobile Stations 25% 518 Mobile Stations 25% 527 Mobile Stations 25% 571 Mobile Stations 15% 585 Mobile Stations 25% 652 Mobile Stations 25% 655 Mobile Stations 25% 656 Mobile Stations 25% 681 Mobile Stations 25% Page 5 of 8 DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 761 Mobile Stations 25% 775 Mobile Stations 16.50% 776 Mobile Stations 20% 792 Mobile Stations 20% 869 Mobile Stations 20% 922 Mobile Stations 20% 216 MOTOTRBO 20% 422 MOTOTRBO 20% 475 MOTOTRBO 20% 516 MOTOTRBO 20% 557 MOTOTRBO 10% 563 MOTOTRBO 20% 777 MOTOTRBO 20% 131 Network Products 10% 147 Network Products 10% 207 Network Products 10% 232 Network Products 10% 708 Network Products 17% 136 Pagers/Receiver 15% 169 Pagers/Receiver 20% 452 Pagers/Receiver 15% 361 Paging/Recievers 15% 839 Paging/Recievers 15% 940 Paging/Recievers 15% 001 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 004 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 008 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 018 Portable Radiophone (Portables)List 019 Portable Radiophone (Portables)List 027 Portable Radiophone (Portables)List 032 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 037 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 087 Portable Radiophone (Portables)10% 128 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 158 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 185 Portable Radiophone (Portables)List 187 Portable Radiophone (Portables)15% 205 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 206 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 209 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 271 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 291 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 320 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 332 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 362 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 372 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 402 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 407 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 414 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 426 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 430 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 442 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 446 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 453 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 456 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% Page 6 of 8 DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 458 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 470 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 476 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 477 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 481 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 483 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 505 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 527 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 536 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 562 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 570 Portable Radiophone (Portables)10% 577 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 579 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 619 Portable Radiophone (Portables)15% 626 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 654 Portable Radiophone (Portables)List 655 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 656 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 672 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 687 Portable Radiophone (Portables)18% 721 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 726 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 742 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 749 Portable Radiophone (Portables)33.50% 755 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 756 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 778 Portable Radiophone (Portables)20% 785 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 795 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 798 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 837 Portable Radiophone (Portables)25% 841 Portable Radiophone (Portables)33.50% 883 Portable Radiophone (Portables)15% 977 Portable Radiophone (Portables)10% 986 Portable Radiophone (Portables)List List 390 Professional Services List 659 Professional Services List 659 Professional Services List 670 Professional Services List 842 Professional Services List 509 Receivers 21.50% 512 Receivers 23% 743 Receivers 15% 608 Records Management Software 10% 137 Secure Solutions 5% 201 Secure Solutions 10% 229 Secure Solutions 14% 462 Secure Solutions 10% 524 Secure Solutions 15% 525 Secure Solutions 15% 519 Security List 519 Security List 561 Service/Maintenance List Page 7 of 8 DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 769 Service/Maintenance List 769 Service/Maintenance List 772 Service/Maintenance List 929 Service/Maintenance List 206 Service/Maintenance List 293 Service/Maintenance List 195 Software Upgrades/Flashport List 371 Software Upgrades/Flashport List 430 Software Upgrades/Flashport 20% 262 Test Equipment 20% 854 Test Equipment List 293 Training-Professional Services List 039 Trunking Products and Systems 5% 085 Trunking Products and Systems 15% 112 Trunking Products and Systems 18% 115 Trunking Products and Systems 10% 152 Trunking Products and Systems 5% 277 Trunking Products and Systems 20% 280 Trunking Products and Systems 18.50% 281 Trunking Products and Systems 18.50% 377 Trunking Products and Systems 17% 495 Trunking Products and Systems 15% 593 Trunking Products and Systems 23% 708 Trunking Products and Systems 17% 877 Trunking Products and Systems 18.50% 002 Video Solutions 10% 085 Video Solutions 10% 488 Video Solutions 10% 964 Warranty List 218 Wireless Mobility 15% 606 Wireless Mobility 15% 683 Wireless Mobility 15% 832 Wireless Mobility 10% 907 Wireless Mobility 15% 908 Wireless Mobility 15% Package Discounts - Packages for System 01A7 List Package Discounts - Packages for System 03BA List Package Discounts - Packages for System 1027 List Page 8 of 8 DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 This page left blank intentionally. DocuSign Envelope ID: 4924AB7C-4EA3-4615-8E52-1407B8F038A5DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 -1 - Exhibit E Warranty, Post-Warranty, System Upgrade Agreement II and Service Terms and Conditions DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 2 - Service Terms and Conditions Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola”) and the customer named in this Agreement (“Customer”) hereby agree as follows: Section 1 APPLICABILITY These Service Terms and Conditions apply to service contracts whereby Motorola will provide to Customer either (1) maintenance, support and/or other services under a Motorola Service Agreement, or (2) installation services under a Motorola Installation Agreement. Section 2 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 2.1 “Agreement” means these Service Terms and Conditions; the cover page for the Service Agreement or the Installation Agreement, as applicable; and any other attachments, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. In interpreting this Agreement and resolving any ambiguities, these Service Terms and Conditions take precedence over any cover page, and the cover page takes precedence over any attachments, unless the cover page or attachment states otherwise. 2.2 “Equipment” means the equipment that is specified in the attachments or is subsequently added to this Agreement. 2.3 “Services” means those installation, maintenance, support, training, and other services described in this Agreement. Section 3 ACCEPTANCE Customer accepts these Service Terms and Conditions and agrees to pay the prices set forth in the Agreement. This Agreement becomes binding only when accepted in writing by Motorola. The term of this Agreement begins on the “Start Date” indicated in this Agreement. Section 4 SCOPE OF SERVICES 4.1. Motorola will provide the Services described in this Agreement or in a more detailed statement of work or other document attached to this Agreement. At Customer’s request, Motorola may also provide additional services at Motorola’s then-applicable rates for the services. 4.2. If Motorola is providing Services for Equipment, Motorola parts or parts of equal quality will be used; the Equipment will be serviced at levels set forth in the manufacturer’s product manuals; and routine service procedures that are prescribed by Motorola will be followed. 4.3. If Customer purchases from Motorola additional equipment that becomes part of the same system as the initial Equipment, the additional equipment may be added to this Agreement and will be billed at the applicable rates after the warranty for the additional equipment expires. 4.4. All Equipment must be in good working order on the Start Date or when additional equipment is added to the Agreement. Upon reasonable request by Motorola, Customer will provide a complete serial and model number list of the Equipment. Customer must promptly notify Motorola in writing when any Equipment is lost, damaged, stolen or taken out of service. Customer’s obligation to pay Service fees for such Equipment will terminate at the end of the month in which Motorola receives the written notice. 4.5. Customer must specifically identify any Equipment that is labeled intrinsically safe for use in hazardous environments. 4.6. If Equipment cannot, in Motorola’s reasonable opinion, be properly or economically serviced for any reason, Motorola may modify the scope of Services related to such Equipment; remove that Equipment from the Agreement; or increase the price to Service such Equipment. 4.7. Customer must promptly notify Motorola of any Equipment failure. Motorola will respond to Customer's notification in a manner consistent with the level of Service purchased as indicated in this Agreement. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 3 - Section 5 EXCLUDED SERVICES 5.1. Service excludes the repair or replacement of Equipment that has become defective or damaged from use in other than the normal, customary, intended, and authorized manner; use not in compliance with applicable industry standards; excessive wear and tear; or accident, liquids, power surges, neglect, acts of God or other force majeure events. 5.2. Unless specifically included in this Agreement, Service excludes items that are consumed in the normal operation of the Equipment, such as batteries or magnetic tapes.; upgrading or reprogramming Equipment; accessories, belt clips, battery chargers, custom or special products, modified units, or software; and repair or maintenance of any transmission line, antenna, microwave equipment, tower or tower lighting, duplexer, combiner, or multicoupler. Motorola has no obligations for any transmission medium, such as telephone lines, computer networks, the internet or the worldwide web, or for Equipment malfunction caused by such transmission medium. Section 6 TIME AND PLACE OF SERVICE Service will be provided at the location specified in this Agreement. When Motorola performs service at Customer’s location, Customer will provide Motorola, at no charge, a non-hazardous work environment with adequate shelter, heat, light, and power and with full and free access to the Equipment. Waivers of liability from Motorola or its subcontractors will not be imposed as a site access requirement. Customer will provide all information pertaining to the hardware and software elements of any system with which the Equipment is interfacing so that Motorola may perform its Services. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the hours of Service will be 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., local time, excluding weekends and holidays. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the price for the Services exclude any charges or expenses associated with helicopter or other unusual access requirements; if these charges or expenses are reasonably incurred by Motorola in rendering the Services, Customer agrees to reimburse Motorola for those charges and expenses. Section 7 CUSTOMER Contact Customer will provide Motorola with designated points of contact (list of names and phone numbers) that will be available twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, and an escalation procedure to enable Customer’s personnel to maintain contact, as needed, with Motorola. Section 8 PAYMENT Unless alternative payment terms are stated in this Agreement, Motorola will invoice Customer in advance for each payment period. All other charges will be billed monthly, and Customer must pay each invoice in U.S. dollars within thirty (30) days of the invoice date. Section 9 WARRANTY Motorola warrants that its Services under this Agreement will be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days from the date the performance of the Services are completed. In the event of a breach of this warranty, Customer’s sole remedy is to require Motorola to re- perform the non-conforming Service or to refund, on a pro-rata basis, the fees paid for the non- conforming Service. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Section 10 DEFAULT/TERMINATION 10.1. If either party defaults in the performance of this Agreement, the other party will give to the non- performing party a written and detailed notice of the default. The non-performing party will have thirty (30) days thereafter to provide a written plan to cure the default that is acceptable to the other party and begin implementing the cure plan immediately after plan approval. If the non-performing party fails to provide or implement the cure plan, then the injured party, in addition to any other rights available to it under law, may immediately terminate this Agreement effective upon giving a written notice of termination to the defaulting party. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 4 - 10.2. Any termination of this Agreement will not relieve either party of obligations previously incurred pursuant to this Agreement, including payments which may be due and owing at the time of termination. All sums owed by Customer to Motorola will become due and payable immediately upon termination of this Agreement. Upon the effective date of termination, Motorola will have no further obligation to provide Services. Section 11 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Motorola's total liability will be limited in accordance with the General Provisions (Exhibit A, Section 5 – Limitation of Liability). This limitation of liability will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision. Section 12 EXCLUSIVE TERMS AND CONDITIONS 12.1. This Agreement supersedes all prior and concurrent agreements and understandings between the parties, whether written or oral, related to the Services, and there are no agreements or representations concerning the subject matter of this Agreement except for those expressed herein. The Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written agreement signed by authorized representatives of both parties. 12.2. Customer agrees to reference this Agreement on any purchase order issued in furtherance of this Agreement, however, an omission of the reference to this Agreement will not affect its applicability. In no event will either party be bound by any terms contained in a Customer purchase order, acknowledgement, or other writing unless: the purchase order, acknowledgement, or other writing specifically refers to this Agreement; clearly indicate the intention of both parties to override and modify this Agreement; and the purchase order, acknowledgement, or other writing is signed by authorized representatives of both parties. Section 13 COVENANT NOT TO EMPLOY During the term of this Agreement and continuing for a period of two (2) years thereafter, Customer will not hire, engage on contract, solicit the employment of, or recommend employment to any third party of any employee of Motorola or its subcontractors without the prior written authorization of Motorola. This provision applies only to those employees of Motorola or its subcontractors who are responsible for rendering services under this Agreement. If this provision is found to be overly broad under applicable law, it shall be modified as necessary to conform to such law. Section 14 MATERIALS, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT All tools, equipment, dies, gauges, models, drawings or other materials paid for or furnished by Motorola for the purpose of this Agreement will be and remain the sole property of Motorola. Customer will safeguard all such property while it is in Customer’s custody or control, and return it to Motorola upon request. This property will be held by Customer for Motorola’s use without charge and may be removed from Customer’s premises by Motorola at any time without restriction. Section 15 GENERAL TERMS 17.1. If any court renders any portion of this Agreement unenforceable, the remaining terms will continue in full force and effect. 17.2. This Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties will be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas. 17.3. Failure to exercise any right will not operate as a waiver of that right, power, or privilege. 17.4. Neither party is liable for delays or lack of performance resulting from any causes that are beyond that party’s reasonable control, such as strikes, material shortages, or acts of God. 17.5. Motorola may subcontract any portion of its performance under this Agreement with the prior written consent of Customer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Subcontracting will not relieve Motorola of its duties under this Agreement. 17.6. If Motorola provides Services after the termination or expiration of this Agreement, the terms and conditions in effect at the time of the termination or expiration will apply to those Services and Customer DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 - 5 - agrees to pay for those services on a time and materials basis at a rate agreed to by Customer and Motorola. DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2   Advanced Plus Services  Statement of Work  Version 1.4      Updated: June 6, 2017     DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 2     Table of Contents Advanced Plus Services 3  Customer Support Plan (CSP) 3  Centralized Service Delivery 3  Field Service Delivery 4  Network Hardware Repair 4  Security Management Operations 5  Network Updates 5  My View Portal 6  Appendix A:  Network Event Monitoring Statement of Work 7  Appendix B:  Technical Support Statement of Work 13  Appendix C:  Network Hardware Repair Statement of Work 18  Appendix E:  OnSite Support Statement of Work 26  Appendix F:  Annual Preventive Maintenance Statement of Work 30  Appendix G:  Network Updates Statement of Work 39  Appendix H:   Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement Overview 44  Appendix I:  Security Monitoring Service Overview 50  Appendix J:  Preventive Maintenance Level 2 53       DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 3     This Statement of Work (SOW), including all of its subsections and attachments is an integral part of  the Services Agreement or other signed agreement between Motorola Solutions, Inc. (Motorola)  and Customer (“Agreement”) and is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement.    Advanced Plus Services are Network Event Monitoring, Technical Support, Network Hardware  Repair, Remote Security Patch Installation, OnSite Support, Annual Preventive Maintenance and  Network Updates.  Each of these services are summarized below and expanded upon in the in the  appendices A, B, C, D, E, F and G.   In the event of a conflict between the Sections below and an  individual SOW Subsection, the individual SOW Subsection prevails.        Advanced Plus Services   Motorola’s Advanced Plus Services are designed for customers who would benefit from Motorola’s  support experience. Advanced Plus Services are delivered through a combination of centralized  resources within Motorola’s Solutions Support Center (SSC) collaborating with authorized local field  services delivery resources that are experienced in managing mission critical networks and  associated technologies. The MSI SSC operates 24 x 7 x 365, leveraging field resources that are  either dedicated to the network or engaged as needed.     Advanced Plus Services applies to fixed end communications network equipment located at the  network core, RF site and dispatch sites.  Advanced Plus Services do not include maintenance of  mobile or portable devices, or network backhaul.    The services described in this SOW will be performed in accordance with the Customer Support Plan  (CSP) agreed upon by the parties.  The CSP will define the system elements covered under Advanced Plus Services.  The division of  responsibilities between Motorola and Customer shall be defined and documented in the  Appendices of this SOW, the Advanced Plus Services CSP and other portions of the Agreement.    Customer Support Plan (CSP)  The Advanced Plus Services Statement of Work summarizes Motorola’s delivery approach and  standard goals.  Since individual customer technologies, systems, operating environments, and  operational capabilities differ, the outlined services approach in the Advanced Plus Services SOW  will be adapted to each Customer’s own environment and unique needs via the CSP.  The CSP is a critical component of this SOW and, once created, will automatically become integrated  into this SOW by this reference. Motorola and Customer will collaborate to define the Customer‐ specific processes, procedures, network information, and other relevant support details required to  perform the Services set forth in the Advanced Plus Services SOW.      Centralized Service Delivery  Network Event Monitoring provides for real time continuous event management for radio  communications networks. The SSC Network Operations Center utilizes sophisticated tools for  remote monitoring and event characterization of customer communications networks. When an  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 4   event is detected, technologists acknowledge and assess the situation, and initiate a defined  response.  Appendix A contains the SOW for Network Event Monitoring.  Technical Support provides telephone consultation for technical issues that require a high level of  ASTRO 25 network experience and troubleshooting capabilities.  Technical Support is delivered  through the Motorola Solution Support Center (SSC) by a staff of technical support specialists skilled  in diagnosis and swift resolution of infrastructure performance and operational issues.  Motorola  applies leading industry standards in recording, monitoring, escalating and reporting for Technical  Support calls from its contracted customers, reflecting the importance of maintaining mission  critical systems.   Appendix B contains the SOW for Technical Support.    The Service Desk provides a single point of contact for all Service related items, including  communications between Customer, Third‐Party Subcontractors, and Motorola. The Service Desk  provides an ingress/egress point for Service Requests, Service Incidents, Changes, and Dispatch.  All  incoming transactions through the Service Desk are recorded, tracked and updated through the  Motorola Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system. Key responsibilities are:    Documentation of customer inquiries, requests, concerns and related tickets.  Tracking and  resolution of issues, and timely communication with all stakeholders is based on the nature of the  incident and the requirements of the CSP.  The Services Desk will manage service requests received  from authorized parties and will coordinate the appropriate response with Customer and third  parties, as necessary.       Field Service Delivery  Advanced Plus Services are provided by authorized local field Services delivery resources.  Annual  Preventive Maintenance and OnSite Support are both managed from the SSC, but delivered by  authorized local field services resources.    OnSite Support provides local, trained and qualified technicians who arrive at the customer location  upon a dispatch service call to diagnose and restore the communications network. This involves  running diagnostics on the hardware or FRU (Field Replacement Unit) and replacing defective  infrastructure or FRU. The system technician will respond to the customer location based on  predefined severity levels.  Appendix E contains the SOW for Onsite Support.  Annual Preventive Maintenance Service provides proactive, regularly scheduled operational test and  alignment of infrastructure and network components to continually meet original manufacturer’s  specifications.  Certified field technicians perform hands‐on examination and diagnostics of network  equipment on a routine and prescribed basis.   Appendix F contains the SOW for Annual Preventive  Maintenance.    Network Hardware Repair  Motorola provides a hardware repair service for all of the Motorola and select third‐party  infrastructure equipment supplied by Motorola. The Motorola authorized Repair Depot manages  and performs the repair of Motorola supplied equipment as well as coordinating the equipment  repair logistics process.   Appendix C contains the SOW for Network Hardware Repair.  Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement is a purchasable option under which  Motorola will provide Customer with an advanced replacement unit(s) or Field Replacement Units  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 5   (FRUs) as they are available in exchange for Customer’s malfunctioning equipment. Malfunctioning  equipment will be evaluated and repaired by the infrastructure repair depot and returned to depot’s  FRU inventory upon completion of repair. Customers who prefer to maintain their existing FRU  inventory have an option to request a “Loaner” FRU while their unit is being repaired.   If purchased,  an appendix with the Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement SOW will be included  at the end of this document.       Security Management Operations   Remote Security Patch Installation   Motorola maintains a dedicated vetting lab for each supported ASTRO 25 release for the purpose of  pre‐testing security updates.  In some cases, when appropriate, Motorola will make the updates  available to outside vendors, allow them to test, and then incorporate those results into this  offering.  Once tested, Motorola posts the updates to a secured extranet website and sends an  email notification to the customer.   If there are any recommended configuration changes, warnings,  or workarounds, Motorola will provide detailed documentation along with the updates on the  website.  In addition to testing the security updates, Remote Security Patch Installation includes  remote installation of the updates. Appendix D contains the SOW for Remote Security Patch  Installation.  Security Monitoring  ASTRO 25 Security Monitoring is a purchasable solution that provides 24x7x365 monitoring of the  radio network security elements by specialized security technologists with years of experience  working with ASTRO 25 mission‐critical networks. For highly complex or unusual security events, our  technologists have direct and immediate access to Motorola engineers for rapid resolution.  If  purchased, an appendix with the Security Monitoring SOW will be included at the end of this  document.    Network Updates  Network Updates Service is a comprehensive approach to technology sustainment of the ASTRO 25  system.  It incorporates both software and hardware updates aligned with the ASTRO 25 platform  lifecycle so the customer’s system is maintained at a high level of support.  Network Updates service  provides a complete package of hardware, software and implementation services required to update  the ASTRO 25 system with an equivalent level of functionality.   Network Updates enable the ASTRO 25 system to function at high levels of operation over time, and  allow for feature enhancement and system expansion, such as expansion of RF sites, dispatch  positions, data sub‐systems, network management positions, while maximizing the lifespan of the  investment. Network updates provide access to the latest available standard and optional features  (optional features may require an additional fee for licensing and hardware).  Software and  hardware updates to platform components optimize the availability of repair services support and  may also provide increased capacity and processing capability.  Live network updates are performed  with minimal interruption to system operation and with minimal reliance on owner resources.   Appendix G contains the SOW for Network Updates.    DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 6   My View Portal    MyView Portal is a web‐based platform that provides a transparent, single source view of network  maintenance and operations along with historical system and service delivery information. It can be  accessed from a desktop, laptop or tablet web browser.    Event Monitoring Reports:  See resolution status for incidents and notifications by severity level.  Technical Support: View case status details to compare them to committed response times.  OnSite Support: Observe case details by severity level and track the progress of onsite support issue  resolution.  Annual Preventive Maintenance: Access the maintenance status for all sites and quickly identify  actions needed to take to optimize system performance.  Network Hardware Repair: Track return material authorizations (RMAs) shipped to our repair depot  and eliminate the need to call for status updates.  Security Patching: Receive automated patch downloads and status on competed updates.  System Upgrade Notifications: View hardware and software updates in addition to alerts to areas  that need compliance attention  Trending Reports: Access up to 13 months of historical data and system activity to analyze case  management.  Asset and Contract Information: View all the assets purchased for the network, recent orders, and  contract information.    The data presented in MyView Portal is in support of the appendix SOW's which provide the terms  of any service delivery commitments associated with this data.   DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 7     Appendix A:  Network Event Monitoring Statement of Work  Network Event Monitoring provides real‐time fault monitoring for radio communications networks  on a continuous basis. Network Event Monitoring utilizes sophisticated tools for remote monitoring  and event characterization of your communications networks. When an event is detected, skilled  technologists acknowledge and assess the situation, and initiate a defined response.   The terms and conditions of this Statement of Work (SOW) are an integral part of Motorola’s Service  Agreement or other applicable agreement to which it is attached and made a part thereof by this  reference.     1.0 Description of Network Event Monitoring Services  Network Event Monitoring is a service designed to monitor elements of a communication system for  events, as set forth in the Monitored Elements Table.  When the SSC detects an event, then, based  on the severity of the event, trained technologists acknowledge and remotely diagnose the event  and initiate an appropriate response in accordance with the customer handling procedure.   Appropriate responses could include, but are not limited to, continuing to monitor the event for  further development, attempting remote remediation via engagement of Technical Support  resources, or initiating dispatch of a Field Servicer (“Servicer”) for onsite remediation if required.     1.1 Availability  Network Event Monitoring is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Network Event Monitoring  availability is based on the level of contracted service and defined in the Customer Support Plan  (CSP).  1.2 Geographic  Availability  Network Event Monitoring is a globally provided service unless limited by data export control  regulations. Timeframes are based on the customer’s local time zone.   1.3 Inclusions  Network Event Monitoring can be delivered on Motorola sold infrastructure as stated in the  Monitored Elements Table.   1.4 Limitations and Exclusions   1.4.1 Does not include monitoring of anything outside of the radio network or monitoring of  infrastructure provided by a third party, unless specifically stated.  Monitored elements  must be within the radio network and capable of sending traps to the Unified Event  Manager (UEM).  1.4.2 Additional support charges above and beyond the contracted service agreement fees  may apply if Motorola determines that system faults were caused by the customer  making changes to critical system parameters.    1.4.3 The following activities are outside the scope of the Network Monitoring service, but are  optional services that are available to remote Network Monitoring customers at an  additional cost:  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 8   ● Emergency on‐site visits required to resolve technical issues that cannot be  resolved by SSC working remotely with the local customer technical resource.  ● System installations, upgrades, and expansions.  ● Customer training.  ● Hardware repair and/or exchange.     ● Network security services.  ● Network transport (WAN ports, WAN cloud, redundant paths).  ● Information Assurance.  ● Any services not expressly included in this statement of work.    1.4.4 Reference the event catalogue to confirm monitored equipment.    1.5 Motorola has the following responsibilities:  1.5.1 Provide dedicated connectivity through a network connection necessary for monitoring  communication networks. The Connectivity Matrix  further describes the connectivity  options.  1.5.2 If determined necessary by Motorola, provide Motorola owned equipment for  monitoring system elements.  If Motorola installs or replaces Motorola owned  equipment, the type of equipment and location installed is listed in the Motorola Owned  & Supplied Equipment Table.  1.5.3 Verify connectivity and event monitoring prior to system acceptance or start date.    1.5.4 Monitor system continuously during hours designated in the CSP in accordance with the  pre‐defined times specified in the Engagement Matrix.  1.5.5 Remotely access the customer’s system to perform remote diagnosis as permitted by  customer pursuant to the Connectivity Matrix.  1.5.6 Create a case, as necessary. Gather information to perform the following:   ● Characterize the issue   ●  Determine a plan of action  ●  Assign and track the case to resolution.    1.5.7 Cooperate with customer to coordinate transition of monitoring responsibilities  between Motorola and customer as specified in section 1.6.12 and 1.6.12.1.  1.5.8 Maintain communication as needed with the customer in the field until resolution of the  case  1.6 The Customer has the following responsibilities:  1.6.1 Allow Motorola continuous remote access to enable the monitoring service.   1.6.2 Provide continuous utility service to any Motorola equipment installed or utilized at  customer’s premises to support delivery of the service.  Customer acknowledges Risk of  loss to any Equipment provided to Customer as part of the Services will reside with  Customer upon delivery and will remain with Customer until Equipment is returned to  Motorola or its authorized representative.  1.6.3 Provide Motorola with predefined customer information and preferences prior to Start  Date necessary to complete the CSP, including, but not limited to:  ● Case notification preferences and procedure  ● Repair Verification Preference and procedure  ● Database and escalation procedure forms.  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 9   ● Submit changes in any information supplied to Motorola and included in the CSP  to the CSM.     1.6.4 Provide the following information when initiating a service request:   ● Assigned system ID number  ● Problem description and site location  ● Other pertinent information requested by Motorola to open a Case.    1.6.5 Notify the SSC when customer performs any activity that impacts the system.  (Activity  that impacts the system may include, but is not limited to, installing software or  hardware upgrades, performing upgrades to the network, renaming elements or devices  within the network, or taking down part of the system to perform maintenance.)   1.6.6 Allow Servicers access to equipment (including any connectivity or monitoring  equipment) if remote service is not possible.   1.6.7 Allow Servicers access to remove Motorola owned monitoring equipment upon  cancellation of service.    1.6.8 Provide all customer managed passwords required to access the customer’s system to  Motorola upon request or when opening a case to request service support or enable  response to a technical issue.  1.6.9 Pay additional support charges above and beyond the contracted service agreements  that may apply if it is determined that system faults were caused by the customer  making changes to critical system parameters  1.6.10 Obtain at Customer’s cost all third party consents or licenses required to enable  Motorola to provide the monitoring service.  1.6.11 Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to  enable Motorola to provide the services described in this SOW.   1.6.12 Contact Motorola to coordinate transition of monitoring when monitoring responsibility  is to be transferred to or from Motorola. (I.e. normal business hours to after‐hours  monitoring) as set forth in pre‐defined information provided by customer CSP.   1.6.12.1 Upon contact, customer must provide customer name, site id, status  on any open cases, severity level, and brief description of case and  action plan to Motorola.  1.6.13 Acknowledge that cases will be handled in accordance with the times and priorities as  defined in the Engagement Matrix.  1.6.14 Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to  enable Motorola to provide the Network Event Monitoring.       DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 10     Engagement Matrix  The event types are based on the defined levels as follows:    Severity  Level  Severity Definition  Engagement Times  1 This is defined as a critical/major incident that  causes the system and/or infrastructure to  experience a loss of call processing  functionality and no work‐around or  immediate solution is available.   The following are examples of this kind of  failure:   o 33% of call processing resources  impaired   o Remote Site/subsystem severed  o Site Environment alarms:   o Smoke   o Unauthorized access   o Temperature   o Power failure  Response provided 24 hours, 7 days a  week, including US Holidays.  2 This is defined as a moderate/minor incident  that causes the system to operate with a  continuous reduction in capacity or  functionality of core services (core services  include, voice, data or network management).   The following are examples of this kind of  failure:   o Less than 33% of call processing  resources impaired   o Failure of a single redundant  component  Response provided 8 x 5 on standard  business days, which is normally  Monday through Friday 8AM to 5PM,  excluding US Holidays.  3 This is defined as a minor issue, which has  little or no impact on the functionality,  efficiency or usability of core services. The  following are examples of this kind of severity:   o Faults that have no impact in how the  user perceives the system to work   o Intermittent issues   o Requests for information  o Preventive Maintenance or upgrade  related work  Response provided 8 x 5 on standard  business days, which is normally  Monday through Friday 8AM to 5PM,  excluding US Holidays.    DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 11   Connectivity Matrix    Request connectivity 8 weeks in advance of service start date     System Type Connectivity Setup and Maintenance   ASTRO® 25 Internet VPN  Motorola  ASTRO® 25 T1 Motorola       Motorola Owned & Supplied Equipment Table     Equipment Type Location Installed  Firewall/Router Master Site  Service Delivery Management Server Master Site for each Zone       DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 12     Monitored Elements Table   Master Site Infrastructure RF Site Equipment Dispatch Site Equipment Servers & Backup Servers Channels Consoles  MOSCAD (digital inputs & RS232  serial alarms) MOSCAD (digital inputs &  RS232 serial alarms)  AIS Servers  TRAK RF Site Communication  Path  Operator Position (OP)  Core LAN Switch Switch Conventional Channel Gateway  (CCGW)  Packet Data Gateway (PDG) Site Controller Call Processor  Radio Network Gateway (RNG) Router  Logging Replay Station (only  within the Radio Network  Interface “RNI”)  Zone Database Server (ZDS) Gateway Router Voice Processing Module  (VPM)  Gateway Router Network Time Protocol  (NTP)  Client Station   Controller – Zone & Domain Firewall MCC 7100 (only within the Radio  Network Interface “RNI”)  Firewall Manager Servers SmartX Site Converter  (only the converter, not  the legacy sites)  MCC 7500 IP Logging Recorders  Air Traffic Router (ATR)    Unified Event Manager (UEM)    Zone Statistical Server (ZSS)    Install Server      *Some or all of the above equipment may be monitored depending on system configuration and need. Other equipment  (not listed) may be monitored as an option, consult with your Customer Support Manager for details.     DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 13     Appendix B:  Technical Support Statement of Work   Motorola’s Technical Support service provides telephone consultation for technical issues that  require a high level of ASTRO 25 network knowledge and troubleshooting capabilities. Remote  Technical Support is delivered through the Motorola Support Center (SSC) by a staff of technical  support specialists skilled in diagnosis and swift resolution of infrastructure performance and  operational issues.   Motorola applies leading industry standards in recording, monitoring, escalating and reporting for  Technical Support calls from its contracted customers, reflecting the importance of maintaining  mission critical systems.    1.0 Description of Technical Support Services  Motorola’s Solution Support Center’s (SSC) primary goal is Customer Issue Resolution (CIR),  providing Incident Restoration and Service Request Fulfillment on Motorola’s currently supported  infrastructure. This team of highly skilled, knowledgeable, and experienced specialists is available to  the customer as an integrated part of the support and technical issue resolution process. The SSC  remotely supports the customer and works with but not limited to fault diagnostics tools, simulation  networks and fault database search engines.   Technical Support is available Monday ‐ Friday 8:00am ‐ 5:00pm local site time and 24 hours a day, 7  days a week for Severity 1 Incidents.  Technical Support availability for severity 2, 3 and 4 incidents is  outlined in the Severity Level Response Goals. Calls requiring incidents or service requests will be  logged in Motorolas Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system. This helps ensure that  technical issues are prioritized, updated, tracked and escalated as necessary, until resolution.  Technical Support Operations assigns the impact level in accordance with the agreed Severity Level  Definitions stated in this document.  Motorola will track the progress of each case from initial capture to resolution. Motorola will advise  and inform the customer of the case progress and tasks that require further investigation and  assistance from the customer’s technical resources.  This service requires the customer to provide a suitably trained technical resource that delivers  maintenance and support to the customer’s system, and who is familiar with the operation of that  system. Motorola provides technical consultants to support the local resource in the timely closure  of infrastructure, performance and operational issues.  1.1 Scope  Technical Support service is available Monday ‐ Friday 8:00am ‐ 5:00pm local site time and 24 hours  a day, 7 days a week for Severity 1 Incidents. See Severity Level Definitions.    1.2 Inclusions  Technical Support service will be delivered on Motorola sold infrastructure including integrated 3rd  party products.      1.3 Limitations and Exclusions  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 14   The following activities are outside the scope of the Technical Support service, but are optional  services that are available to remote Technical Support customers at an additional cost:   ● Emergency on‐site visits required to resolve technical issues that cannot be resolved  with the SSC working remotely with the local customer technical resource.  ● Third party support for equipment not sold by Motorola.  ● System installations, upgrades, and expansions.  ● Customer training.  ● Hardware repair and/or exchange.     ● Network security services.  ● Network transport management.  ● Motorola services not included in this statement of work.  ● Any technical support required as a result of a virus or unwanted intrusion is  excluded if the system is not protected against these security threats by Motorolas  Pre‐tested Security Update Service when applicable.    1.4 Motorola has the following responsibilities:  1.4.1 Provide availability to the Motorola Solution Support Center (800‐221‐7144), 24  hours a day, 7 days a week to respond to Customer’s requests for Severity 1 support.   Refer to Severity Level Response Time Goals for Severity 2, 3 and 4 response times.  1.4.2 Respond initially to Incidents and Technical Service Requests in accordance with the  response times set forth in the Severity Level Response Time Goals  section of this  document and the severity level defined in the Severity Level Definitions section of  this document.  1.4.3 Provide caller a plan of action outlining additional requirements, activities or  information required to achieve restoral/fulfillment.  1.4.4 Maintain communication with the customer in the field as needed until resolution of  the case.  1.4.5 Coordinate technical resolutions with agreed upon third party vendors, as needed.  1.4.6 Manage functionally escalated support issues to additional Motorola technical  resources, as applicable.  1.4.7 Determine, in its sole discretion, when a case requires more than the Technical  Support services described in this SOW and notify customer of an alternative course  of action.    1.5 The Customer has the following responsibilities:  1.5.1 Provide Motorola with predefined information prior to contract start date necessary  to complete Customer Support Plan (CSP).   1.5.2 Submit changes in any information supplied in the Customer Support Plan (CSP) to  the Customer Support Manager (CSM).  1.5.3 Contact the SSC in order to engage the Technical Support service, providing the  necessary information for proper entitlement services.  Including but not limited to  the name of contact, name of customer, system ID number, site(s) in question, and  brief description of the problem including pertinent information for initial issue  characterization.  1.5.4 Maintain suitable trained technical resources that provide field maintenance and  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 15   technical maintenance services to the system, and who are familiar with the  operation of that system.  1.5.5 Supply suitably skilled and trained on‐site presence when requested by the SSC.  1.5.6 Validate issue resolution prior to close of the case in a timely manner.  1.5.7 Acknowledge that cases will be handled in accordance with the times and priorities  as defined in the Severity Level Definitions and in the Severity Level Response Time  Goals section in this document.  1.5.8 Cooperate with Motorola  and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to  enable Motorola to provide the Technical Support.  1.5.9 Obtain at Customer’s cost all third party consents or licenses required to enable  Motorola to provide the Service.       DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 16     Severity Level Definitions  The following severity level definitions will be used to determine the maximum response times:  Severity  Level  Severity Definition Severity 1 This is defined as a failure that causes the system and/or infrastructure a loss of voice  functionality and no work‐around or immediate solution is available.    The following are examples of this kind of failure:   • 33% of call processing resources impaired  • Site Environment alarms:  o Smoke,   o Unauthorized access  o Temperature   o Power failure  Severity 2 This is defined as a fault that causes the system to operate with a continuous reduction  in capacity or functionality of core services (core services consist of: Voice, data or  network management).    The following are examples of this kind of failure:   Less than 33% of call processing resources impaired   Failure of a single redundant component  Severity 3 This is defined as a fault which reduces the functionality, efficiency or usability of core  services (voice, data and network management) and there is a viable work‐around in  place.   The following are examples of this kind of severity:  Intermittent faults that are infrequent and minor impact to core  services  Statistical reporting problems  Severity 4  This is defined as a minor issue, which has little or no impact on the functionality,  efficiency or usability of core services. The following are examples of this kind of  severity:  Faults resulting in minor functions or features being unsupported or  unreliable in ways that are not noticeable to the user.  Faults that have no impact in how the user perceives the system to  work.   Cosmetic issues.  Requests for information.    DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 17   Severity Level Response Goals   The response times are based on the defined severity levels as follows:    Severity Level Response Time Severity 1 A Motorola SSC Technician will make contact with the customer technical  representative within one hour of the request for support being logged in the  issue management system. Continual effort will be maintained to restore the  system or provide a workaround resolution. Response provided 24 x 7.    Severity 2 A Motorola SSC Technician will make contact with the customer technical  representative within four hours of the request for support being logged at the  issue management system. Response provided 8 x 5 on standard business days,  which is normally Monday through Friday 8AM to 5PM, excluding US Holidays.    Severity 3 A Motorola SSC Technician will make contact with the customer technical  representative within the next business day of the request for support being  logged at the issue management system. Response provided 8 x 5 on standard  business days, which is normally Monday through Friday 8AM to 5PM,  excluding US Holidays.    Severity 4  A Motorola SSC Technician will make contact with the customer technical  representative within the next business day of the request for support being  logged at the issue management system. Response provided 8 x 5 on standard  business days, which is normally Monday through Friday 8AM to 5PM,  excluding US Holidays.         DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 18     Appendix C:  Network Hardware Repair Statement of Work  Motorola provides a hardware repair service for all of the Motorola and select third‐party  infrastructure equipment supplied by Motorola. The Motorola authorized Repair Depot manages  and performs the repair of Motorola supplied equipment as well as coordinating the equipment  repair logistics process.   1.0 Description of Services  Infrastructure components are repaired at a Motorola authorized Infrastructure Depot Operations  (IDO). At Motorola’s discretion, select third party Infrastructure may be sent to the original  equipment manufacturer or third party vendor for repair.   1.1 Scope  Repair Authorizations are obtained by contacting the Solutions Support Center (SSC) which is  available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.    Repair authorizations can also be obtained online via Motorola Online at  https://businessonline.Motorolasolutions.com, under Repair Status/Submit Infrastructure RA.  1.2 Inclusions  Network Hardware Repair is available on Motorola sold communication systems which may include  some aspect of third party hardware and software. Motorola will make a “commercially reasonable  effort” to repair Motorola manufactured infrastructure products for seven years after product  cancellation.   1.3 Exclusions  If infrastructure is no longer supported by Motorola, the original equipment manufacturer or a third  party vendor, Motorola may return said equipment to the customer without repair or replacement.  The following items are excluded from Network Hardware Repair:   1.3.1 All Motorola infrastructure hardware over seven (7) years from product cancellation  date.  1.3.2 All Third party infrastructure hardware over two (2) years from product cancellation  date.  1.3.3 All Broadband infrastructure over three (3) years from product cancellation date  1.3.4 Physically damaged infrastructure.    1.3.5 Third party equipment not shipped by Motorola  1.3.6 Consumable items including, but not limited to, batteries, connectors, cables,  toner/ink cartridges, tower lighting, laptop computers, monitors, keyboards and  mouse.  1.3.7 Video retrieval from Digital In‐Car Video equipment.  1.3.8 Infrastructure backhaul such as: Antennas, Antenna Dehydrator, Microwave1, Line  Boosters, Amplifier, Data Talker Wireless Transmitter, Short haul modems, UPS1    1.3.9 Test equipment.  1.3.10 Racks, furniture and cabinets.  1.3.11 Firmware and/or software upgrades.  1 Excluded from service agreements but may be repaired on an above contract, time and material basis. All UPS Systems must  be shipped to IDO for repair. Note! Excludes batteries and on‐site services      DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 19   1.4 Motorola has the following responsibilities:  1.4.1 Enable Customer access to the Motorola call Center operational 24 hours a day, 7  days per week, to create requests for repair service.  1.4.2 Provide repair return authorization numbers when requested by Customer.  1.4.3 Receive malfunctioning infrastructure from Customer and document its arrival,  repair and return.   1.4.4 Perform the following service on Motorola infrastructure:  ● Perform an operational check on the infrastructure to determine the nature  of the problem.  ● Replace malfunctioning Field Replacement Units (FRU) or components.  ● Verify that Motorola infrastructure is returned to Motorola manufactured  specifications, as applicable.         ● Perform a box unit test on all serviced infrastructure.     ● Perform a system test on select infrastructure.     1.4.5 Provide the following service on select third party infrastructure:  ● Perform pre‐diagnostic and repair services to confirm infrastructure  malfunction and eliminate sending infrastructure with no trouble found  (NTF) to third party vendor for repair, when applicable.    ● Ship malfunctioning infrastructure components to the original equipment  manufacturer or third party vendor for repair service, when applicable.   ● Track infrastructure sent to the original equipment manufacturer or third  party vendor for service.  ● Perform a post‐test after repair by Motorola, original equipment  manufacturer, or third party vendor to confirm malfunctioning  infrastructure has been repaired and functions properly in a Motorola  system configuration, when applicable.   ● Re‐program repaired infrastructure to original operating parameters based  on software/firmware provided by customer. If the customer software  version/configuration is not provided, shipping times will be delayed.  If the  Infrastructure repair depot determines that the malfunctioning  infrastructure is due to a software defect, the repair depot reserves the right  to reload infrastructure with a similar software version.   ● Properly package repaired infrastructure.   ● Ship repaired infrastructure to the customer specified address during  normal operating hours of Monday through Friday 7:00am to 7:00pm CST,  excluding holidays.  FRU will be sent two‐day air unless otherwise requested.  Motorola will pay for such shipping, unless customer requests shipments  outside of the above mentioned standard business hours and/or carrier  programs, such as NFO (next flight out).  In such cases, customer will be  responsible for payment of shipping and handling charges.     1.5 The Customer has the following responsibilities:  1.5.1 Contact or instruct Servicer to contact the Motorola Support Center (SSC) and  request a return authorization number prior to shipping malfunctioning  infrastructure.    DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 20   1.5.2 Provide model description, model number and serial number, type of system,  software and firmware version, symptom of problem and address of site location for  FRU or infrastructure.  1.5.3 Indicate if infrastructure or third party infrastructure being sent in for service was  subjected to physical damage or lightning damage.  1.5.4 Follow Motorola instructions regarding inclusion or removal of firmware and  software applications from infrastructure being sent in for service.    1.5.5 Provide Customer purchase order number to secure payment for any costs  described herein that are outside the scope of the existing Agreement between  Motorola and Customer to which this SOW is attached.  1.5.6 Properly package and ship the malfunctioning FRU, at customer’s expense.  Customer is responsible for properly packaging the malfunctioning infrastructure  FRU to ensure that the shipped infrastructure arrives undamaged and in repairable  condition.    1.5.7 Clearly print the return authorization number on the outside of the packaging.    1.5.8 Maintain versions and configurations for software/applications and firmware to  install repaired equipment.  1.5.9 Provide Motorola with proper software/firmware information to reprogram  equipment after repair unless current software has caused this malfunction.  1.5.10 Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to  enable Motorola to provide the infrastructure repair services to customer.  1.5.11 Obtain at Customer’s cost all third party consents or licenses required to enable  Motorola to provide the Service.                            Appendix D:  Remote Security Patch Installation Service Statement of Work  To verify compatibility with your ASTRO 25 system, Motorola’s Remote Security Patch Installation  provides pre‐tested 3rd party software (SW) security updates.    DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 21   In addition to testing the security updates, Remote Security Patch Installation includes remote  installation of the updates.  This Statement of Work (“SOW”) is subject to the terms and conditions of Motorola’s Professional  Services Agreement, Service Agreement or other applicable agreement in effect between the parties  (“Agreement”).  Motorola and Customer may be referred to herein individually as a “Party or  together as “Parties”  1.0 Description of Remote Security Patch Installation  Motorola shall maintain a dedicated vetting lab for each supported ASTRO 25 release for the  purpose of pre‐testing security updates. In some cases, when appropriate, Motorola will make the  updates available to outside vendors, allow them to test, and then incorporate those results into  this offering.  Depending on the specific ASTRO 25 release and customer options, these may include  updates to antivirus definitions, OEM vendor supported Windows Workstation and Server operating  system patches, Solaris and Red Hat Linux (RHEL) operating system patches, VMware ESXi  Hypervisor patches, Oracle database patches, PostgreSQL patches, and patches for other 3rd party  Windows applications such as Adobe Acrobat and Flash.    Motorola has no control over the schedule of releases. The schedule for the releases of updates is  determined by the Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs), without consultation with Motorola.   Antivirus definitions are released every week.  Microsoft patches are released on a monthly basis.  Motorola obtains and tests these updates as they are released.  Other products have different  schedules or are released “as‐required.”  Motorola will obtain and test these OEM vendors  supported updates on a quarterly basis.  1.1 Connectivity  To accommodate remote installation of security updates, a connection is required from Motorola to  the customer ASTRO 25 network.  There are two different options.  1) T1 line purchased and  maintained by Motorola, or 2) The customer internet connection is used and a Virtual Private  Network (VPN) is established between Motorola and the ASTRO 25 network.  Since this relies on the  customer internet connection, the customer is responsible for the availability of the connection.  Along with the connection itself, Motorola supplied hardware is required to be deployed to the  customer premises on the ASTRO 25 network.  Motorola shall load software, configure, and ship the  hardware to the customer supplied contact for installation.  This hardware and its maintenance is  part of the connectivity service.  ASTRO 25 connectivity is ordered separately from Remote Security Patch Installation and has a  separate statement of work.  See that SOW for more detail on terms of the connection.  If connectivity is already established for a different service such as network or security monitoring  then the same connection can be used for Remote Security Patch Installation. There is no need for a  separate connection to be established.  1.2 Security Update Installation  Motorola shall push the tested security updates over the established connection. The timing and  coordination with the customer of each update depends on the updates themselves.  Motorola  requires IP connectivity to all elements that are in scope for patching. If IP connectivity from  Motorola is not available then those elements will not be considered for remote patching and will  require alternative arrangements outside of the scope of this statement of work.  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 22   1.2.1 Antimalware Signature Update Installation  Antimalware signature updates are released often, but Motorola collects and tests them on  a weekly basis. The updates are non‐intrusive (for example, no reboots or manual  configuration changes are required) and automatically implemented.  Therefore,  antimalware signature updates will be pushed within a week of testing without Customer  coordination.  An email will be sent to inform the Customer that the signatures have been  updated.  1.2.2 Microsoft Windows Security Update Installation  Microsoft typically releases security updates every second Tuesday of the month (aka “Patch  Tuesday”); however, selected security updates are sometimes released on other days, and it  is possible that no security updates are released during a month.  Security updates for some  3rd party Windows software (Non‐Motorola and non‐Microsoft applications that run on  Windows, such as Adobe Reader and Flash) are also released on Patch Tuesday.  The most  recent Windows and 3rd party Windows security updates available will be acquired by  Motorola on each Patch Tuesday. These patch security updates require at least one week  for incorporation into the offering and a minimum of 36 hours for testing in the Motorola  vetting labs, after which security updates with no issues are then released.  Patches may be  held back at the discretion of Motorola if they are found to cause any problems to features,  performance or functionality and will only be released when the issues are fully resolved.  It is important to understand that it is often the case that after security updates are  installed, Microsoft requires the patched computer to be rebooted before the security  updates take full effect and vulnerabilities are mitigated.  The clients include dispatch  consoles and there is no way for Motorola to know when it is safe to reboot.  The customer  must reboot at a time chosen by them so as to not impact operations.    Once the security updates are vetted, Motorola will start pushing the updates to the  customer without customer coordination or notification.  An email will be sent requesting  that the clients be rebooted.  It is the customer’s responsibility to reboot all of the clients  before the next set update is sent.  When preparing for the next month’s push of security  updates, Motorola will first scan to verify all of the previous updates were implemented and  if any computer has not been rebooted. Motorola will send an email requesting that the  remaining computers be rebooted before any new updates are pushed.   1.2.3 Microsoft Windows Security Updates Outside ASTRO 25 Firewalls  Connections to other networks (from now on referred to as Customer Enterprise Network,  or CEN) must be delineated by firewalls.  All updates deployed by Remote Security Patch  Installation are specific to equipment inside the ASTRO 25 Radio Network with only the  following exceptions: Key Management Facility (KMF), Text messaging Services (TMS) and  advanced Messaging Services (AMS) and MCC 7100 consoles.  In these exceptions, the  customer has a choice of including these machines in the Remote Security Patch Installation  service, or including them in their own IT security patch procedures.  The KMF, TMS, and AMS are all outside the firewall (relative to the Radio Network) and  therefore updates require that the firewall be opened.  The default for Remote Security  Patch Installation is that these functions are included.    The MCC 7100 console may be directly on the radio network or in the CEN.  Any MCC 7100  on the radio network would simply be included in the standard Remote Security Patch  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 23   Installation offering.  However, the MCC 7100 may also be located in the CEN and connected  through a VPN to a firewall at a dispatch location.  In this case, the default for Remote  Security Patch Installation is to not update these consoles.    If the customer requires inclusion for the CEN based MCC 7100 consoles, then they must  contact their Customer Service Manager and make a formal request.  They must also  consent to allow Motorola to open the firewall to allow access for updates.    1.2.4 Quarterly Security Update Installation  The quarterly patch updates are for Solaris and Red Hat Linux (RHEL) operating systems, and  VMWare ESXi hypervisor (virtualization).  They are tested and released on a quarterly basis,  at end of March, June, September, and December.  Motorola will schedule installation of the  updates with the customer in the first weeks of the following quarter.  Motorola will send  the customer an ITIL with details on the upgrade and scheduling for each of the events.     These updates are intrusive and require customer coordination. Examples of how they  affect the customer include reboots to implement the patches and rolling (switching from  one zone controller to the other) of the zone controllers.  Systems with redundant zone  controllers (L2, M2, M3) have low downtime (minutes) as the zone controllers are rolled,  but systems with single zone controllers (L1, M1) will be down for longer periods.  During  these times, the system will be in “Site trunking” mode.  It is up to the customer to  understand the operational impacts and to coordinate these events with users.  This effort will be done during standard business hours, or 8am to 5pm CST.  Customers  requesting that downtime be during non‐standard hours must submit an official request  through their CSM.  The ITIL will show work being done during standard hours such as prep  work, downloading of the patches to memory, etc and the actual reboots or ZC rollover will  be initiated when requested.  Additional remote work will proceed the next day during  standard hours.  Motorola System Enhancement Releases (“SERs”) and Field Service Bulletins (“FSBs) are not  part of this service.  However in some instances, these fixes must be done to allow the latest  security patches.  If it is possible for the specific required FSB to be installed remotely, then  Motorola will include it as part of Remote Security Patch Installation.  Otherwise, Motorola  will communicate this to the customer and the patches that cannot be delivered.  The  Customer and their CSM will determine how to get the SER or FSB installed.  Once the SER  or FSB appears on the system, Remote Security Patch Installation will then install the  affected patches.  For minimal downtime and to avoid redundant efforts, the customer should coordinate any  maintenance or other updates such as FSB’s and SER’s with Motorola.      1.3 Scope  Remote Security Patch Installation supports the currently shipping Motorola ASTRO 25 System  Release (SR) and strives to support five (5) releases prior.  Motorola reserves the right to adjust  which releases are supported as business conditions dictate.  Contact your Customer Service  Manager for the latest supported releases.  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 24   Remote Security Patch Installation is available for any L or M core system in a supported release.   Remote Security Patch Installation is not available for K cores.  Systems that have non‐standard configurations that have not been certified by Motorola Systems  Integration and Testing (SIT) are specifically excluded from this Service unless otherwise agreed in  writing by Motorola. Service does not include pre‐tested intrusion detection system (IDS) updates  for IDS solutions. Certain consoles, MOTOBRIDGE, MARVLIS, Symbol Equipment, AirDefense  Equipment, AVL, Genesis, WAVE and Radio Site Security products are also excluded. Motorola will  determine, in its sole discretion, the third party software that is supported as a part of this offering.  1.4 Motorola has the following responsibilities:  1.4.1 Obtain relevant third party software (“SW”) security updates as made available from  the OEM’s.  This includes antivirus definition updates, operating systems patches,  hypervisor patches, database patches, and selected other third party patches that  Motorola deployed in ASTRO 25 system releases covered by this Remote Security  Patch Installation. Motorola does not control when these updates are released, but  as much as possible vet the updates on this schedule:  McAfee Antivirus definitions– Weekly  Windows OS updates – Monthly  Solaris, RHEL OS, VMware ESXi updates – Quarterly       1.4.2 Each assessment of relevant third party SW will take at least one week to  incorporate the security updates into the Remote Security Patch service and 36  additional hours of examination time to evaluate the impact each update has on the  system.     1.4.3 Perform rigorous testing of updates to verify whether they degrade or compromise  system functionality on a dedicated ASTRO 25 test system with standard supported  configurations.  1.4.4 Address any issues identified during testing by working as necessary with Motorola  selected commercial supplier(s) and/or Motorola product development engineering  team(s). If a solution for the identified issues cannot be found, the patch will not be  posted on Motorola’s site.  1.4.5 Pre‐test STIG recommended remediation when applicable.  1.4.6 Release all tested updates to Motorola’s secure extranet site.  1.4.7 Coordinate updates with customer as outlined in section 1.  1.4.8 In the event that no updates are released by the OEM’s during the usual time  period, Motorola will send a notice that no new patches were sent.  1.4.9 Notify customer of update releases by email.  1.4.10 A supported Remote Security Patch Installation ASTRO 25 release matrix will be kept  on the extranet site for reference.    1.5 The Customer has the following responsibilities:  1.5.1 This service requires connectivity from Motorola to the customer’s ASTRO 25  system.  This connectivity must be established prior to service start.  1.5.2 Maintain IP connectivity from Motorola to all elements in the system that require  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 25   remote patching.  1.5.3 Provide Motorola with pre‐defined information (customer contacts, system  information, etc)  prior to contract start date necessary to complete a Customer  Support Plan (CSP).   1.5.4 Submit changes in any information supplied in the Customer Support Plan (CSP) to  the Customer Support Manager (CSM).  1.5.5 Upgrade system to a supported system release as necessary to continue service.  1.5.6 Refrain from making uncertified changes of any type to the system.  1.5.7 Adhere closely to the System Support Center (SSC) troubleshooting guidelines  provided upon system acquisition.  A failure to follow SSC guidelines may cause the  customer and Motorola unnecessary or overly burdensome remediation efforts.  In  such case, Motorola reserves the right to charge an additional service fee for the  remediation effort.  1.5.8 Comply with the terms of the applicable software license agreement(s) between the  Customer and Motorola and non‐Motorola software copyright owner.  1.5.9 Obtain at Customer’s cost all third party consents or licenses required to enable  Motorola to provide the Service.  1.5.10 Upon successful installation of patches on windows clients (e.g. Dispatch Ops  Position, NM Client, etc.) and receiving notification indicating the task has been  successfully executed by Motorola, affected computers must be rebooted by the  customer within 72 hours.  1.5.11 Understand downtime implications associated with reboots and patch activities and  internally coordinate with users as necessary.    1.6 Disclaimer:  Motorola disclaims any and all warranties with respect to pre‐tested antivirus definitions, database  security updates, hypervisor patches, operating system software patches, intrusion detection sensor  signature files, or other 3rd party files, express or implied. Further, Motorola disclaims any warranty  concerning the non‐Motorola software and does not guarantee that customer’s system will be  error‐free or immune to security breaches as a result of these services.       DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 26   Appendix E:  OnSite Support Statement of Work    Motorola’s OnSite Support service provides case management and escalation for onsite technical  service requests.  The service is delivered by the Motorola’s Solution  Support Center (SSC) in  conjunction with a local service provider. The SSC is responsible for opening a case for onsite  support and monitoring the status of that case to maintain response time conformance.     The terms and conditions of this Statement of Work (SOW) are an integral part of Motorola’s Service  Agreement or other applicable agreement to which it is attached and made a part thereof by this  reference.   1.0 Description of Services    The Motorola SSC will receive customer request for OnSite service provider and dispatch a servicer.   The servicer will respond to the customer location based on predefined Severity Levels set forth in  Severity Level Definitions table and Response times set forth in Severity Level Response Time Goals  table in order to restore the system.       Motorola will provide case management as set forth herein. The SSC will maintain contact with the  on‐site Motorola Service Shop until system restoral and case closure. The SSC will continuously track  and manage cases from creation to close through an automated case tracking process.      1.1 Scope  OnSite Support is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week in accordance with Severity Level  Definitions and Severity Level Response Time Goals tables.  1.2 Inclusions  Onsite Support can be delivered on Motorola‐sold infrastructure.    1.3 Motorola has the following responsibilities:  1.3.1 Receive service requests.   1.3.2 Create a case as necessary when service requests are received.  Gather information  to characterize the issue, determine a plan of action and assign and track the case to  resolution.  1.3.3 Dispatch a field servicer (“Servicer”) as required by Motorola’s standard procedures  and provide necessary case information.  1.3.4 Provide the required personnel access to relevant customer information as needed.  1.3.5 Servicer will perform the following on‐site:   1.3.6 Run diagnostics on the Infrastructure or Field Replacement Units (FRU).  1.3.7 Replace defective Infrastructure or FRU, as supplied by customer.    1.3.8 Provide materials, tools, documentation, physical planning manuals, diagnostic/test  equipment and any other requirements necessary to perform the maintenance  service.  1.3.9 If a third party vendor is needed to restore the system, the Servicer may accompany  that vendor onto the customer’s premises.   1.3.10 Verify with customer that restoration is complete or system is functional, if required  by customer’s repair verification in the Customer Support Plan. If verification by  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 27   customer cannot be completed within 20 minutes of restoration, the case will be  closed and the Servicer will be released.   1.3.11 Escalate the case to the appropriate party upon expiration of a response time.   1.3.12 Close the case upon receiving notification from customer or servicer, indicating the  case is resolved.   1.3.13 Notify customer of case status as defined by the Customer Support Plan:   1.3.14 Open and closed; or   1.3.15 Open, assigned to the servicer, arrival of the servicer on‐site, deferred or delayed,  closed.  1.3.16 Provide Case activity reports to customer if requested.    1.4 Customer has the following responsibilities:  1.4.1 Contact Motorola, as necessary, to request service.  1.4.2 Provide Motorola with the following pre‐defined customer information and  preferences prior to start date necessary to complete Customer Support Plan (CSP):   ● Case notification preferences and procedure.  ● Repair verification preference and procedure.  ● Database and escalation procedure forms.  ● Submit changes in any information supplied in the CSP to the Customer Support  Manager (CSM).   1.4.3  Provide the following information when initiating a service request:   ● Assigned system ID number.  ● Problem description and site location.  ● Other pertinent information requested by Motorola to open a case.  1.4.4 Allow Servicers access to equipment.   1.4.5 Supply infrastructure or FRU, as applicable, in order for Motorola to restore the  system.  1.4.6 Maintain and store in an easily accessible location any and all software needed to  restore the system.   1.4.7 Maintain and store in an easily accessible location proper system backups.  1.4.8 For E911 systems, test the secondary/backup Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP)  connection to be prepared in the event of a catastrophic failure of a system.  Train  appropriate personnel on the procedures to perform the function of switching to  the backup PSAP.   1.4.9 Verify with the SSC that restoration is complete or system is functional, if required  by repair verification preference provided by customer.  1.4.10 Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to  enable Motorola to provide these services.   1.4.11 Obtain and provide applicable third party consents or licenses at Customer cost to  enable Motorola to provide the Services.          Severity Level Definitions  The following severity level definitions will be used to determine the maximum response times:  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 28     Severity  Level     Severity Definition  Severity 1 This is defined as a failure that causes the system and/or infrastructure a loss of voice  functionality and no work‐around or immediate solution is available.      The following are examples of this kind of severity:   ● 33% of call processing resources impaired  ● Site Environment alarms:  o Smoke   o Unauthorized access  o Temperature   o Power failure  Severity 2 This is defined as a fault that causes the system to operate with a continuous reduction  in capacity or functionality of core services (core services are voice, data or network  management).      The following are examples of this kind of severity:   ● Less than 33% of call processing resources impaired   ● Failure of a single redundant component  Severity 3 This is defined as a fault which reduces the functionality, efficiency or usability of core  services (voice, data and network management) and there is a viable work‐around in  place.     The following are examples of this kind of severity:  ● Intermittent faults that are infrequent and minor impact to core  services   ● Statistical reporting problems   Severity 4  This is defined as a minor issue, which has little or no impact on the functionality,  efficiency or usability of core services. The following are examples of this kind of  severity:  ● Faults resulting in minor functions or features being unsupported or  unreliable in ways that are not noticeable to the user.  ● Faults that have no impact in how the user perceives the system to  work.   ● Cosmetic issues.  ● Requests for information.  ● Preventive Maintenance    Severity Level Response Time Goals    (Customer’s Response Time Classification is designated in the Customer Support Plan.)     DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 29   Severity Level Standard Response Time  Severity 1*    Within 4 hours from receipt of notification continuously   Severity 2 Within 4 hours from receipt of  notification   Standard Business Day  Severity 3 Within 8 hours from receipt of  notification   Standard Business Day  Severity 4 Within 12 hours from receipt of  notification   Standard Business Day  * Premier Response is an option that can be purchased, it provides a 2-hour response time for severity 1 issues.      DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 30   Appendix F:  Annual Preventive Maintenance Statement of Work  The terms and conditions of this Statement of Work (SOW) are an integral part of Motorola’s Service  Agreement or other applicable agreement to which it is attached and made a part thereof by this  reference.   Annual Preventative Maintenance will provide an annual operational test and alignment, on the  customer’s infrastructure equipment (Infrastructure or Fixed Network Equipment or “FNE”) to  monitor the Infrastructure’s conformance to specifications, as set forth in the applicable attached  Exhibit(s), all of which are hereby incorporated by this reference.    1.0 Scope  Annual Preventive Maintenance will be performed during standard business hours (unless otherwise  agreed to in writing). If the system or Customer requirements dictate this service must occur outside  of standard business hours, Motorola will provide an additional quotation.  Customer is responsible  for any charges associated with unusual access requirements or expenses.   1.1 Inclusions  Annual Preventive Maintenance service will be delivered on Motorola sold infrastructure including  integrated third party products per the level of service as defined in Table 1:  PM Tasks Performed.  1.2 Limitations and Exclusions   Unless specifically described in Table 1, the following activities are outside the scope of the Annual  Preventive Maintenance service, but are optional services that are available to Annual Preventive  Maintenance customers at an additional cost:   1.2.1 Emergency on‐site visits required to resolve technical issues.    1.2.2 Third party support for equipment not sold by Motorola as part of the original  system.  1.2.3 System installations, upgrades, and expansions.  1.2.4 Customer training.  1.2.5 Hardware repair and/or exchange.     1.2.6 Network security services.  1.2.7 Network transport.  1.2.8 Information Assurance.  1.2.9 Motorola services not included in this statement of work.  1.2.10 Any maintenance required as a result of a virus or unwanted intrusion is excluded if  the system is not protected against these security threats by Motorola’s Pre‐tested  Security Update Service when applicable.  1.2.11 Tower mapping analysis or tower structure analysis     1.3 Motorola has the following responsibilities:  1.3.1 Notify the customer of any planned system downtime needed to perform this  Service.  1.3.2 Advise customer of any issue that requires immediate attention.   1.3.3 Maintain communication with the customer as needed until completion  (“resolution” implies a problem is being fixed) of the Annual Preventive  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 31   Maintenance.  1.3.4 Determine, in its sole discretion, when a case requires more than the Preventive  Maintenance services described in this SOW and notify customer of an alternative  course of action.  1.3.5 Provide customer with a report documenting system performance against expected  parameters along with recommended actions. Time allotment TBD.   1.3.6 Provide trained and qualified personnel with proper security clearance required to  complete Annual Preventive Maintenance service.    1.4 The Customer has the following responsibilities:  1.4.1 Provide preferred schedule for Annual Preventative Maintenance to Motorola.  1.4.2 Authorize and acknowledge any scheduled system downtime.  1.4.3 Maintain periodic backup of databases, software applications, and firmware.   1.4.4 Establish and maintain a suitable environment (heat, light, and power) for the  equipment location and provide Motorola full, free, and safe access to the  equipment so that Motorola may provide services. All sites shall be accessible by  standard service vehicles.  1.4.5 Submit changes in any information supplied in the Customer Support Plan (CSP) to  the Customer Support Manager (CSM).  1.4.6  Provide site escorts in a timely manner if required.   1.4.7 Provide Motorola with requirements necessary for access to secure facilities.  1.4.8 Obtain at Customer’s cost all third party consents or licenses required to enable  Motorola to provide the Service.      DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 32     Table 1:  PM Tasks Performed  MASTER SITE CHECKLIST  SERVERS  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions.  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on server type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  NM Client Applications  Review UEM events and transport medium types,  (microwave/leased line/telco, etc). Event log review for  persistent types. Verify all NM client applications are operating  correctly.  Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.  Complete Backup  Verify backups have been done or scheduled. SZ database (BAR),  Centracom CDM/ADM database, etc.  ROUTERS  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions.  SWITCHES  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions.  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on switch type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  Verify Redundant  Switches  Test redundancy in CWR devices. Core router switchover  (coordinate with customer).  DOMAIN CONTROLLERS  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions.  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on server type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.  FIREWALLS  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions.  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on server type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  LOGGING EQUIPMENT  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 33   Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions.  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on server type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  Server CPU Health i.e. memory, HDD, CPU, disk space/utilization.  MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions.  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on server type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  Server CPU Health i.e. memory, HDD, CPU, disk space/utilization.    PRIME SITE CHECKLIST  SOFTWARE    Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.  SWITCHES  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions.  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on switch type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions.  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on server type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  Site Frequency  Standard Check Check lights and indicators for A/B receivers.  COMPARATORS    Equipment Alarms Verify no warning/alarm indicators.  Clean Fans and  Equipment Use antistatic vacuum to clean cooling pathways        DISPATCH SITE CHECKLIST  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 34   GENERAL  Inspect all Cables Inspect all cables/connections to external interfaces are secure  Mouse and Keyboard Verify operation of mouse and keyboard  Configuration File  Verify each operator position has access to required  configuration files  Console Op Time Verify console op time is consistent across all ops  Screensaver Verify screensaver set as customer prefers  Screen Performance Verify screen operational/performance  Touchscreen Verify touchscreen operation (if applicable)  Cabling/Lights/Fans Visual inspection of all equipment ‐ cabling/ lights/ fans  Filters/Fans/Dust Clean any filters/ fans/ dust‐ all equipment  Monitor and Hard Drive Confirm monitor and hard drive do not "sleep"  DVD/CD Verify / clean DVD or CD drive  HEADSET UNPLUGGED TESTING  Speakers  Test all speakers ‐ audio quality, volume, static, drop‐outs,  excess hiss when turned up.  Channel Audio in  Speaker Verify selected channel audio in select speaker only.  Footswitch Pedals Verify both footswitch pedals operational  Radio On‐Air Light Verify radio on air light comes on with TX (if applicable)  Radio TX and RX  Verify radio TX/RX from both headset jacks. Verify levels OK.  Check volume controls for noise/static or drop‐outs.  Speaker Mute Verify select speaker muted.  Telephone Operation  Verify telephone operational through both headset jacks. Check  volume controls for noise/static or drop‐outs.  Audio Switches  Verify select audio switches to speaker when phone off‐hook. (if  interfaced to phones)  Radio Takeover in  Headset  Verify radio‐takeover in headset mic when phone off‐hook (mic  switches to radio during PTT and mutes to phone).  OTHER TESTS  Phone Status Light  Verify phone status light comes on when phone off‐hook (if  applicable)  Desk Microphone  Operation Confirm desk mic operation (if applicable)  Radio IRR Operation Verify radio IRR operational (if applicable)  Telephone IRR  Operation  Verify telephone [if on radio computer] IRR operational (if  applicable)  Recording  Verify operator position being recorded on long term logging  recorder (if applicable)  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 35   COMPUTER PERFORMANCE TESTING  Computer Reboot Reboot op position computer  Computer Operational Confirm client computer is fully operational (if applicable)  AUDIO TESTING  Audio Levels and  Quality  Confirm all conventional resources are functional with adequate  audio levels and quality  Secure Mode Confirm any secure talkgroups are operational in secure mode  EQUIPMENT ROOM TESTS  Recording ‐ AIS Test Verify audio logging of trunked calls  Recording  Test op position logging on analog recorder (with customer  assistance)  System Alarms Review alarm system on all equipment for errors  Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.    RF SITE CHECKLIST  Equipment Alarms Verify no warning/alarm indicators.  Clean Fans and  Equipment Use antistatic vacuum to clean cooling pathways  Site Frequency  Standard Check Check lights and indicators for A/B receivers.  Basic Voice Call Check Voice test each voice path, radio to radio.  Control Channel  Redundancy (trunking) Roll control channel, test, and roll back.  Site Controller  Redundancy (trunking) Roll site controllers with no dropped audio.  GTR 8000 Results Sheet  Complete GTR tests ‐ Frequency Error, Modulation Fidelity,  Forward at Set Power, Reverse at Set Power, Gen Level Desense  no Tx.    MOSCAD CHECKLIST  MOSCAD SERVER  Equipment Alarms Verify no warning/alarm indicators.  Check Alarm/Event  History  Review MOSCAD alarm and events to find if there are chronic  issues.  Windows Event Logs Review Windows event logs. Save and clear if full.  Password Verification  Site devices to verify passwords. Document changes if any  found.  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 36   Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.  MOSCAD CLIENT  Equipment Alarms Verify no warning/alarm indicators.  Check Alarm / Event  History  Review MOSCAD alarm and events to find if there are chronic  issues.  Windows Event Logs Review Windows event logs. Save and clear if full.  Password Verification  Site devices to verify passwords. Document changes if any  found.  Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.  MOSCAD RTU's  Equipment Alarms Verify no warning/alarm indicators.  Verify Connectivity Verify Connectivity    FACILITIES CHECKLIST  VISUAL INSPECTION EXTERIOR  ASR Sign Verify that the ASR sign is posted.  Warning Sign ‐ Tower Verify warning sign is posted on the tower.  Warning Sign ‐ Gate  Verify that a warning sign is posted at the compound gate  entrance.  10 Rule Sign  Verify that a 10 rules sign is posted on the inside of the shelter  door.  Outdoor Lighting Verify operation of outdoor lighting/photocell.  Exterior of Building Check exterior of building for damage/disrepair.  Fences / Gates Check fences/gates for damage/disrepair.  Landscape / Access  Road Check landscape/access road for accessibility.  VISUAL INSPECTION INTERIOR  Electrical Surge  Protectors Check electrical surge protectors for alarms.  Emergency Lighting Verify emergency lighting operation.  Indoor Lighting Verify indoor lighting.  Equipment Inspection  Visually inspect that all hardware (equipment, cables, panels,  batteries, racks, etc.) are in acceptable physical condition for  normal operation.  Site Frequency  Standard Check Check lights and indicators for A/B receivers.  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 37   Regulatory Compliance  (License, ERP,  Frequency, Deviation) Check station for regulatory compliance. Update station logs.  Clean Fans and  Equipment Use antistatic vacuum to clean cooling pathways  UPS  Visual inspection  (condition, cabling) Verify corrosion, physical connections, dirt/dust, etc.  GENERATOR  Visual Inspection  Verify, check panel housing, cracks, rust and weathering.  Physical connections, corrosion, dirt/dust, etc.  Fuel  Verify fuel levels in backup generators, document date of last  fuel delivered from fuel service provider.  Oil Check the oil dipstick for proper level. Note condition of oil.  Verify operation (no  switchover)  Check, verify running of generator, ease of start or difficult. Is  generator "throttling" or running smooth? Any loud unusual  noise? Etc.  HVAC  Air Filter Check air filter and recommend replacement if required.  Coils Check coils for dirt  Outdoor Unit Check that outdoor unit is unobstructed  Wiring Wiring (insect/rodent damage)  Cooling / Heating Check each HVAC unit for cooling/heating    MICROWAVE CHECKLIST  RADIO  Alarms Check alarm / event history  Software Verify version of application  TX Frequency Verify transmit frequency  TX Power Verify transmit power  RX Frequency Verify receive frequency  RX Signal Level  Verify receive signal level and compare with install baseline  documentation  Save configuration Save current configuration for off site storage  Backhaul Validation  Monitor UEM status (alarms, logs, etc.) for all links. If UEM not  used to monitor microwave, then use provided microwave  alarm mgmt server.  WAVEGUIDE  Visual Inspection Inspect for wear or dents  (from ground using binoculars).  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 38   Connection Verification  Verify all connections are secured with proper hardware (from  ground using binoculars).  DEHYDRATOR  Visual Inspection Inspect moisture window for proper color  Pressure Verification Verify pressure of all lines  Re‐Pressurization Bleed lines temporarily to verify the dehydrator re‐pressurizes  Run Hours Record number of hours ran    TOWER CHECKLIST  STRUCTURE CONDITION  Rust Check structure for rust.  Cross Members Check for damaged or missing cross members.  Safety Climb Check safety climb for damage.  Ladder Verify that ladder system is secured to tower.  Welds Check for cracks or damaged welds.  Outdoor  lighting/photocell Test outdoor lighting and photocell.  Drainage Holes Check that drainage holes are clear of debris.  Paint Check paint condition.  TOWER LIGHTING  Lights/Markers Verify all lights/markers are operational.  Day/Night Mode Verify day and night mode operation.  Power Cabling Verify that power cables are secured to tower.  ANTENNAS AND LINES  Antennas  Visually inspect antennas for physical damage (from ground  using binoculars).  Transmission Lines Verify that all transmission lines are secure on the tower.  GROUNDING  Structure Grounds Inspect grounding for damage or corrosion  GUY WIRES  Tower Guys Check guy wires for fraying and tension.  Guy Wire Hardware Check hardware for rust.  CONCRETE CONDITION  Tower Base Check for chips or cracks.       DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 39     Appendix G:  Network Updates Statement of Work    This Statement of Work (“SOW”) is subject to the terms and conditions of Motorola’s Professional  Services Agreement, Service Agreement or other applicable agreement in effect between the  parties (“Agreement”).  Motorola and Customer may be referred to herein individually as a “Party”  or together as “Parties”  1.0 Description of Service  As network updates become available, Motorola agrees to provide the Customer with applicable  software and hardware updates and implementation services necessary to maintain their ASTRO 25  system at an exceptional level of support. ASTRO 25 system software and hardware updates  improve system functionality/operation and extend the useful life of the network.    1.1 Scope  This service includes 3rd party and Motorola Solution software as well as select hardware to  maintain supportability. All updates are pre‐tested and certified in a dedicated ASTRO 25 test lab to  ensure that they are compatible and do not interfere with the ASTRO 25 network functionality.  Network updates may also include feature enhancements.  At Motorola’s option, feature  enhancements may be offered for purchase.   1.2  The ASTRO 25 software covered under this agreement include:  ● Base stations  ● Site controllers  ● Comparators  ● Routers  ● LAN switches  ● Servers  ● Dispatch consoles  ● Logging equipment   ● Network management terminals  ● Network Fault Management (“NFM”) products  ● Network security devices such as firewalls and intrusion detection sensors  ● Associated peripheral infrastructure software    1.3  Motorola Solution will provide certified hardware version updates necessary to refresh the  system with an equivalent level of functionality.  Any hardware versions and/or replacement  hardware required to support new features or those not specifically required to maintain  existing functionality are not included.  Unless otherwise stated, platform migrations are not  included.  1.4  If originally provided by Motorola, the following hardware components are eligible hardware for  refresh when necessary to maintain the system functionality in place at the time this agreement  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 40   was executed:  ● Servers  ● PC Workstations  ● Routers  ● LAN Switches    1.5 If originally provided by Motorola, the following hardware components are eligible for board‐ level refreshes when necessary to maintain the system functionality in place at the time this  agreement was executed.  A “board‐level refresh” is defined as any Field Replaceable Unit  (“FRU”) for the products listed below:  ● GTR 8000 Base Stations  ● GCP 8000 Site Controllers  ● GCM 8000 Comparators  ● MCC 7500 Console Operator Positions  ● STR 3000 Base Stations  ● Quantar Base Stations  ● ASTROTAC Comparators  ● PSC 9600 Site Controllers  ● PBX Switches for Telephone Interconnect  ● NFM/NFM XC/MOSCAD RTU     1.6 The parties agree that this agreement only covers those items expressly stated above.  There is  no coverage on any additional software or hardware products unless specifically described in  this agreement.  Motorola may, at its sole discretion, choose to include coverage for other  items. Refer to section 2.0 for exclusions and limitations.  1.7 Motorola will provide implementation services necessary to install the system software and  hardware updates.  Any implementation services that are not directly required to support the  network updates are not included.  Unless otherwise stated, implementation services necessary  for system expansions, platform migrations, and/or new features or functionality that are  implemented concurrent with the system refresh are not included.  1.8   Motorola agrees to provide the necessary software design and technical resources necessary  to complete the network updates.  1.9 The pricing in this agreement is based on the system configuration outlined in the System  Pricing Configuration.   This configuration is to be reviewed annually from the contract effective  date.  Any change in system configuration may require a price adjustment to this agreement.  1.10 This agreement applies only to system release versions within the ASTRO 25 7.x platform.   1.11 Motorola will issue Software Maintenance Agreement (“SMA”) bulletins on an annual basis and  post them in soft copy on a designated extranet site for Customer access.  Standard and  optional features for a given ASTRO 25 system release are listed in the SMA bulletin.   1.12 Coverage Continuity. The parties agree that this agreement requires continuous coverage  beginning within (90) days after system acceptance.  Beyond (90) days from system acceptance  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 41   or if payments are discontinued, additional payment(s) will be necessary to cover the period for  which coverage was discontinued or delayed.  The total of payments for lapses in coverage will  not exceed 3 years.   1.13 Motorola responsibilities  1.13.1 Identify and communicate with Customer the scope of the network updates as they  become available.  1.13.2 Work with Customer to schedule applicable network updates.  1.13.3 Assign program management support required to perform network updates as  necessary.  1.13.4 Assign field installation resources required to perform network updates as  necessary.  1.13.5 Assign centralized engineering resources required to perform network updates as  necessary.  1.13.6 Install network updates.  1.13.7 Deliver impact and change management training as necessary.  1.13.8 Perform appropriate system backups.  1.13.9 Work with the Customer to validate that all system maintenance is current.  1.13.10 Deliver post update implementation training to the customer as needed.  1.13.11 Validate all system update deliverables are complete.  1.13.12 Obtain completion sign off from the customer.  1.14 Customer responsibilities  1.14.1 Contact Motorola to schedule and engage the appropriate Motorola resources.  1.14.2 Customer will allow the permanent installation of a server which will be connected  to Motorola and will be used for system auditing, software uploads, and software  update installation.  1.14.3 Assist in site walks of the system during the system audit when necessary.  1.14.4 Provide a list of any FRUs and/or spare hardware to be included in the network  updates when applicable.  1.14.5 Purchase any additional software and hardware necessary to implement optional  system features or system expansions.  1.14.6 Provide or purchase labor to implement optional system features or system  expansions.  1.14.7 Participate in impact and change management training as necessary.   1.14.8 Inform system users of system update and scheduled system downtime if necessary.   1.14.9 Cooperate with Motorola to provide post update implementation training as  needed.  1.14.10 Provide Motorola with completion sign off.    2.0 Exclusions and Limitations   The parties agree that Systems that have non‐standard configurations that have not been certified  by Motorola Systems Integration Testing are specifically excluded from this agreement unless  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 42   otherwise agreed in writing by Motorola and included in this SOW.  2.1 This agreement does not cover any hardware or software supplied to the  Customer when purchased directly from a third party, unless specifically included in this SOW.   2.2  This agreement does not cover software support for unauthorized  modifications or other misuse of the covered software.  2.3  Updates for equipment add‐ons or expansions during the term of this  ASTRO 25 agreement are not included in the coverage of this SOW unless otherwise agreed to in  writing by Motorola and Customer.   3.0 Special provisions  The coverage and the parties’ responsibilities described in this Statement of Work will automatically  terminate if Motorola no longer supports the ASTRO 25 7.x software version in the Customer’s  system or discontinues this agreement; in either case, Motorola will refund to Customer any prepaid  fees for services applicable to the terminated period.  4.0    High‐Speed Connectivity Specifications      4.1 The minimum supported link between the core and the zone is a full T1   4.2  Any link must realize or a sustained transfer rate of 175 kBps / 1.4 Mbps or better,  bidirectional   4.3 Interzone links must be fully operational when present   4.4 Link reliability must satisfy these minimum QoS levels:  4.4.1 Port availability must meet or exceed 99.9% (three nines)  4.4.2 Round trip network delay must be 100 ms or less between the core and  satellite (North America) and 400 ms or less for international links o Packet  loss shall be no greater than 0.3%  4.4.3 Network jitter shall be no greater than 2 ms   4.5       The network requirements above are based on the SLA provided for Sprint Dedicated  IP Services as of April, 2012. It is possible other vendors may not be able to meet this  exact SLA, so these cases must be examined on a case‐by‐case basis.      DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 43   System Pricing Configuration ‐ This configuration is to be reviewed annually from the  contract effective date.  Any change in system configuration may require a price  adjustment.  Core    Master Site Configuration 0  Zones in Operation (Including DSR and Dark Master Sites) 0  Zone Features: IV&D, TDMA, Telephone Interconnect, CNI, HPD, CSMS, IA,  POP25, Text Messaging, Outdoor Location, ISSI 8000, InfoVista, KMF/OTAR 1  RF System    Voice RF Sites & RF Simulcast Sites (including Prime Sites) 2  Repeaters/Stations (FDMA) 0  Repeaters/Stations (TDMA) 28  HPD RF Sites 0  HPD Stations 0  Dispatch Console System    Dispatch Sites 2  MCC 7500 Operator Positions (VPM) 21  Conventional Channel Gateways (CCGW) 5  Conventional Site Controllers (GCP 8000 Controller) 2  Logging System    Number of AIS Servers 1  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 44   Number of Voice Logging Recorder 0  Number of Logging Replay Clients 0  Network Management and MOSCAD NFM    Network Management Clients 1  MOSCAD NFM Systems 0  MOSCAD NFM RTUs 3  MOSCAD NFM Clients 0    Appendix H:   Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement Overview  Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement is a repair exchange service for Motorola and  select third party infrastructure supplied by Motorola. When available, Motorola will provide  customer with an advanced replacement unit(s) or Field Replacement Units (FRUs) in exchange for  customer’s malfunctioning equipment. Malfunctioning equipment will be evaluated and repaired by  the infrastructure repair depot and returned to depot’s FRU inventory upon completion of repair.  For customers who prefer to maintain their existing FRU inventory they have an option to request a  “Loaner” FRU while their unit is being repaired.  Refer to the Advanced Exchange or Loaner Decision  Process flowchart for details on the loaner process.    The Motorola authorized repair depot manages and performs the repair of Motorola supplied  equipment as well as coordinating the equipment repair logistics process.   The terms and conditions of this Statement of Work (SOW) are an integral part of Motorola’s Service  Agreement or other applicable agreement to which it is attached and made a part thereof by this  reference.  1.0  Description of Services  Infrastructure components are repaired at a Motorola authorized Infrastructure Depot Operations  (IDO). At Motorola’s discretion, select third party infrastructure may be sent to the original  equipment manufacturer or third party vendor for repair.   1.1 Scope  Repair authorizations are obtained by contacting the Solutions Support Center which is available 24  hours a day, 7 days a week. Repair authorizations can also be obtained online via Motorola Online at  under Repair Status/Submit Infrastructure RA.    Motorola Online: https://businessonline.Motorolasolutions.com  1.2 Inclusions   Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement is available on Motorola sold infrastructure  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 45   including integrated 3rd party products. Motorola will make a “commercially reasonable effort” to  repair Motorola manufactured infrastructure products for seven (7) years after product cancellation.  1.3 Exclusions  If infrastructure is no longer supported by either Motorola, the original equipment manufacturer or  a third party vendor, as applicable Motorola may return said equipment to the customer without  repair or replacement. The following items are excluded from Network Hardware Repair with  Advanced Replacement:   1.3.1 All Motorola infrastructure hardware over seven (7) years from product  cancellation date.  1.3.2 All third party infrastructure hardware over three (3) years from product  cancellation date.  1.3.3 All broadband infrastructure three (3) years from product cancellation date  1.3.4 Physically damaged infrastructure.    1.3.5 Third party equipment not shipped by Motorola.  1.3.6 Consumable items including, but not limited to, batteries, connectors, cables,  toner/ink cartridges, tower lighting, laptop computers, monitors, keyboards and  mouse.  1.3.7 Video retrieval from digital in‐car video equipment.  1.3.8 Infrastructure backhaul such as: antennas, antenna dehydrators, microwave1, line  boosters, amplifier, data talker wireless transmitter, short haul modems and UPS.1    1.3.9 Test equipment.  1.3.10 Racks, furniture and cabinets.  1.3.11 Non‐standard configurations, customer‐modified infrastructure and certain third  party infrastructure are excluded from advanced replacement service.   1.3.12 Firmware and/or software upgrades.  1 Excluded from service agreements but may be repaired on an above contract, time and material  basis. All UPS Systems must be shipped to IDO for repair. Excludes batteries and any on‐site services.    1.4 Motorola has the following responsibilities:  1.4.1 Enable customer access to the Motorola call center which is operational 24 hours a  day, 7 days per week, to create requests for advanced replacement service.  1.4.2 Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain FRU inventory on supported  platforms.  1.4.3 Provide new or reconditioned FRUs to the customer, upon request and subject to  availability. The FRU will be of similar equipment and version, and will contain  equivalent boards and chips, as the customer’s malfunctioning FRU.  1.4.4 Load firmware/software for equipment that requires programming. The software  version information must be provided for the replacement FRU to be programmed  accordingly.  If the customer software version/configuration is not provided,  shipping times will be delayed.    1.4.5 Package and ship Advance Exchange FRU from the FRU inventory to customer  specified address.  ● During normal operating hours of Monday through Friday 7:00am to 7:00pm  CST, excluding holidays, FRU will be shipped from Motorola as soon as  possible depending on stock availability and configuration requested.   Motorola will pay for the shipping to the customer, unless customer  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 46   requests shipments outside of standard business hours and/or carrier  programs, such as weekend or next flight out (NFO) shipment. In such cases,  customer will be responsible for shipping and handling charges.  ● When sending the advanced replacement FRU to customer, provide a return  air bill in order for customer to return the customer’s malfunctioning FRU.   The customer’s malfunctioning FRU will become property of the Motorola  repair depot or select third party and the customer will own the advanced  replacement FRU.   ● When sending a loaner FRU to customer, Motorola will pay for outbound  shipping charges. Inbound shipping to Motorola for repair is the  responsibility of the customer. Motorola will repair and return the  customer’s FRU and will provide a return air bill for the customer to return  IDO’s loaner FRU. Refer to Advanced Exchange or Loaner Decision Process  flowchart for the loaner process and Shipping Charges for shipping charge  detail.   1.4.6 Provide repair return authorization number upon customer request for  Infrastructure that is not classified as an advanced replacement or loaner FRU.  1.4.7 Provide a repair Return Authorization (RA) number so that the returned FRU can  be repaired and returned to FRU stock.  1.4.8 Receive malfunctioning FRU from Customer, carry out repairs and testing and  return it to the FRU stock  1.4.9 Receive malfunctioning infrastructure from customer and document its arrival,  repair and return.   1.4.10 Perform the following service on Motorola infrastructure:  ● Perform an operational check on the infrastructure to determine the nature  of the problem.  ● Replace malfunctioning Field Replacement Units (FRU) or   components.  ● Verify that Motorola infrastructure is returned to Motorola manufactured  specifications, as applicable         ● Perform a box unit test on all serviced infrastructure.     ● Perform a system test on select infrastructure.   1.4.11 Provide the following service on select third party infrastructure:  ● Perform pre‐diagnostic and repair services to confirm infrastructure  malfunction and eliminate sending infrastructure with no trouble found  (NTF) to third party vendor for repair, when applicable.    ● Ship malfunctioning infrastructure components to the original equipment  manufacturer or third party vendor for repair service, when applicable.   ● Track infrastructure sent to the original equipment manufacturer or third  party vendor for service.  ● Perform a post‐test after repair by Motorola, to confirm malfunctioning  infrastructure has been repaired and functions properly in a Motorola  system configuration, when applicable.   1.4.12 For loaner equipment, Motorola will ship repaired infrastructure to the customer  specified address during normal operating hours of Monday through Friday  7:00am to 7:00pm CST, excluding holidays.  FRU will be sent two‐day air unless  otherwise requested. Motorola will pay for such shipping, unless customer  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 47   requests shipments outside of the above mentioned standard business hours  and/or carrier programs, such as NFO (next flight out).  In such cases, customer will  be responsible for payment of shipping and handling charges.     1.5 The Customer has the following responsibilities:  1.5.1 Contact or instruct Servicer to contact the Motorola System Support Center (SSC)  and request a return authorization number prior to shipping malfunctioning  infrastructure or third party infrastructure named in the applicable attached  exhibit.    1.5.2 Provide model description, model number and serial number, type of system and  firmware version, software options, symptom of problem and address of site id for  FRU or infrastructure.  1.5.3 Indicate if FRU or third party FRU being sent in for service was subjected to  physical damage or lightning damage.  1.5.4 Follow Motorola instructions regarding inclusion or removal of firmware and  software applications from infrastructure being sent in for service.    1.5.5 Provide customer purchase order number to secure payment for any costs  described herein.  1.5.6 Pay for shipping of Advanced Replacement or Loaner FRU from Motorola repair  depot if customer requested shipping outside of standard business hours or  carrier. See Shipping Charges.   1.5.7 Properly package and ship the malfunctioning FRU using the pre‐paid air‐bill that  arrived with the advanced replacement FRU. Customer is responsible for properly  packaging the malfunctioning infrastructure FRU to ensure that the shipped  infrastructure arrives undamaged and in repairable condition.  Customer will be  subject to a replacement fee for malfunctioning FRUs not properly returned.   1.5.8 Within five (5) business days of receipt of the advanced replacement FRU from  Motorola’s FRU inventory, properly package customer’s malfunctioning FRU and  ship the malfunctioning Infrastructure to Motorola’s repair depot for evaluation  and repair. Customer must send the return air bill back to the repair depot in order  to facilitate proper tracking of the returned infrastructure. Customer will be  subject to a full replacement fee for FRUs not returned within 5 business days.    1.5.9 For Infrastructure and/or third party infrastructure repairs that are not exchanged  in advance, properly package Infrastructure and ship the malfunctioning FRU, at  Customer’s expense and risk of loss to Motorola.  1.5.10 Clearly print the return authorization number on the outside of the packaging.    1.5.11 Maintain information of software/applications and firmware for re‐loading of  infrastructure.  1.5.12 Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to  enable Motorola to provide the infrastructure repair services to customer.     DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2                 Advanced         d Exchange or r Loaner Decis   sion Process:     Advanced P © Motorola 2017 Page 48 Plus Services   7  8    DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 49     Shipping Charges:  *Motorola shipping carriers – FedEx and DHL    DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 50     Appendix I:  Security Monitoring Service Overview    Motorola’s Security Monitoring Services includes anti‐malware monitoring and authentication log  monitoring.  There are also options for firewall monitoring, intrusion detection system (IDS)  monitoring, and ASTRO 25 system log monitoring.    Motorola’s ASTRO 25 Security Monitoring is a complete solution that provides peace of mind and  reduces the risk that your network availability will be impacted by a security threat. The solution  includes 24x7x365 monitoring of the radio network security elements by experienced, specialized  security technologists with years of experience working with ASTRO 25 mission‐critical networks. For  highly complex or unusual security events, our technologists have direct and immediate access to  Motorola engineers for rapid resolution.  This Statement of Work (“SOW”) is subject to the terms and conditions of Motorola’s Professional  Services Agreement, Service Agreement or other applicable agreement in effect between the parties  (“Agreement”).  Motorola and Customer may be referred to herein individually as a “Party” or  together as “Parties”     1. Description of Security Monitoring Services  1.1. Anti‐malware Monitoring   ASTRO 25 comes installed with Anti‐malware software (“SW”).  Security Monitoring will  verify that malware definition updates, as provided by the Anti‐malware OEM, are installed  and running.  The anti‐malware SW is monitored for activity such as deletion, quarantine,  and alerting of suspicious SW.  1.2. Authentication Monitoring   1.2.1. Active directory (including domain Linux and RADIUS) and two‐factor  authentication log‐ins are monitored.  1.3. Firewall Monitoring – The ASTRO 25 system potentially has several firewall options.  See  Table 1 in the addendum for a list.  In any of these firewall applications, Motorola provisions  and deploys the firewalls with the ASTRO 25 system. Motorola will monitor each one that  has the firewall monitoring option.  1.4. IDS (Intrusion Detection System) Monitoring.  An IDS is an option to ASTRO 25 that may be  deployed between the ASTRO 25 firewall and the CEN.  1.5. Centralized Log Monitoring   ASTRO 25 has an option that provides the ability to forward device syslogs to a single  virtual server called Centralized Syslog Server.   This allows monitoring of Linux components  for authentication events.      2. Scope  The Motorola Secure Operations Center (SOC) consists of highly trained and experienced  security specialists.  When an event is detected, the technologists will run remote diagnostics  and initiate an appropriate response.  This response could involve: continuing to monitor the  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 51   event for further development, attempting to remotely restore the system, or opening of a case  for dispatch of a field servicer (“Servicer”).      3. Motorola Responsibilities:  3.1. Provide, maintain, and replace when necessary, hardware (“HW”) and SW required to  monitor ASTRO 25 security elements.  HW may include a firewall, router, or physical server.   SW may include virtual servers either on the ASTRO 25 core or a separate physical server,  related OS, SIEM collectors, and SW that allows distribution of updates and remote  diagnostics.  3.2. Verify connectivity and monitoring is active prior to system acceptance or start date.  3.3. Coordinate with customer to maintain Motorola service authentication credentials.   3.4. Maintain properly trained and accredited technicians. Monitor the customer’s system  24/7/365 for malicious or unusual activity.   3.5. Reports are posted to the SSC quality webpage.  Contact your CSM for access.    4. The Customer has the following responsibilities:  4.1. Security Monitoring requires a connection from the customer’s ASTRO 25 system to  Motorola’s SOC in Schaumburg.  Motorola offers either a T1 option or a Virtual Private  Network (VPN) option through a customer supplied internet connection.   4.2. Allow Motorola continuous remote access to monitor the ASTRO 25 system.  This includes  keeping the connection plugged‐in, providing passwords, and working with Motorola to  understand and maintain proper administration privileges.  4.3. Provide continuous utility service to any Motorola equipment installed or utilized at the  customer’s premises to support delivery of this service.  4.4. Provide customer contact information necessary to complete the Customer Support Plan.   Notify your CSM within 2 weeks of any contact changes.    4.5. As necessary, upgrade the ASTRO 25 system to supported releases.  4.6. Allow Motorola dispatched‐servicers physical access to the equipment when required.  4.7. Comply with the terms of the applicable software license agreements between Customer  and Motorola and the non‐Motorola software copyright owners.  4.8. Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to enable  Motorola to provide the services described in this SOW.  4.9. Obtain at Customer’s cost all third party consents or licenses required to enable Motorola  to provide the Services.      5. Disclaimer  Motorola disclaims any warranty concerning the non‐Motorola software and does not  guarantee that customer’s system will be error‐free or immune to security breaches as a result  of these services.     DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 52     Addendum  Potential ASTRO 25 Firewalls    CNI Customer Network Interface.  This firewall separates the ASTRO 25 Radio  Network from the customer’s IT network (often referred to as the CEN or  Customer Enterprise network).  There are single and redundant (high‐ availability) options for the CNI, the redundant option meaning there are two  firewalls.  Both firewalls must be monitored in the redundant case.  DSR Dynamic System Resilience. This is an ASTRO 25 option where a  geographically separated backup master site is implemented as a “hot‐ standby” in case of disaster at the primary.  This option potentially doubles  the number of firewalls in the system.  ZCP  Zone Core Protection.  This ASTRO 25 option places firewalls at the master  site where the RF and console sites connect.   This protects the core from  attack from a compromised site and propagation of the attack to the other  sites.  There are always 2 firewalls in this option for redundancy.  TI Telephone Interconnect.  This ASTRO 25 option allows calls to be made  to/from ASTRO 25 subscribers.  A firewall is required to protect the RNI from  the telephone connection.  One firewall may serve the dual purpose of the TI  and ISSI interface.  ISSI Inter RF Subsystem Interface. This option allows connectivity to a separate  system.  The original intent of this option was to connect to another P25  system supplied by either Motorola or any other P25 compliant vendor.  This  standard has since been used to allow connection to non‐P25 systems  through additional interfaces such as WAVE.  In any case, a firewall is  necessary to protect the RNI from this connection.  MCC 7100 The MCC 7100 dispatch console may be configured such that it can connect  via Virtual Private Network (VPN) through an internet connection.  A firewall  is required to terminate on the ASTRO 25 side of that connection.  This  firewall may be physically located at either a console site or the master site  and there may be multiple firewalls for this purpose.  Custom Some customers may opt to install their own firewalls and want them  monitored, most commonly at console sites.  The customer will have to work  with Motorola to determine if and how custom firewalls can be monitored.   Additional charges may apply.       DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 53     Table 1:  PM Tasks Performed  MASTER SITE CHECKLIST    SERVERS Level 1  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions. x  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on server type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  x  NM Client Applications  Review UEM events and transport medium types,  (microwave/leased line/telco, etc). Event log review for  persistent types. Verify all NM client applications are operating  correctly.  x  Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.  x  Complete Backup  Verify backups have been done or scheduled. SZ database (BAR),  Centracom CDM/ADM database, etc.  x  Server Check Disks Perform checkdisk on server hard drives    Verify Redundant ZC's  Perform Zone Controller switchover. ZC1 to ZC2 and back again  (coordinate with customer).     ROUTERS Level 1  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions. x  SWITCHES Level 1  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions. x  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on switch type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  x  Verify Redundant  Switches  Test redundancy in CWR devices. Core router switchover  (coordinate with customer).  x  DOMAIN CONTROLLERS Level 1  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions. x  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on server type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  x  Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.  x  FIREWALLS Level 1  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 54   Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions. x  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on server type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  x  LOGGING EQUIPMENT Level 1  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions. x  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on server type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  x  Server CPU Health i.e. memory, HDD, CPU, disk space/utilization. x  MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Level 1  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions. x  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on server type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  x  Server CPU Health i.e. memory, HDD, CPU, disk space/utilization. x    PRIME SITE CHECKLIST    SOFTWARE   Level 1  Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.  x  Verify System SW  Installed  Verify software versions installed on system. Document any  changes.     SWITCHES Level 1  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions. x  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on switch type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  x  Verify Redundant  Switches  Test redundancy in CWR devices. Core router switchover  (coordinate with customer).     MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Level 1  Equipment Alarms Check LED and/or other status indicators for fault conditions. x  Capture Diags  Perform recommended diagnostic tests based on server type.  Capture available diagnostic logs.  x  Site Frequency  Standard Check Check lights and indicators for A/B receivers.  x  Server CPU Health i.e. memory, HDD, CPU, disk space/utilization.    DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 55   Site Controller  Redundancy (trunking) Roll site controllers with no dropped audio.     COMPARATORS   Level 1  Equipment Alarms Verify no warning/alarm indicators. x  Clean Fans and  Equipment Use antistatic vacuum to clean cooling pathways  x     DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 56       DISPATCH SITE CHECKLIST    GENERAL Level 1  Inspect all Cables Inspect all cables/connections to external interfaces are secure  x  Mouse and Keyboard Verify operation of mouse and keyboard x  Configuration File  Verify each operator position has access to required  configuration files  x  Console Op Time Verify console op time is consistent across all ops x  Screensaver Verify screensaver set as customer prefers x  Screen Performance Verify screen operational/performance x  Touchscreen Verify touchscreen operation (if applicable) x  Cabling/Lights/Fans Visual inspection of all equipment ‐ cabling/ lights/ fans x  Filters/Fans/Dust Clean any filters/ fans/ dust‐ all equipment x  Monitor and Hard Drive Confirm monitor and hard drive do not "sleep" x  DVD/CD Verify / clean DVD or CD drive x  Time Synchronization Verify console time is synchronized with NTP server    Anti‐Virus  Verify anti‐virus is enabled and that definition files are up to  date (within two weeks of current date)    HEADSET UNPLUGGED TESTING Level 1  Speakers  Test all speakers ‐ audio quality, volume, static, drop‐outs,  excess hiss when turned up.  x  Channel Audio in  Speaker Verify selected channel audio in select speaker only.  x  Footswitch Pedals Verify both footswitch pedals operational x  Radio On‐Air Light Verify radio on air light comes on with TX (if applicable) x  Radio TX and RX  Verify radio TX/RX from both headset jacks. Verify levels OK.  Check volume controls for noise/static or drop‐outs.  x  Speaker Mute Verify select speaker muted. x  Telephone Operation  Verify telephone operational through both headset jacks. Check  volume controls for noise/static or drop‐outs.  x  Audio Switches  Verify select audio switches to speaker when phone off‐hook. (if  interfaced to phones)  x  Radio Takeover in  Headset  Verify radio‐takeover in headset mic when phone off‐hook (mic  switches to radio during PTT and mutes to phone).  x  OTHER TESTS Level 1  Phone Status Light  Verify phone status light comes on when phone off‐hook (if  applicable)  x  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 57   Desk Microphone  Operation Confirm desk mic operation (if applicable)  x  Radio IRR Operation Verify radio IRR operational (if applicable) x  Telephone IRR  Operation  Verify telephone [if on radio computer] IRR operational (if  applicable)  x  Recording  Verify operator position being recorded on long term logging  recorder (if applicable)  x  IRR Setup Parameters  Check IRR set‐up parameters, and also audio card set‐up and  level adjustments    Paging Controls  Confirm all paging controls are functional (including third party  encoders if under maintenance)    COMPUTER PERFORMANCE TESTING Level 1  Computer Reboot Reboot op position computer x  Computer Operational Confirm client computer is fully operational (if applicable) x  For XP and older  Operating Systems:  Hard Drive  Fragmentation Check status of hard drive fragmentation‐ perform if needed    Event Logs Pull event logs and review for major errors    Hard Drive Backup Create backup of drive for offsite storage.    Memory Usage Check memory usage    Application Logs and  Alerts Review built in application logs and alerts    Hard Drive Usage Check available space (10% minimum)    AUDIO TESTING Level 1  Audio Levels and  Quality  Confirm all conventional resources are functional with adequate  audio levels and quality  x  Secure Mode Confirm any secure talkgroups are operational in secure mode x  Trunked Resources  Confirm all trunked resources on screen are functioning by  placing a call in both directions (at the customer's discretion)  and at a single op position    EQUIPMENT ROOM TESTS Level 1  Recording ‐ AIS Test Verify audio logging of trunked calls x  Recording Test op position logging on analog recorder (with customer  assistance)  x  System Alarms Review alarm system on all equipment for errors x  Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.  x  SDM AUX I/O Server Confirm all AUX I/O's functional on one operator position    DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 58   Backup Resources  Confirm all backup radios meet RF specs and combiner/antenna  system fully functional    Verify System SW  Installed  Verify software versions installed on system. Document any  changes.     IP Network Redundancy  If redundant equipment used (e.g., routers, switches), then  switch to redundant equipment and confirm operation.      RF SITE CHECKLIST Level 1  Equipment Alarms Verify no warning/alarm indicators. x  Clean Fans and  Equipment Use antistatic vacuum to clean cooling pathways  x  Site Frequency  Standard Check Check lights and indicators for A/B receivers.  x  Basic Voice Call Check Voice test each voice path, radio to radio. x  Control Channel  Redundancy (trunking) Roll control channel, test, and roll back.  x  Site Controller  Redundancy (trunking) Roll site controllers with no dropped audio.  x  GTR 8000 Results Sheet  Complete GTR tests ‐ Frequency Error, Modulation Fidelity,  Forward at Set Power, Reverse at Set Power, Gen Level Desense  no Tx.  x    MOSCAD CHECKLIST    MOSCAD SERVER Level 1  Equipment Alarms Verify no warning/alarm indicators. x  Check Alarm/Event  History  Review MOSCAD alarm and events to find if there are chronic  issues.  x  Windows Event Logs Review Windows event logs. Save and clear if full. x  Password Verification  Site devices to verify passwords. Document changes if any  found.  x  Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.  x  Verify System SW  Installed  Verify software versions installed on server. Document any  changes.     Server CPU Health i.e. memory, HDD, CPU, Disk space/utilization.    Verify Patches  Verify security patches monthly/quarterly (Motorola and 3rd  Party). Document any changes.    MOSCAD CLIENT Level 1  Equipment Alarms Verify no warning/alarm indicators. x  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 59   Check Alarm / Event  History  Review MOSCAD alarm and events to find if there are chronic  issues.  x  Windows Event Logs Review Windows event logs. Save and clear if full. x  Password Verification  Site devices to verify passwords. Document changes if any  found.  x  Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.  x  Verify System SW  Installed  Verify software versions installed on system. Document any  changes.     Verify Patches  Verify security patches monthly/quarterly (Motorola and 3rd  Party). Document any changes.    Server CPU Health i.e. memory, HDD, CPU, disk space/utilization.    Complete Backup  Verify backups have been done or scheduled. SZ database (BAR),  Centracom CDM/ADM database, etc.    MOSCAD RTU's Level 1  Equipment Alarms Verify no warning/alarm indicators. x  Verify Connectivity Verify Connectivity x  Password Verification  Site devices to verify passwords. Document changes if any  found.    Check Alarm / Event  History  Review MOSCAD alarms and events to find if there are chronic  issues.    Verify System SW CD's  Perform audit of software media on site. Versions, KC numbers,  types, etc.    Verify System SW  Installed  Verify software versions installed on system. Document any  changes.      FACILITIES CHECKLIST    VISUAL INSPECTION EXTERIOR Level 1  ASR Sign Verify that the ASR sign is posted. x  Warning Sign ‐ Tower Verify warning sign is posted on the tower. x  Warning Sign ‐ Gate  Verify that a warning sign is posted at the compound gate  entrance.  x  10 Rule Sign  Verify that a 10 rules sign is posted on the inside of the shelter  door.  x  Outdoor Lighting Verify operation of outdoor lighting/photocell. x  Exterior of Building Check exterior of building for damage/disrepair. x  Fences / Gates Check fences/gates for damage/disrepair. x  Landscape / Access  Road Check landscape/access road for accessibility.  x  VISUAL INSPECTION INTERIOR Level 1  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 60   Electrical Surge  Protectors Check electrical surge protectors for alarms.  x  Emergency Lighting Verify emergency lighting operation. x  Indoor Lighting Verify indoor lighting. x  Equipment Inspection  Visually inspect that all hardware (equipment, cables, panels,  batteries, racks, etc.) are in acceptable physical condition for  normal operation.  x  Site Frequency  Standard Check Check lights and indicators for A/B receivers.  x  Regulatory Compliance  (License, ERP,  Frequency, Deviation) Check station for regulatory compliance. Update station logs.  x  Clean Fans and  Equipment Use antistatic vacuum to clean cooling pathways  x  UPS Level 1  Visual inspection  (condition, cabling) Verify corrosion, physical connections, dirt/dust, etc.  x  Verify rollover and  rollback Verify automatic switch to backup power when main power fails     Battery voltage checks Verify, check and measure battery voltages.    GENERATOR Level 1  Visual Inspection  Verify, check panel housing, cracks, rust and weathering.  Physical connections, corrosion, dirt/dust, etc.  x  Fuel  Verify fuel levels in backup generators, document date of last  fuel delivered from fuel service provider.  x  Oil Check the oil dipstick for proper level. Note condition of oil. x  Verify operation (no  switchover)  Check, verify running of generator, ease of start or difficult. Is  generator "throttling" or running smooth? Any loud unusual  noise? Etc.  x  Verify rollover and  rollback  ***Depends on configuration of Transfer switch. Auto versus  manual*** Rollover should be tested weekly under load.     HVAC Level 1  Air Filter Check air filter and recommend replacement if required x  Coils Check coils for dirt x  Outdoor Unit Check that outdoor unit is unobstructed x  Wiring Wiring (insect/rodent damage) x  Cooling / Heating Check each HVAC unit for cooling/heating x    MICROWAVE CHECKLIST    GENERAL Level 1  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 61   Transport Performance  Confirm transport performance by viewing UEM for site link  warnings or errors.    RADIO Level 1  Alarms Check alarm / event history x  Software Verify version of application x  TX Frequency Verify transmit frequency x  TX Power Verify transmit power x  RX Frequency Verify receive frequency x  RX Signal Level  Verify receive signal level and compare with install baseline  documentation  x  Save configuration Save current configuration for off site storage x  Backhaul Validation  Monitor UEM status (alarms, logs, etc.) for all links. If UEM not  used to monitor microwave, then use provided microwave  alarm mgmt server.  x  WAVEGUIDE Level 1  Visual Inspection Inspect for wear or dents  (from ground using binoculars). x  Connection Verification  Verify all connections are secured with proper hardware (from  ground using binoculars).  x  DEHYDRATOR Level 1  Visual Inspection Inspect moisture window for proper color x  Pressure Verification Verify pressure of all lines x  Re‐Pressurization Bleed lines temporarily to verify the dehydrator re‐pressurizes  x  Run Hours Record number of hours ran x    TOWER CHECKLIST    STRUCTURE CONDITION Level 1  Rust Check structure for rust. x  Cross Members Check for damaged or missing cross members. x  Safety Climb Check safety climb for damage. x  Ladder Verify that ladder system is secured to tower. x  Welds Check for cracks or damaged welds. x  Outdoor  lighting/photocell Test outdoor lighting and photocell.  x  Drainage Holes Check that drainage holes are clear of debris. x  Paint Check paint condition. x  TOWER LIGHTING Level 1  Lights/Markers Verify all lights/markers are operational. x  Day/Night Mode Verify day and night mode operation. x  Power Cabling Verify that power cables are secured to tower. x  DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2     Advanced Plus Services         © Motorola 2017  Page 62   ANTENNAS AND LINES Level 1  Antennas  Visually inspect antennas for physical damage (from ground  using binoculars).  x  Transmission Lines Verify that all transmission lines are secure on the tower. x  GROUNDING Level 1  Structure Grounds Inspect grounding for damage or corrosion x  GUY WIRES Level 1  Tower Guys Check guy wires for fraying and tension. x  Guy Wire Hardware Check hardware for rust. x  CONCRETE CONDITION Level 1  Tower Base Check for chips or cracks. x    DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 -1 - Exhibit F Performance Schedule (To be updated and finalized by Motorola after customer kick-off meeting and design review) DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 Exhibit House Bill 89 - Government Code 2270 VERIFICATION I, _______________________________________________, the undersigned representative of ______________________________Company or Business name (hereafter referred to as company), being an adult over the age of eighteen (18) years of age, verify that the company named-above, under the provisions of Subtitle F, Title 10, Government Code Chapter 2270: 1. Does not boycott Israel currently; and 2. Will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract the above-named Company, business or individual with City of Denton. Pursuant to Section 2270.001, Texas Government Code: 1. “Boycott Israel” means refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli-controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes; and 2. “Company” means a for-profit sole proprietorship, organization, association, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, or any limited liability company, including a wholly owned subsidiary, majority-owned subsidiary, parent company or affiliate of those entities or business associations that exist to make a profit. ___________________________________ Name of Company Representative (Print) ________________________________ Signature of Company Representative _________________________________ Date DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 n/a Neil Thomas 8/17/2018 Motorola Solutions, Inc. Neil Thomas Exhibit Senate Bill 252 -Government Code 2252 CERTIFICATION I, ______________________________________________, the undersigned representative of ________________________________________________ (Company or business name) being an adult over the age of eighteen (18) years of age, pursuant to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2252, Section 2252.152 and Section 2252.153, certify that the company named above is not listed on the website of the Comptroller of the State of Texas concerning the listing of companies that are identified under Section 806.051, Section 807.051 or Section 2253.153. I further certify that should the above-named company enter into a contract that is on said listing of companies on the website of the Comptroller of the State of Texas which do business with Iran, Sudan or any Foreign Terrorist Organization, I will immediately notify the City of Denton’s Materials Management Department. ___________________________________ Name of Company Representative (Print) ________________________________ Signature of Company Representative _________________________________ Date DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 n/a 8/17/2018 Neil Thomas Motorola Solutions, Inc. Neil Thomas Exhibit CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE - FORM CIQ For vendor or other person doing business with local governmental entity This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session. This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has a business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a). By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local government entity not later than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code. A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a misdemeanor. 1 Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity. 2 Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire. (The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.) 3 Name of local government officer about whom the information in this section is being disclosed. Name of Officer This section, (item 3 including subparts A, B, C & D), must be completed for each officer with whom the vendor has an employment or other business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1-a), Local Government Code. Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary. A. Is the local government officer named in this section receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from the vendor? Yes No B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from or at the direction of the local government officer named in this section AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity? Yes No C. Is the filer of this questionnaire employed by a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an officer or director, or holds an ownership of one percent or more? Yes No D. Describe each employment or business and family relationship with the local government officer named in this section. 4 I have no Conflict of Interest to disclose. 5 Signature of vendor doing business with the governmental entity Date DocuSign Envelope ID: AC8CED23-F263-40CE-A3D8-E8AF2169F7E2 n/a X X N/A X X N/A 8/17/2018 N/A Certificate Of Completion Envelope Id: AC8CED23F26340CEA3D8E8AF2169F7E2 Status: Completed Subject: Please DocuSign: City Council Contract 6832 Motorola Source Envelope: Document Pages: 216 Signatures: 8 Envelope Originator: Certificate Pages: 6 Initials: 0 Rebecca Hunter AutoNav: Enabled EnvelopeId Stamping: Enabled Time Zone: (UTC-08:00) Pacific Time (US & Canada) 901B Texas Street Denton, TX 76209 rebecca.hunter@cityofdenton.com IP Address: 129.120.6.150 Record Tracking Status: Original 8/17/2018 8:55:02 AM Holder: Rebecca Hunter rebecca.hunter@cityofdenton.com Location: DocuSign Signer Events Signature Timestamp Rebecca Hunter rebecca.hunter@cityofdenton.com Assistant Purchasing Manager City of Denton Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None) Completed Using IP Address: 129.120.6.150 Sent: 8/17/2018 9:11:51 AM Viewed: 8/17/2018 9:12:48 AM Signed: 8/17/2018 9:14:59 AM Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure: Not Offered via DocuSign Neil Thomas neil@motorolasolutions.com MSSSI Vice President Motorola Solutions, Inc. Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None) Signature Adoption: Pre-selected Style Using IP Address: 70.122.134.37 Sent: 8/17/2018 9:15:05 AM Viewed: 8/17/2018 9:42:49 AM Signed: 8/17/2018 11:19:26 AM Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure: Accepted: 8/17/2018 9:42:49 AM ID: 5d0da80f-f233-4b5a-a591-08baedd8cebf Melissa Kraft melissa.kraft@cityofdenton.com Chief Technology Officer City of Denton Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None) Signature Adoption: Pre-selected Style Using IP Address: 47.190.47.120 Signed using mobile Sent: 8/17/2018 11:19:33 AM Viewed: 8/17/2018 11:27:37 AM Signed: 8/17/2018 11:28:15 AM Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure: Not Offered via DocuSign Mack Reinwand mack.reinwand@cityofdenton.com City of Denton Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None)Signature Adoption: Pre-selected Style Using IP Address: 129.120.6.150 Sent: 8/17/2018 11:28:21 AM Viewed: 8/17/2018 11:31:56 AM Signed: 8/17/2018 11:34:18 AM Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure: Not Offered via DocuSign Signer Events Signature Timestamp Tabitha Millsop tabitha.millsop@cityofdenton.com City of Denton Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None) Completed Using IP Address: 129.120.6.150 Sent: 8/17/2018 11:34:25 AM Viewed: 8/22/2018 7:45:40 AM Signed: 8/22/2018 7:46:11 AM Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure: Not Offered via DocuSign Todd Hileman Todd.Hileman@cityofdenton.com City Manager City of Denton Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None) Signature Adoption: Pre-selected Style Using IP Address: 129.120.6.150 Sent: 8/22/2018 7:46:18 AM Viewed: 8/22/2018 10:12:14 AM Signed: 8/22/2018 10:12:27 AM Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure: Accepted: 7/25/2017 9:02:14 AM ID: 57619fbf-2aec-4b1f-805d-6bd7d9966f21 Jennifer Walters jennifer.walters@cityofdenton.com City Secretary City of Denton Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None) Signature Adoption: Pre-selected Style Using IP Address: 129.120.6.150 Sent: 8/22/2018 10:12:33 AM Viewed: 8/23/2018 10:29:21 AM Signed: 8/23/2018 10:30:28 AM Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure: Not Offered via DocuSign In Person Signer Events Signature Timestamp Editor Delivery Events Status Timestamp Agent Delivery Events Status Timestamp Intermediary Delivery Events Status Timestamp Certified Delivery Events Status Timestamp Carbon Copy Events Status Timestamp Sherri Thurman sherri.thurman@cityofdenton.com City of Denton Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None) Sent: 8/17/2018 11:28:20 AM Viewed: 8/17/2018 11:47:21 AM Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure: Not Offered via DocuSign Jane Richardson jane.richardson@cityofdenton.com Assistant City Secretary City of Denton Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None) Sent: 8/22/2018 7:46:17 AM Viewed: 8/22/2018 10:01:04 AM Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure: Not Offered via DocuSign Carbon Copy Events Status Timestamp Jennifer Bridges jennifer.bridges@cityofdenton.com Procurement Assistant City of Denton Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None) Sent: 8/23/2018 10:30:34 AM Viewed: 8/28/2018 8:34:51 AM Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure: Not Offered via DocuSign Jane Richardson jane.richardson@cityofdenton.com Assistant City Secretary City of Denton Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None) Sent: 8/23/2018 10:30:36 AM Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure: Not Offered via DocuSign Melissa Kraft melissa.kraft@cityofdenton.com Chief Technology Officer City of Denton Security Level: Email, Account Authentication (None) Sent: 8/23/2018 10:30:37 AM Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure: Not Offered via DocuSign Notary Events Signature Timestamp Envelope Summary Events Status Timestamps Envelope Sent Hashed/Encrypted 8/23/2018 10:30:37 AM Certified Delivered Security Checked 8/23/2018 10:30:37 AM Signing Complete Security Checked 8/23/2018 10:30:37 AM Completed Security Checked 8/23/2018 10:30:37 AM Payment Events Status Timestamps Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure ELECTRONIC RECORD AND SIGNATURE DISCLOSURE From time to time, City of Denton (we, us or Company) may be required by law to provide to you certain written notices or disclosures. Described below are the terms and conditions for providing to you such notices and disclosures electronically through your DocuSign, Inc. (DocuSign) Express user account. Please read the information below carefully and thoroughly, and if you can access this information electronically to your satisfaction and agree to these terms and conditions, please confirm your agreement by clicking the 'I agree' button at the bottom of this document. Getting paper copies At any time, you may request from us a paper copy of any record provided or made available electronically to you by us. For such copies, as long as you are an authorized user of the DocuSign system you will have the ability to download and print any documents we send to you through your DocuSign user account for a limited period of time (usually 30 days) after such documents are first sent to you. After such time, if you wish for us to send you paper copies of any such documents from our office to you, you will be charged a $0.00 per-page fee. You may request delivery of such paper copies from us by following the procedure described below. Withdrawing your consent If you decide to receive notices and disclosures from us electronically, you may at any time change your mind and tell us that thereafter you want to receive required notices and disclosures only in paper format. How you must inform us of your decision to receive future notices and disclosure in paper format and withdraw your consent to receive notices and disclosures electronically is described below. Consequences of changing your mind If you elect to receive required notices and disclosures only in paper format, it will slow the speed at which we can complete certain steps in transactions with you and delivering services to you because we will need first to send the required notices or disclosures to you in paper format, and then wait until we receive back from you your acknowledgment of your receipt of such paper notices or disclosures. To indicate to us that you are changing your mind, you must withdraw your consent using the DocuSign 'Withdraw Consent' form on the signing page of your DocuSign account. This will indicate to us that you have withdrawn your consent to receive required notices and disclosures electronically from us and you will no longer be able to use your DocuSign Express user account to receive required notices and consents electronically from us or to sign electronically documents from us. All notices and disclosures will be sent to you electronically Unless you tell us otherwise in accordance with the procedures described herein, we will provide electronically to you through your DocuSign user account all required notices, disclosures, authorizations, acknowledgements, and other documents that are required to be provided or made available to you during the course of our relationship with you. To reduce the chance of you inadvertently not receiving any notice or disclosure, we prefer to provide all of the required notices and disclosures to you by the same method and to the same address that you have given us. Thus, you can receive all the disclosures and notices electronically or in paper format through the paper mail delivery system. If you do not agree with this process, please let us know as described below. Please also see the paragraph immediately above that describes the consequences of your electing not to receive delivery of the notices and disclosures electronically from us. Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure created on: 7/21/2017 1:59:03 PM Parties agreed to: Neil Thomas, Todd Hileman How to contact City of Denton: You may contact us to let us know of your changes as to how we may contact you electronically, to request paper copies of certain information from us, and to withdraw your prior consent to receive notices and disclosures electronically as follows: To contact us by email send messages to: purchasing@cityofdenton.com To advise City of Denton of your new e-mail address To let us know of a change in your e-mail address where we should send notices and disclosures electronically to you, you must send an email message to us at melissa.kraft@cityofdenton.com and in the body of such request you must state: your previous e-mail address, your new e-mail address. We do not require any other information from you to change your email address.. In addition, you must notify DocuSign, Inc to arrange for your new email address to be reflected in your DocuSign account by following the process for changing e-mail in DocuSign. To request paper copies from City of Denton To request delivery from us of paper copies of the notices and disclosures previously provided by us to you electronically, you must send us an e-mail to purchasing@cityofdenton.com and in the body of such request you must state your e-mail address, full name, US Postal address, and telephone number. We will bill you for any fees at that time, if any. To withdraw your consent with City of Denton To inform us that you no longer want to receive future notices and disclosures in electronic format you may: i. decline to sign a document from within your DocuSign account, and on the subsequent page, select the check-box indicating you wish to withdraw your consent, or you may; ii. send us an e-mail to purchasing@cityofdenton.com and in the body of such request you must state your e-mail, full name, IS Postal Address, telephone number, and account number. We do not need any other information from you to withdraw consent.. The consequences of your withdrawing consent for online documents will be that transactions may take a longer time to process.. Required hardware and software Operating Systems: Windows2000? or WindowsXP? Browsers (for SENDERS): Internet Explorer 6.0? or above Browsers (for SIGNERS): Internet Explorer 6.0?, Mozilla FireFox 1.0, NetScape 7.2 (or above) Email: Access to a valid email account Screen Resolution: 800 x 600 minimum Enabled Security Settings: •Allow per session cookies •Users accessing the internet behind a Proxy Server must enable HTTP 1.1 settings via proxy connection ** These minimum requirements are subject to change. If these requirements change, we will provide you with an email message at the email address we have on file for you at that time providing you with the revised hardware and software requirements, at which time you will have the right to withdraw your consent. Acknowledging your access and consent to receive materials electronically To confirm to us that you can access this information electronically, which will be similar to other electronic notices and disclosures that we will provide to you, please verify that you were able to read this electronic disclosure and that you also were able to print on paper or electronically save this page for your future reference and access or that you were able to e-mail this disclosure and consent to an address where you will be able to print on paper or save it for your future reference and access. Further, if you consent to receiving notices and disclosures exclusively in electronic format on the terms and conditions described above, please let us know by clicking the 'I agree' button below. By checking the 'I Agree' box, I confirm that: • I can access and read this Electronic CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC RECEIPT OF ELECTRONIC RECORD AND SIGNATURE DISCLOSURES document; and • I can print on paper the disclosure or save or send the disclosure to a place where I can print it, for future reference and access; and • Until or unless I notify City of Denton as described above, I consent to receive from exclusively through electronic means all notices, disclosures, authorizations, acknowledgements, and other documents that are required to be provided or made available to me by City of Denton during the course of my relationship with you.